SEC Filing | American Tower

Large accelerated filer

Accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

Smaller reporting company

View:

Download DOC

Download PDF

Download XLS

Download XBRL

10-Q

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-Q

(Mark One):

x	Quarterly report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

For the quarterly period ended June 30, 2013.

¨	Transition report pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

Commission File Number: 001-14195

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware

65-0723837

(State or other jurisdiction of

Incorporation or Organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

116 Huntington Avenue

Boston, Massachusetts 02116

(Address of principal executive offices)

Telephone Number (617) 375-7500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days: Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check One):

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act): Yes ¨ No x

As of July 19, 2013, there were 394,997,158 shares of common stock outstanding.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION

INDEX

QUARTERLY REPORT ON FORM 10-Q

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED JUNE 30, 2013


		Page No.
PART I. FINANCIAL INFORMATION
Item 1.	Unaudited Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		1
	Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012		1
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012		2
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012		3
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012		4
	Condensed Consolidated Statements of Equity for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012		5
	Notes to Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements		6
Item 2.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations		33
Item 3.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk		62
Item 4.	Controls and Procedures		63
PART II. OTHER INFORMATION
Item 1.	Legal Proceedings		65
Item 1A.	Risk Factors		65
Item 2.	Unregistered Sales of Equity Securities and Use of Proceeds		76
Item 6.	Exhibits		76
Signatures			77
Exhibit Index			Ex-1

PART I.

FINANCIAL INFORMATION

ITEM 1.

UNAUDITED CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS—Unaudited

(in thousands, except share data)


	June 30, 2013			December 31, 2012
ASSETS
CURRENT ASSETS:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	448,447		$	368,618
Restricted cash		97,277			69,316
Short-term investments		14,257			6,018
Accounts receivable, net		130,861			143,772
Prepaid and other current assets		232,436			222,895
Deferred income taxes		22,773			25,754

Total current assets		946,051			836,373

PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT, net		5,811,081			5,766,254
GOODWILL		2,832,392			2,850,573
OTHER INTANGIBLE ASSETS, net		3,214,383			3,197,640
DEFERRED INCOME TAXES		216,463			209,589
DEFERRED RENT ASSET		842,093			776,201
NOTES RECEIVABLE AND OTHER NON-CURRENT ASSETS		476,931			452,788

TOTAL	$	14,339,394		$	14,089,418

LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
CURRENT LIABILITIES:
Accounts payable	$	91,021		$	89,578
Accrued expenses		293,605			286,962
Distributions payable		107,053			189
Accrued interest		89,701			71,271
Current portion of long-term obligations		57,350			60,031
Unearned revenue		142,310			124,147

Total current liabilities		781,040			632,178

LONG-TERM OBLIGATIONS		8,798,604			8,693,345
ASSET RETIREMENT OBLIGATIONS		451,549			435,613
OTHER NON-CURRENT LIABILITIES		688,334			644,101

Total liabilities		10,719,527			10,405,237

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
EQUITY:
Preferred stock: $.01 par value; 20,000,000 shares authorized; no shares issued or outstanding
Common stock: $.01 par value; 1,000,000,000 shares authorized; 396,953,771 and 395,963,218 shares issued; and 395,129,882 and 395,091,213 shares outstanding, respectively		3,969			3,959
Additional paid-in capital		5,061,814			5,012,124
Distributions in excess of earnings		(1,135,851	)		(1,196,907	)
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(274,256	)		(183,347	)
Treasury stock (1,823,889 and 872,005 shares at cost, respectively)		(137,353	)		(62,728	)

Total American Tower Corporation equity		3,518,323			3,573,101
Noncontrolling interest		101,544			111,080

Total equity		3,619,867			3,684,181

TOTAL	$	14,339,394		$	14,089,418

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS—Unaudited

(in thousands, except per share data)


	Three months ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2013			2012
REVENUES:
Rental and management	$	789,199		$	682,262		$	1,566,632		$	1,366,252
Network development services		19,631			15,472			44,926			27,999

Total operating revenues		808,830			697,734			1,611,558			1,394,251

OPERATING EXPENSES:
Costs of operations (exclusive of items shown separately below):
Rental and management (including stock-based compensation expense of $257, $202, $503 and $399, respectively)		198,217			165,060			389,512			328,784
Network development services (including stock-based compensation expense of $149, $240, $341 and $504, respectively)		7,492			7,324			17,963			14,585
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		184,608			172,072			370,412			321,727
Selling, general, administrative and development expense (including stock-based compensation expense of $16,649, $13,109, $37,253 and $25,693, respectively)		99,803			76,848			200,956			156,432
Other operating expenses		5,898			5,944			20,217			27,791

Total operating expenses		496,018			427,248			999,060			849,319

OPERATING INCOME		312,812			270,486			612,498			544,932

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):
Interest income, TV Azteca, net of interest expense of $371, $371, $742 and $742, respectively		3,586			3,586			7,129			7,129
Interest income		1,412			2,283			3,126			4,536
Interest expense		(100,815	)		(100,233	)		(212,581	)		(195,350	)
Loss on retirement of long-term obligations		(2,669	)		—			(37,967	)		(398	)
Other expense (including unrealized foreign currency losses of $142,909, $114,876, $120,766 and $59,038, respectively)		(141,660	)		(118,623	)		(119,369	)		(65,762	)

Total other expense		(240,146	)		(212,987	)		(359,662	)		(249,845	)

INCOME FROM CONTINUING OPERATIONS BEFORE INCOME TAXES AND INCOME ON EQUITY METHOD INVESTMENTS		72,666			57,499			252,836			295,087
Income tax benefit (provision)		11,447			(23,815	)		(7,775	)		(51,063	)
Income on equity method investments		—			5			—			23

NET INCOME		84,113			33,689			245,061			244,047
Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest		15,708			14,520			26,167			25,468

NET INCOME ATTRIBUTABLE TO AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION	$	99,821		$	48,209		$	271,228		$	269,515

NET INCOME PER COMMON SHARE AMOUNTS:
Basic net income attributable to American Tower Corporation	$	0.25		$	0.12		$	0.69		$	0.68

Diluted net income attributable to American Tower Corporation	$	0.25		$	0.12		$	0.68		$	0.68

WEIGHTED AVERAGE COMMON SHARES OUTSTANDING:
Basic		395,420			394,743			395,330			394,314

Diluted		399,458			398,811			399,659			398,750

DISTRIBUTIONS DECLARED PER SHARE	$	0.27		$	0.22		$	0.53		$	0.43

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME—Unaudited

(in thousands)


	Three months ended June 30,						Six months ended June 30,
	2013			2012			2013			2012
Net income	$	84,113		$	33,689		$	245,061		$	244,047
Other comprehensive income (loss):
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of taxes of $345, $0, $456 and $0, respectively		3,793			(1,145	)		2,749			(1,528	)
Reclassification of unrealized losses on cash flow hedges to net income, net of taxes of $59, $0, $118 and $0, respectively		645			150			1,194			198
Reclassification of unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities to net income		—			—			—			495
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of taxes of $(7,149), $5,455, $6,583 and $6,097, respectively		(123,369	)		(112,048	)		(95,942	)		(75,139	)

Other comprehensive loss		(118,931	)		(113,043	)		(91,999	)		(75,974	)

Comprehensive (loss) income		(34,818	)		(79,354	)		153,062			168,073

Comprehensive loss attributable to noncontrolling interest		18,426			21,942			27,257			40,756

Comprehensive (loss) income attributable to American Tower Corporation	$	(16,392	)	$	(57,412	)	$	180,319		$	208,829

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS—Unaudited

(in thousands)


	Six months ended June 30,
	2013			2012
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income	$	245,061		$	244,047
Adjustments to reconcile net income to cash provided by operating activities:
Stock-based compensation expense		38,097			26,596
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		370,412			321,727
Loss on early retirement of securitized debt		35,288			—
Other non-cash items reflected in statements of operations		127,946			112,660
Increase in net deferred rent asset		(53,017	)		(59,590	)
(Increase) decrease in restricted cash		(27,961	)		4,083
(Increase) decrease in assets		(10,229	)		33,478
Increase in liabilities		58,924			79,874

Cash provided by operating activities		784,521			762,875

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Payments for purchase of property and equipment and construction activities		(280,605	)		(226,402	)
Payments for acquisitions, net of cash acquired		(311,170	)		(532,860	)
Proceeds from sale of short-term investments and other non-current assets		27,978			192,977
Payments for short-term investments		(36,881	)		(198,174	)
Deposits, restricted cash, investments and other		(1,096	)		(2,450	)

Cash used for investing activities		(601,774	)		(766,909	)

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from short-term borrowings, net		—			17,127
Borrowings under credit facilities		249,000			1,325,000
Proceeds from issuance of senior notes, net		983,354			698,670
Proceeds from issuance of Securities in securitization transaction, net		1,778,496			—
Proceeds from term loan credit facility		—			750,000
Proceeds from other long-term borrowings		16,000			77,699
Repayments of notes payable, credit facilities and capital leases		(2,938,699	)		(2,652,458	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interest holders, net		17,721			46,476
Purchases of common stock		(74,625	)		(10,838	)
Proceeds from stock options		19,752			31,134
Distributions		(102,984	)		(82,881	)
Payment for early retirement of securitized debt		(29,234	)		—
Deferred financing costs and other financing activities		(13,641	)		(29,639	)

Cash (used for) provided by financing activities		(94,860	)		170,290

Net effect of changes in foreign currency exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents		(8,058	)		(14,510	)

NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		79,829			151,746
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, BEGINNING OF PERIOD		368,618			330,191

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS, END OF PERIOD	$	448,447		$	481,937

CASH PAID FOR INCOME TAXES (NET OF REFUNDS OF $13,477 AND $17,064, RESPECTIVELY)	$	17,153		$	12,776

CASH PAID FOR INTEREST	$	181,315		$	171,661

NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
INCREASE (DECREASE) IN ACCOUNTS PAYABLE AND ACCRUED EXPENSES FOR PURCHASES OF PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT AND CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES	$	17,142		$	(6,978	)

PURCHASES OF PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT UNDER CAPITAL LEASES	$	9,422		$	6,021

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY—Unaudited

(in thousands, except share data)


	Common Stock				Treasury Stock						Additional Paid-in Capital		Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income			Earnings (Distributions) in Excess of Distributions (Earnings)			Noncontrolling Interest			Total Equity
	Issued Shares		Amount		Shares			Amount			Additional Paid-in Capital		Other Comprehensive (Loss) Income						Noncontrolling Interest			Total Equity
BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2012		393,642,079	$	3,936		—		$	—		$	4,903,800	$	(142,617	)	$	(1,477,899	)	$	122,922		$	3,410,142

Stock-based compensation related activity		1,515,284		15		—			—			40,093		—			—			—			40,108
Issuance of common stock-Stock Purchase Plan		47,424		1		—			—			2,362		—			—			—			2,363
Treasury stock activity		—		—		(169,527	)		(10,838	)		—		—			—			—			(10,838	)
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax		—		—		—			—			—		(1,146	)		—			(382	)		(1,528	)
Reclassification of unrealized losses on cash flow hedges to net income, net of tax		—		—		—			—			—		198			—			—			198
Reclassification of unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities to net income		—		—		—			—			—		495			—			—			495
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax		—		—		—			—			—		(60,233	)		—			(14,906	)		(75,139	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interest		—		—		—			—			—		—			—			46,781			46,781
Distributions to noncontrolling interest		—		—		—			—			—		—			—			(305	)		(305	)
Dividends/distributions declared		—		—		—			—			—		—			(170,134	)		—			(170,134	)
Net income (loss)		—		—		—			—			—		—			269,515			(25,468	)		244,047

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2012		395,204,787	$	3,952		(169,527	)	$	(10,838	)	$	4,946,255	$	(203,303	)	$	(1,378,518	)	$	128,642		$	3,486,190

BALANCE, JANUARY 1, 2013		395,963,218	$	3,959		(872,005	)	$	(62,728	)	$	5,012,124	$	(183,347	)	$	(1,196,907	)	$	111,080		$	3,684,181

Stock-based compensation related activity		952,304		10								47,363											47,373
Issuance of common stock- Stock Purchase Plan		38,249		—		—			—			2,327		—			—			—			2,327
Treasury stock activity		—		—		(951,884	)		(74,625	)				—			—			—			(74,625	)
Changes in fair value of cash flow hedges, net of tax		—		—		—			—			—		2,456			—			293			2,749
Reclassification of unrealized losses on cash flow hedges to net income, net of tax		—		—		—			—			—		1,120			—			74			1,194
Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax		—		—		—			—			—		(94,485	)		—			(1,457	)		(95,942	)
Contributions from noncontrolling interest		—		—		—			—			—		—			—			18,020			18,020
Distributions to noncontrolling interest		—		—		—			—			—		—			—			(299	)		(299	)
Dividends/distributions declared		—		—		—			—			—		—			(210,172	)					(210,172	)
Net income (loss)		—		—		—			—			—		—			271,228			(26,167	)		245,061

BALANCE, JUNE 30, 2013		396,953,771	$	3,969		(1,823,889	)	$	(137,353	)	$	5,061,814	$	(274,256	)	$	(1,135,851	)	$	101,544		$	3,619,867

See accompanying notes to unaudited condensed consolidated financial statements.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

1. Description of Business, Basis of Presentation and Accounting Policies

American Tower Corporation is, through its various subsidiaries (collectively, “ATC” or the “Company”), an independent owner, operator and developer of wireless and broadcast communications real estate in the United States, Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Germany, Ghana, India, Mexico, Peru, South Africa and Uganda. The Company’s primary business is the leasing of antenna space on multi-tenant communications sites to wireless service providers, radio and television broadcast companies, wireless data and data providers, government agencies and municipalities and tenants in a number of other industries. The Company also manages rooftop and tower sites for property owners, operates in-building and outdoor distributed antenna system (“DAS”) networks, holds property interests under third-party communications sites and provides network development services that primarily support its rental and management operations and the addition of new tenants and equipment on its sites. Effective January 1, 2012, the Company reorganized to qualify as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes (“REIT”).

ATC is a holding company that conducts its operations through its directly and indirectly owned subsidiaries and its joint ventures. ATC’s principal domestic operating subsidiaries are American Towers LLC and SpectraSite Communications, LLC. ATC conducts its international operations through its subsidiary, American Tower International, Inc., which in turn conducts operations through its various international operating subsidiaries and joint ventures.

The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements have been prepared by the Company pursuant to the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). The financial information included herein is unaudited; however, the Company believes that all adjustments (consisting primarily of normal recurring adjustments) considered necessary for a fair presentation of the Company’s financial position and results of operations for such periods have been included. These condensed consolidated financial statements and related notes should be read in conjunction with the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

The Company believes that since January 1, 2012, it has been organized and has operated in a manner that enables it to qualify, and intends to continue to operate in a manner that will allow it to continue to qualify, as a REIT for federal income tax purposes.

The Company holds and operates certain of its assets through one or more taxable REIT subsidiaries (“TRSs”). A TRS is a subsidiary of a REIT that is subject to applicable corporate income tax. The Company’s use of TRSs enables it to continue to engage in certain businesses while complying with REIT qualification requirements and also allows the Company to retain income generated by these businesses for reinvestment without the requirement of distributing those earnings. The non-REIT qualified businesses that the Company holds through TRSs include its network development services segment. In addition, the Company has included most of its international operations and DAS networks business within its TRSs. The Company changed the election for substantially all of its Mexican operations, all of which was previously designated as a TRS, to be treated as a qualified REIT subsidiary as of March 1, 2013. Although the election did not have a material effect on the Company’s deferred tax position, the Company recognized a one-time dividend from its Mexican operations, the income from which the Company may either offset with its net operating losses or distribute to its stockholders as part of its regular distributions. For all periods subsequent to March 1, 2013, the Company will be required to include the income from its Mexican operations as part of its REIT taxable income for the purpose of computing the Company’s REIT distribution requirements.

The Company may, from time to time, change the election of other previously designated TRSs that hold certain of its other international operations to be treated as qualified REIT subsidiaries or other disregarded

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

entities (collectively, “QRSs”), and may reorganize and transfer certain assets or operations from its TRSs to other subsidiaries, including QRSs.

As a REIT, the Company generally will not be subject to federal income taxes on its income and gains that the Company distributes to its stockholders, including the income derived from leasing towers. However, even as a REIT, the Company will remain obligated to pay income taxes on earnings from its TRS assets. In addition, the Company’s international assets and operations continue to be subject to taxation in the foreign jurisdictions where those assets are held or those operations are conducted.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation—The accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and those entities in which it has a controlling interest. Investments in entities that the Company does not control are accounted for using the equity or cost method, depending upon the Company’s ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

Significant Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”) requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported in the condensed consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Actual results may differ from those estimates, and such differences could be material to the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements. The significant estimates in the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements include impairment of long-lived assets (including goodwill), asset retirement obligations, revenue recognition, rent expense, stock-based compensation, income taxes and accounting for business combinations. The Company considers events or transactions that occur after the balance sheet date but before the financial statements are issued as additional evidence for certain estimates or to identify matters that require additional disclosure.

Changes in Presentation—Changes have been made to the presentation of the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of cash flows for the six months ended June 30, 2012 to be consistent with the current year presentation. Specifically, amounts surrendered for the satisfaction of employee tax obligations in connection with the vesting of restricted stock units of $16.3 million that were previously included in purchases of common stock are now included in deferred financing costs and other financing activities in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of cash flows.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards—In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued additional guidance on comprehensive income which adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) by component. This guidance enhances the transparency of changes in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and items transferred out of AOCI in the financial statements and it does not amend any existing requirements for reporting net income or OCI in the financial statements. Since the guidance relates only to presentation and disclosure of information, the adoption did not have a material effect on the Company’s condensed consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies the scope of transactions subject to disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The guidance requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on the Company’s disclosures in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

2. Prepaid and Other Current Assets

Prepaid and other current assets consist of the following as of (in thousands):


	June 30, 2013		December 31, 2012 (1)
Prepaid operating ground leases	$	61,081	$	56,916
Prepaid income tax		60,365		57,665
Unbilled receivables		35,875		32,588
Prepaid assets		29,656		19,037
Value added tax and other consumption tax receivables		14,559		22,443
Other miscellaneous current assets		30,900		34,246

Balance	$	232,436	$	222,895

(1)	December 31, 2012 balances have been revised to reflect purchase accounting measurement period adjustments.

3. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the following as of (in thousands):


	June 30, 2013		December 31, 2012
Accrued property and real estate taxes	$	44,562	$	36,814
Accrued construction costs		41,454		20,711
Payroll and related withholdings		29,650		37,586
Accrued rent		23,003		24,394
Other accrued expenses		154,936		167,457

Balance	$	293,605	$	286,962

4. Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

The changes in the carrying value of goodwill for the Company’s business segments are as follows (in thousands):


	Rental and Management					Network Development Services
	Domestic		International			Network Development Services		Total
Balance as of January 1, 2013 (1)	$	2,320,645	$	527,928		$	2,000	$	2,850,573
Additions		4,608		12,821			—		17,429
Effect of foreign currency translation		—		(35,610	)		—		(35,610	)

Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	2,325,253	$	505,139		$	2,000	$	2,832,392

(1)	Balances have been revised to reflect purchase accounting measurement period adjustments.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

The Company’s other intangible assets subject to amortization consist of the following as of (in thousands):


		June 30, 2013							December 31, 2012 (1)
	Estimated Useful Lives	Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Book Value		Gross Carrying Value		Accumulated Amortization			Net Book Value
	(years)
Acquired network location (2)	Up to 20	$	1,730,583	$	(753,777	)	$	976,806	$	1,707,347	$	(721,135	)	$	986,212
Acquired customer-related intangibles	15-20		3,205,429		(1,055,142	)		2,150,287		3,120,858		(979,264	)		2,141,594
Acquired licenses and other intangibles	3-20		6,523		(1,523	)		5,000		26,079		(20,835	)		5,244
Economic Rights, TV Azteca	70		28,875		(14,069	)		14,806		28,954		(13,902	)		15,052

Total			4,971,410		(1,824,511	)		3,146,899		4,883,238		(1,735,136	)		3,148,102
Deferred financing costs, net (3)	N/A							67,484							49,538

Other intangible assets, net							$	3,214,383						$	3,197,640

(1)	December 31, 2012 balances have been revised to reflect purchase accounting measurement period adjustments.

(2)	Acquired network location intangibles are amortized over the shorter of the term of the corresponding ground lease taking into consideration lease renewal options and residual value or up to 20 years, as the Company considers these intangibles to be directly related to the tower assets.

(3)	Deferred financing costs are amortized over the term of the respective debt instruments to which they relate using the effective interest method. This amortization is included in interest expense rather than in amortization expense.

The acquired network location intangibles represent the value to the Company of the incremental revenue growth that could potentially be obtained from leasing the excess capacity on acquired communications sites. The acquired customer-related intangibles typically represent the value to the Company of customer contracts and relationships in place at the time of an acquisition, including assumptions regarding estimated renewals. The acquired licenses and other intangibles consist primarily of non-competition agreements acquired from SpectraSite, Inc. and in other tower acquisitions. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company retired $19.6 million of intangible assets related to non-competition agreements that had expired and were fully amortized.

The Company amortizes these intangibles on a straight-line basis over their estimated useful lives. As of June 30, 2013, the remaining weighted average amortization period of the Company’s intangible assets, excluding deferred financing costs and the TV Azteca Economic Rights detailed in note 5 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, was approximately 13 years. Amortization of intangible assets for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 was approximately $61.1 million and $120.3 million (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense), respectively. Amortization of intangible assets for the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 was approximately $55.7 million and $107.5 million (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs, which is included in interest expense), respectively. The Company

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

expects to record amortization expense (excluding amortization of deferred financing costs) as follows over the next five years (in millions):


Fiscal Year
2013 (remaining year)	$	123.2
2014		232.4
2015		214.0
2016		201.7
2017		195.1
2018		188.7

5. Financing Transactions

Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1—During the year ended December 31, 2007, the Company completed a securitization transaction involving assets related to 5,295 broadcast and wireless communications towers owned by two special purpose subsidiaries of the Company through a private offering of $1.75 billion of Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1 (the “Certificates”). On March 15, 2013, the Company repaid all indebtedness outstanding under the Certificates ($1.75 billion in principal amount), plus prepayment consideration and accrued interest thereon and other costs and expenses related thereto, with proceeds from the offering of $1.8 billion of Secured Tower Revenue Securities, Series 2013-1A and Series 2013-2A, as described in more detail below (collectively, the “Securities”). The Company recorded a loss on retirement of long-term obligations in the accompanying statements of operations of $35.3 million, consisting of prepayment consideration of $29.2 million and the expense of deferred financing costs of $6.1 million.

Secured Tower Revenue Securities, Series 2013-1A and Series 2013-2A—On March 15, 2013, the Company completed a securitization transaction (the “Securitization”) involving assets related to 5,195 wireless and broadcast communications towers (the “Secured Towers”) owned by two special purpose subsidiaries of the Company, through a private offering of $1.8 billion of the Securities. The net proceeds of the transaction were $1.78 billion. The Securities were issued by American Tower Trust I (the “Trust”), a trust established by American Tower Depositor Sub, LLC (the “Depositor”), an indirect wholly owned special purpose subsidiary of the Company. The assets of the Trust consist of a nonrecourse loan (the “Loan”) to American Tower Asset Sub, LLC and American Tower Asset Sub II, LLC (the “Borrowers”), pursuant to a First Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 15, 2013 (the “Loan Agreement”). The Borrowers are special purpose entities formed solely for the purpose of holding the Secured Towers subject to a securitization.

The Securities were issued in two separate series of the same class pursuant to a First Amended and Restated Trust and Servicing Agreement (the “Trust Agreement”), with terms identical to the Loan. The effective weighted average interest rate of the Loan is 2.648%. The Series 2013-1A Securities have an expected life of five years with a final repayment date in March 2043. The Series 2013-2A Securities have an expected life of ten years with a final repayment date in March 2048. The effective weighted average life of the Securities is 8.6 years.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

monthly basis, after payment of all required amounts under the Loan Agreement and Trust Agreement, the excess cash flows generated from the operation of the Secured Towers are released to the Borrowers, and can then be distributed to, and used by, the Company. However, if the debt service coverage ratio (the “DSCR”), generally defined as the net cash flow divided by the amount of interest, servicing fees and trustee fees that the Borrowers will be required to pay over the succeeding 12 months on the principal amount of the Loan, as of the last day of any calendar quarter prior to the applicable anticipated repayment date, is 1.30x or less (the “Cash Trap DSCR”) for such quarter, and the DSCR continues to be equal to or below the Cash Trap DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters, then all cash flow in excess of amounts required to make debt service payments, to fund required reserves, to pay management fees and budgeted operating expenses and to make other payments required under the loan documents, referred to as excess cash flow, will be deposited into a reserve account instead of being released to the Borrowers. The funds in the reserve account will not be released to the Borrowers unless the DSCR exceeds the Cash Trap DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters. An “amortization period” commences if (i) as of the end of any calendar quarter the DSCR equals or falls below 1.15x (the “Minimum DSCR”) for such calendar quarter and such amortization period will continue to exist until the DSCR exceeds the Minimum DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters or (ii) on the anticipated repayment date the component of the Loan corresponding to the applicable subclass of the Securities has not been repaid in full, provided that such amortization period shall apply with respect to such component that has not been repaid in full. During an amortization period all excess cash is applied to payment of the principal on the Loan.

The Borrowers may prepay the Loan in whole or in part at any time provided it is accompanied by applicable prepayment consideration. If the prepayment occurs within twelve months of the anticipated repayment date for the Series 2013-1A Securities or eighteen months of the anticipated repayment date for the 2013-2A Securities, no prepayment consideration is due. The entire unpaid principal balance of the component of the Loan related to the Series 2013-1A Securities will be due in March 2043. The entire unpaid principal balance of the component of the Loan related to the Series 2013-2A Securities will be due in March 2048. The Loan may be defeased in whole at any time prior to the anticipated repayment date for any component of the Loan then outstanding.

The Loan is secured by (1) mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt on substantially all of the Secured Towers, (2) a pledge of the Borrowers’ operating cash flows from the Secured Towers, (3) a security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers’ personal property and fixtures and (4) the Borrowers’ rights under the tenant leases and the Management Agreement entered into in connection with the Securitization. American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, whose only material assets are its equity interests in each of the Borrowers, and American Tower Guarantor Sub, LLC, whose only material asset is its equity interest in American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, each have guaranteed repayment of the Loan and pledged their equity interests in their respective subsidiary or subsidiaries as security for such payment obligations. American Tower Guarantor Sub, LLC, American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, the Depositor and the Borrowers each were formed as special purpose entities solely for purposes of entering a securitization transaction, and the assets and credit of these entities are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of the Company or any other person, except as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

The Loan Agreement includes operating covenants and other restrictions customary for loans subject to rated securitizations. Among other things, the Borrowers are prohibited from incurring other indebtedness for borrowed money or further encumbering their assets subject to customary carveouts for ordinary course trade payables and permitted encumbrances (as defined in the Loan Agreement). The organizational documents of the Borrowers contain provisions consistent with rating agency securitization criteria for special purpose entities, including the requirement that the Borrowers maintain at least two independent directors. The Loan Agreement also contains certain covenants that require the Borrowers to provide the trustee with regular financial reports and operating budgets, promptly notify the trustee of events of default and material breaches under the Loan

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

Agreement and other agreements related to the Secured Towers, and allow the trustee reasonable access to the Secured Towers, including the right to conduct site investigations.

A failure to comply with the covenants in the Loan Agreement could prevent the Borrowers from taking certain actions with respect to the Secured Towers, and could prevent the Borrowers from distributing any excess cash from the operation of the Secured Towers to the Company. If the Borrowers were to default on the Loan, Midland Loan Services, a Division of PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as servicer on behalf of the trustee, could seek to foreclose upon or otherwise convert the ownership of the Secured Towers, in which case the Company could lose the Secured Towers and the revenue associated with the Secured Towers.

Under the Loan Agreement, the Borrowers are required to maintain reserve accounts, including for ground rents, real estate and personal property taxes and insurance premiums, and to reserve a portion of advance rents from tenants on the Secured Towers. Based on the terms of the Loan Agreement, all rental cash receipts received for each month are reserved for the succeeding month and held in an account controlled by the trustee and then released. The $87.4 million held in the reserve accounts as of June 30, 2013 is classified as restricted cash on the Company’s accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Senior Notes Offering—On January 8, 2013, the Company completed a registered public offering of $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of 3.50% senior unsecured notes due 2023 (the “3.50% Notes”), which were issued at a price equal to 99.185% of their fair value. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering were approximately $983.4 million, after deducting commissions and expenses. The Company used $265.0 million of the net proceeds to repay the outstanding indebtedness under its $1.0 billion unsecured credit facility entered into in April 2011 (the “2011 Credit Facility”) and $718.4 million to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness incurred under its $1.0 billion unsecured credit facility entered into in January 2012 (the “2012 Credit Facility”).

The 3.50% Notes mature on January 31, 2023, and interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 31 and July 31 of each year, commencing on July 31, 2013. The Company may redeem the 3.50% Notes at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus a make-whole premium, together with accrued interest to the redemption date. Interest on the notes began to accrue on January 8, 2013 and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

If the Company undergoes a change of control and ratings decline, each as defined in the supplemental indenture, the Company will be required to offer to repurchase all of the 3.50% Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but not including the repurchase date. The 3.50% Notes rank equally with all of the Company’s other senior unsecured debt and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of its subsidiaries. The supplemental indenture contains certain covenants that restrict the Company’s ability to merge, consolidate or sell assets and its (together with its subsidiaries’) ability to incur liens. These covenants are subject to a number of exceptions, including that the Company and its subsidiaries may incur certain liens on assets, mortgages or other liens securing indebtedness, if the aggregate amount of such liens does not exceed 3.5x Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the supplemental indenture.

2011 Credit Facility—On June 28, 2013, the Company terminated the 2011 Credit Facility upon entering into a new $1.5 billion senior unsecured revolving credit facility (the “2013 Credit Facility”). During the three months ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded a loss on retirement of long-term obligations in the accompanying statements of operations of $2.7 million, related to the acceleration of the remaining deferred financing costs associated with the 2011 Credit Facility.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

The 2011 Credit Facility had a term of five years and a maturity date of April 8, 2016. The 2011 Credit Facility was terminated prior to maturity at the Company’s option without penalty or premium. The 2011 Credit Facility was undrawn at the time of termination.

2012 Credit Facility—As of June 30, 2013, the Company had $322.0 million outstanding under the 2012 Credit Facility and had approximately $8.0 million of undrawn letters of credit. The Company repaid $719.0 million on January 8, 2013 with net proceeds received from the offering of the 3.50% Notes and cash on hand. Subsequent to June 30, 2013, the Company did not have any amounts outstanding under the 2012 Credit Facility as the Company used borrowings under the 2013 Credit Facility to repay any existing indebtedness. The Company continues to maintain the ability to draw down and repay amounts under the 2012 Credit Facility in the ordinary course.

The 2012 Credit Facility has a term of five years and matures on January 31, 2017. The current margin over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) that the Company would incur on borrowings is 1.625%, and the current commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the 2012 Credit Facility is 0.225%.

2013 Credit Facility—On June 28, 2013, the Company entered into the 2013 Credit Facility, which allows the Company to borrow up to $1.5 billion, and includes a $1.0 billion sublimit for multicurrency borrowings, a $200.0 million sublimit for letters of credit, a $50.0 million sublimit for swingline loans and an expansion option allowing the Company to request additional commitments of up to $500.0 million.

The 2013 Credit Facility has a term of five years, matures on June 28, 2018 and includes two one-year renewal periods at the Company’s option. Any outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest will be due and payable in full at maturity. The 2013 Credit Facility does not require amortization of principal and may be paid prior to maturity in whole or in part at the Company’s option without penalty or premium.

The Company has the option of choosing either a defined base rate or LIBOR as the applicable base rate for borrowings under the 2013 Credit Facility. The interest rate ranges between 1.125% to 2.000% above LIBOR for LIBOR-based borrowings, or between 0.125% to 1.000% above the defined base rate for base rate borrowings, in each case based upon the Company’s debt ratings. A quarterly commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the 2013 Credit Facility is required, ranging from 0.125% to 0.400% per annum, based upon the Company’s debt ratings. The current margin over LIBOR that the Company would incur on borrowings is 1.250% and the current commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the new credit facility is 0.150%.

The loan agreement contains certain reporting, information, financial and operating covenants and other restrictions (including limitations on additional debt, guaranties, sales of assets and liens) with which the Company must comply. Any failure to comply with the financial and operating covenants of the loan agreement would not only prevent the Company from being able to borrow additional funds, but would constitute a default, which could result in, among other things, the amounts outstanding, including all accrued interest and unpaid fees, becoming immediately due and payable.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company did not have any amounts outstanding under the 2013 Credit Facility and had approximately $2.2 million of undrawn letters of credit. Subsequent to June 30, 2013, the Company borrowed $322.0 million under the 2013 Credit Facility to repay all amounts outstanding under the 2012 Credit Facility. The Company will continue to maintain the ability to draw down and repay amounts under the 2013 Credit Facility in the ordinary course.

2012 Term Loan—On June 29, 2012, the Company entered into a $750.0 million unsecured term loan (“2012 Term Loan”). The 2012 Term Loan has a term of five years and matures on June 29, 2017. As of June 30, 2013, the interest rate under the 2012 Term Loan is LIBOR plus 1.75%.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

Colombian Bridge Loans—In connection with the acquisition of communications sites from Colombia Movil S.A. E.S.P. (“Colombia Movil”) pursuant to an agreement dated July 17, 2011, one of the Company’s Colombian subsidiaries entered into five Colombian Peso (“COP”) denominated bridge loans. As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate principal amount outstanding under these bridge loans was 94.0 billion COP (approximately $48.7 million). As of June 30, 2013, the bridge loans had an interest rate of 7.99%. In June 2013, the maturity date was extended to December 22, 2013.

Indian Working Capital Facility—On April 29, 2013, one of the Company’s Indian subsidiaries (“ATC India”) entered into a working capital facility agreement (the “Indian Working Capital Facility”), which allows ATC India to borrow an amount not to exceed the Indian Rupee equivalent of $10.0 million. Any advances made pursuant to the Indian Working Capital Facility will be payable on the earlier of demand or six months following the borrowing date and the interest rate will be determined at the time of advance by the bank. As of June 30, 2013, ATC India had not drawn on the facility.

6. Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company is exposed to certain risks related to its ongoing business operations. The primary risk managed through the use of derivative instruments is interest rate risk. From time to time, the Company enters into interest rate protection agreements to manage exposure to variability in cash flows relating to forecasted interest payments. Under these agreements, the Company is exposed to credit risk to the extent that a counterparty fails to meet the terms of a contract. The Company’s credit risk exposure is limited to the current value of the contract at the time the counterparty fails to perform.

If a derivative is designated as a cash flow hedge, the effective portions of changes in the fair value of the derivative are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) and are recognized in the results of operations when the hedged item affects earnings. Ineffective portions of changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recognized immediately in the results of operations. For derivative instruments not designated as hedging instruments, changes in fair value are recognized in the results of operations in the period in which the change occurs.

The Company, through certain of its foreign subsidiaries, has entered into interest rate swap agreements to manage its exposure to variability in interest rates on debt in South Africa and Colombia. As of June 30, 2013, the Company had nine interest rate swap agreements outstanding in South Africa with an aggregate notional value of 423.6 million South African Rand (“ZAR”) ($42.9 million) and one interest rate swap agreement outstanding in Colombia with a notional value of 101.3 billion COP ($52.5 million). The Company’s South African interest rate swap agreements accrue interest based on the Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate (“JIBAR”), have been designated as cash flow hedges, have fixed interest rates ranging from 6.09% to 7.25% and expire on March 31, 2020. The Company’s Colombian interest rate swap agreement accrues interest based on the Inter-bank Rate (“IBR”), has been designated as a cash flow hedge, has a fixed interest rate of 5.78% and expires on November 30, 2020.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the notional amount and fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements, which were recorded as other non-current liabilities, were as follows (in thousands):


	June 30, 2013 (1)		December 31, 2012 (2)
ZAR
Notional		423,634		423,634
Carrying Amount/Fair Value		583		20,441
COP
Notional		101,250,000		101,250,000
Carrying Amount/Fair Value		1,299,238		5,356,377

(1)	The interest rate swap agreements are denominated in ZAR and COP and have an aggregate notional amount and fair value of $95.4 million and $0.7 million, respectively, as of June 30, 2013.

(2)	The interest rate swap agreements are denominated in ZAR and COP and have an aggregate notional amount and fair value of $107.3 million and $5.4 million, respectively, as of December 31, 2012.

During the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the interest rate swap agreements held by the Company had the following impact on OCI included in the condensed consolidated balance sheets and in the condensed consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

Three Months Ended June 30, 2013

Amount of Gain/(Loss)

Recognized in OCI on

Derivatives (Effective

Portion)

Location of Gain/(Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)

Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)

Location of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivative (Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)

Gain/(Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion and
Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)

$4,138

Interest expense

(704

)

N/A

Three Months Ended June 30, 2012

Amount of Gain/(Loss)

Recognized in OCI on

Derivatives (Effective

Portion)

Location of Gain/(Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)

Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)

Location of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivative (Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)

Gain/(Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion and
Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)

$(1,315)

Interest expense

(170

)

N/A

During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the interest rate swap agreements held by the Company had the following impact on OCI included in the condensed consolidated balance sheets and in the condensed consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013

Amount of Gain/(Loss)

Recognized in OCI on

Derivatives (Effective

Portion)

Location of Gain/(Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)

Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)

Location of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivative (Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)

Gain/(Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion and
Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)

$3,205

Interest expense

(1,312

)

N/A

Six Months Ended June 30, 2012

Amount of Gain/(Loss)

Recognized in OCI on

Derivatives (Effective

Portion)

Location of Gain/(Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)

Amount of Gain/(Loss)
Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Income (Effective Portion)

Location of Gain/(Loss)
Recognized in Income on
Derivative (Ineffective
Portion and Amount
Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)

Gain/(Loss) Recognized in
Income on Derivative
(Ineffective Portion and
Amount Excluded from
Effectiveness Testing)

$(1,850)

Interest expense

(322

)

N/A

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

As of June 30, 2013, approximately $1.4 million related to derivatives designated as cash flow hedges is expected to be reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income into earnings in the next twelve months.

7. Fair Value Measurements

The Company determines the fair value of its financial instruments based on the fair value hierarchy, which requires an entity to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Below are the three levels of inputs that may be used to measure fair value:

Level 1

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities that the Company has the ability to access at the measurement date.

Level 2

Observable inputs other than Level 1 prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities; quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis—The fair value of the Company’s financial assets and liabilities that are required to be measured on a recurring basis at fair value is as follows (in thousands):


	June 30, 2013
	Fair Value Measurements Using					Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
	Level 1	Level 2		Level 3		Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
Assets:
Short-term investments (1)		$	14,257			$	14,257
Liabilities:
Acquisition-related contingent consideration				$	21,218	$	21,218
Interest rate swap agreements (2)		$	733			$	733


	December 31, 2012
	Fair Value Measurements Using						Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
	Level 1		Level 2		Level 3		Assets/Liabilities at Fair Value
Assets:
Short-term investments (1)	$	6,018					$	6,018
Liabilities:
Acquisition-related contingent consideration					$	23,711	$	23,711
Interest rate swap agreements (2)			$	5,442			$	5,442

(1)	Consists of highly liquid investments with original maturities in excess of three months.

(2)	Consists of interest rate swap agreements based on JIBAR and IBR whose value is determined using a pricing model with inputs that are observable in the market or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Cash and cash equivalents include short-term investments, including money market funds, with original maturities of three months or less whose fair value approximated cost at June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012.

The fair value of the Company’s interest rate swap agreements recorded as net liabilities is included in other non-current liabilities in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. Fair valuations of the

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

Company’s interest rate swap agreements reflect the value of the instrument including the values associated with counterparty risk and the Company’s own credit standing. The Company includes in the valuation of the derivative instrument the value of the net credit differential between the counterparties to the derivative contract.

The Company may be required to pay additional consideration under certain agreements for the acquisitions of communications sites in Brazil, Colombia, Ghana, South Africa and the United States if specific conditions are met or events occur, such as the (i) collocation of certain wireless carriers subsequent to acquiring the communications sites (ii) conversion of certain barter agreements with other wireless carriers to cash-paying master lease agreements or (iii) achievement of certain earnings targets. For more information regarding contingent consideration, see note 14 to the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

Acquisition-related contingent consideration is initially measured and recorded at fair value as an element of consideration paid in connection with an acquisition with subsequent adjustments recognized in other operating expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations. The Company determines the fair value of acquisition-related contingent consideration, and any subsequent changes in fair value using a discounted probability-weighted approach. This approach takes into consideration Level 3 unobservable inputs including probability assessments of expected future cash flows over the period in which the obligation is expected to be settled and applies a discount factor that captures the uncertainties associated with the obligation. Changes in these unobservable inputs could significantly impact the fair value of the liabilities recorded in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets and operating expenses in the condensed consolidated statements of operations.

As of June 30, 2013, the Company estimates that the value of all potential acquisition-related contingent consideration required payments to be between zero and $34.3 million. During the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the fair value of the contingent consideration changed as follows (in thousands):


	2013			2012
Balance as of April 1	$	25,201		$	32,359
Additions		313			356
Payments		(1,033	)		—
Change in fair value		(2,007	)		(1,843	)
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(1,256	)		(975	)

Balance as of June 30	$	21,218		$	29,897

During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, the fair value of the contingent consideration changed as follows (in thousands):


	2013			2012
Balance as of January 1	$	23,711		$	25,617
Additions		478			356
Payments		(4,222	)		(445	)
Change in fair value		3,307			3,478
Foreign currency translation adjustment		(2,056	)		891

Balance as of June 30	$	21,218		$	29,897

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Nonrecurring Basis—During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded an asset impairment charge of $0.1 million, which was recorded in other operating expenses

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, certain long-lived assets held and used with a carrying value of $292.7 million were written down to their net realizable value of $282.0 million, resulting in an asset impairment charge of $10.7 million, which was recorded in other operating expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. These adjustments were determined by comparing the estimated proceeds from sale of assets or the projected future discounted cash flows to be provided from the long-lived assets (calculated using Level 3 inputs) to the asset’s carrying value. There were no other items measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The carrying value of the Company’s financial instruments, with the exception of long-term obligations, including the current portion, reasonably approximate the related fair value as of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012. The Company’s estimates of fair value of its long-term obligations, including the current portion, are based primarily upon reported market values. For long-term debt not actively traded, fair value was estimated using a discounted cash flow analysis using rates for debt with similar terms and maturities. As of June 30, 2013, the carrying value and fair value of long-term obligations, including the current portion, were $8.9 billion and $9.1 billion, respectively, of which $7.3 billion was measured using Level 1 inputs and $1.8 billion was measured using Level 2 inputs. As of December 31, 2012, the carrying value and fair value of long-term obligations, including the current portion, were $8.8 billion and $9.4 billion, respectively, of which $4.9 billion was measured using Level 1 inputs and $4.5 billion was measured using Level 2 inputs.

8. Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the three months ended June 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):


	Unrealized Losses on Cash Flow Hedges (1)			Deferred Loss on the Settlement of the Treasury Rate Lock			Foreign Currency Items			Total
Balance as of April 1, 2013	$	(5,162	)	$	(3,628	)	$	(149,253	)	$	(158,043	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax		3,570			—			(120,394	)		(116,824	)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		410			201			—			611

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)		3,980			201			(120,394	)		(116,213	)

Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	(1,182	)	$	(3,427	)	$	(269,647	)	$	(274,256	)

(1)	Losses on cash flow hedges have been reclassified into interest expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. The tax effect of less than $0.1 million is included in income tax expense for the three months ended June 30, 2013.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

The changes in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the six months ended June 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):


	Unrealized Losses on Cash Flow Hedges (1)			Deferred Loss on the Settlement of the Treasury Rate Lock			Foreign Currency Items			Total
Balance as of January 1, 2013	$	(4,358	)	$	(3,827	)	$	(175,162	)	$	(183,347	)
Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications, net of tax		2,456			—			(94,485	)		(92,029	)
Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax		720			400			—			1,120

Net current-period other comprehensive income (loss)		3,176			400			(94,485	)		(90,909	)

Balance as of June 30, 2013	$	(1,182	)	$	(3,427	)	$	(269,647	)	$	(274,256	)

(1)	Losses on cash flow hedges have been reclassified into interest expense in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. The tax effect of $0.1 million is included in income tax expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

9. Income Taxes

The Company provides for income taxes at the end of each interim period based on the estimated effective tax rate for the full fiscal year. Cumulative adjustments to the Company’s estimate are recorded in the interim period in which a change in the estimated annual effective tax rate is determined. As described in note 1, the Company reorganized to qualify as a REIT for the taxable year commencing January 1, 2012. As a REIT, the Company will continue to be subject to income taxes on the income of its TRSs. Under the provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, the Company may deduct amounts distributed to stockholders against the income generated in its QRSs. Additionally, the Company is able to offset income in both its TRSs and QRSs by utilizing its net operating losses.

The Company provides valuation allowances if, based on the available evidence, it is more likely than not that some or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Management assesses the available positive and negative evidence to estimate if sufficient future taxable income will be generated to use the existing deferred tax assets.

As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the total amount of unrecognized tax benefits that would impact the effective tax rate, if recognized, was approximately $32.2 million and $30.6 million, respectively. The increase in the amount of unrecognized tax benefits during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 is primarily attributable to the additions to the Company’s existing tax positions partially offset by fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates and the closure of certain tax years. The Company expects the unrecognized tax benefits to change over the next 12 months if certain tax matters ultimately settle with the applicable taxing jurisdiction during this timeframe, as described in note 13 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. The impact of the amount of such changes to previously recorded uncertain tax positions could range from zero to $0.8 million.

The Company recorded penalties and tax-related interest expense during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 of $1.3 million and $2.6 million, respectively, and during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 of $1.2 million and $2.6 million, respectively. In addition, due to the expiration of the statute of limitations

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

in certain jurisdictions, the Company reduced its liability for uncertain tax positions by $0.7 million. As of June 30, 2013 and December 31, 2012, the total amount of accrued income tax-related interest and penalties included in other non-current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheets was $29.9 million and $28.7 million, respectively.

10. Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognized stock-based compensation expense during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 of $17.1 million and $38.1 million, respectively, and stock-based compensation expense during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 of $13.6 million and $26.6 million, respectively. Stock-based compensation expense for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 included $1.1 million related to the modification of the vesting and exercise terms for certain employees’ equity awards. The Company capitalized $0.4 million and $0.8 million of stock-based compensation expense as property and equipment during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively, and capitalized $0.5 million and $1.1 million of stock-based compensation expense as property and equipment during the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, respectively.

Summary of Stock-Based Compensation Plans—The Company maintains equity incentive plans that provide for the grant of stock-based awards to its directors, officers and employees. The 2007 Equity Incentive Plan (“2007 Plan”) provides for the grant of non-qualified and incentive stock options, as well as restricted stock units, restricted stock and other stock-based awards. Exercise prices in the case of non-qualified and incentive stock options are not less than the fair value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. Equity awards typically vest ratably over various periods, generally four years, and stock options generally expire ten years from the date of grant. As of June 30, 2013, the Company had the ability to grant stock-based awards with respect to an aggregate of 16.5 million shares of common stock under the 2007 Plan.

Effective January 1, 2013, the Company’s Compensation Committee adopted a death, disability and retirement benefits program in connection with equity awards that provides for accelerated vesting and extended exercise periods of stock options and restricted stock units granted on or after January 1, 2013 upon an employee’s death or permanent disability, or upon an employee’s qualified retirement, provided certain eligibility criteria are met. Accordingly, for grants made after January 1, 2013, the Company will recognize compensation expense for all stock-based compensation over the shorter of (i) the four-year vesting period or (ii) the period from the date of grant to the date the employee becomes eligible for such retirement benefits, which may occur upon grant. Due to the accelerated recognition of stock-based compensation expense related to awards granted to retirement eligible employees, the Company recognized an additional $0.6 million and $7.3 million of stock-based compensation expense during the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, respectively.

Stock Options—The Company’s option activity for the six months ended June 30, 2013 is as follows:


	Number of Options
Outstanding as of January 1, 2013		5,829,945
Granted		1,420,206
Exercised		(421,105	)
Forfeited		(32,535	)
Expired		—

Outstanding as of June 30, 2013		6,796,511

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

The Company estimates the fair value of each option grant on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes pricing model. The following assumptions were used to determine the grant date fair value for options granted during the six months ended June 30, 2013:


Range of risk-free interest rate		0.75% - 1.03%
Weighted average risk-free interest rate		0.90%
Expected life of option grants		4.4 years
Range of expected volatility of underlying stock price		26.60% - 36.09%
Weighted average expected volatility of underlying stock price		33.56%
Expected annual dividends		1.50%

The weighted average grant date fair value per share during the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $19.15. As of June 30, 2013, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options was $44.5 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years.

Restricted Stock Units—The Company’s restricted stock unit activity during the six months ended June 30, 2013 is as follows:


	Number of Units
Outstanding as of January 1, 2013		1,968,553
Granted		803,561
Vested		(787,707	)
Forfeited		(60,205	)

Outstanding as of June 30, 2013		1,924,202

As of June 30, 2013, total unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested restricted stock units granted under the 2007 Plan was $98.9 million and is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of approximately three years. Distributions accrue with each unvested restricted stock unit award granted subsequent to January 1, 2012, which are payable upon vesting.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan—The Company maintains an employee stock purchase plan (the “ESPP”) for all eligible employees as described in note 14 to the Company’s consolidated financial statements included in its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. Under the ESPP, shares of the Company’s common stock may be purchased on the last day of each bi-annual offering period at 85% of the lower of the fair market value on the first or the last day of such offering period. The offering periods run from June 1 through November 30 and from December 1 through May 31 of each year. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, employee contributions were accumulated to purchase an estimated 38,249 shares under the ESPP.

Key assumptions used to apply the Black-Scholes pricing model for shares purchased through the ESPP during the six months ended June 30, 2013, which resulted in a fair value per share of $13.29, are as follows:


Approximate risk-free interest rate		0.13%
Expected life of shares		6 months
Expected volatility of underlying stock price over the option period		13.57%
Expected annual dividends		1.50%

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

11. Equity

Stock Repurchase Program—In March 2011, the Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which the Company is authorized to purchase up to $1.5 billion of its common stock (“2011 Buyback”).

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company repurchased 951,884 shares of its common stock for an aggregate of $74.6 million, including commissions and fees, pursuant to the 2011 Buyback. As of June 30, 2013, the Company had repurchased a total of approximately 5.3 million shares of its common stock under the 2011 Buyback for an aggregate of $318.6 million, including commissions and fees.

Between July 1, 2013 and July 19, 2013, the Company repurchased an additional 249,180 shares of its common stock for an aggregate of $18.2 million, including commissions and fees, pursuant to the 2011 Buyback. As of July 19, 2013, the Company had repurchased a total of approximately 5.5 million shares of its common stock under the 2011 Buyback for an aggregate of $336.8 million, including commissions and fees.

Under the 2011 Buyback, the Company is authorized to purchase shares from time to time through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions at prevailing prices in accordance with securities laws and other legal requirements, and subject to market conditions and other factors. To facilitate repurchases, the Company makes purchases pursuant to trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, which allows the Company to repurchase shares during periods when it otherwise might be prevented from doing so under insider trading laws or because of self-imposed trading blackout periods.

The Company continues to manage the pacing of the remaining $1.2 billion under the 2011 Buyback in response to general market conditions and other relevant factors. In the near term, the Company expects to fund any further repurchases of its common stock through a combination of cash on hand, cash generated by operations and borrowings under its credit facilities. Purchases under the 2011 Buyback are subject to the Company having available cash to fund repurchases.

Distributions—During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company declared the following regular cash distributions to its stockholders:


Declaration Date	Payment Date	Record Date	Distribution per share		Aggregate Payment Amount (in millions)
March 12, 2013	April 25, 2013	April 10, 2013	$	0.26	$	102.8
May 22, 2013	July 16, 2013	June 17, 2013	$	0.27	$	106.7

The Company accrues distributions on unvested restricted stock unit awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2012, which are payable upon vesting. As of June 30, 2013, the Company had accrued $1.2 million of distributions payable related to unvested restricted stock units. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company paid $0.2 million of distributions payable upon the vesting of restricted stock units.

To maintain its REIT status, the Company expects to continue paying regular distributions, the amount, timing and frequency of which will be determined and be subject to adjustment by the Company’s Board of Directors.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

12. Earnings Per Common Share

Basic income from continuing operations per common share represents income from continuing operations attributable to American Tower Corporation divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted income from continuing operations per common share represents income from continuing operations attributable to American Tower Corporation divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period and any dilutive common share equivalents, including unvested restricted stock and shares issuable upon exercise of stock options as determined under the treasury stock method. Dilutive common share equivalents also include the dilutive impact of the Verizon transaction (see note 13).

The following table sets forth basic and diluted income from continuing operations per common share computational data for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands, except per share data):


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Six Months Ended June 30,
	2013		2012		2013		2012
Income from continuing operations attributable to American Tower Corporation	$	99,821	$	48,209	$	271,228	$	269,515

Basic weighted average common shares outstanding		395,420		394,743		395,330		394,314
Dilutive securities		4,038		4,068		4,329		4,436

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding		399,458		398,811		399,659		398,750

Basic income from continuing operations attributable to American Tower Corporation per common share	$	0.25	$	0.12	$	0.69	$	0.68

Diluted income from continuing operations attributable to American Tower Corporation per common share	$	0.25	$	0.12	$	0.68	$	0.68

For the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding excluded shares issuable upon exercise of the Company’s stock options and stock-based awards of 1.2 million and 0.9 million, respectively, as the effect would be anti-dilutive. For the three and six months ended June 30, 2012, the diluted weighted average number of common shares outstanding excluded shares issuable upon exercise of the Company’s stock options and stock-based awards of 1.4 million and 0.9 million, respectively, as the effect would be anti-dilutive.

13. Commitments and Contingencies

Litigation

The Company periodically becomes involved in various claims, lawsuits and proceedings that are incidental to its business. In the opinion of Company management, after consultation with counsel, other than the legal proceedings discussed below, there are no matters currently pending that would, in the event of an adverse outcome, materially impact the Company’s consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

TriStar Litigation—The Company is involved in several lawsuits against TriStar Investors LLP and its affiliates (“TriStar”) in various states regarding single tower sites where TriStar has taken land interests under the Company’s owned or managed sites and the Company believes TriStar has induced the landowner to breach obligations to the Company. In addition, on February 16, 2012, TriStar brought a federal action against the

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

Company in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, in which TriStar principally alleges that the Company made misrepresentations to landowners when competing with TriStar for land under the Company’s owned or managed sites. On January 22, 2013, the Company filed an amended answer and counterclaim against TriStar and certain of its employees, denying Tristar’s claims and asserting that TriStar has engaged in a pattern of unlawful activity, including: (i) entering into agreements not to compete for land under certain towers; and (ii) making widespread misrepresentations to landowners regarding both TriStar and the Company. TriStar and the Company are seeking injunctive relief that would prohibit the other party from making certain statements when interacting with landowners, as well as an unspecified amount of damages.

Commitments

AT&T Transaction—The Company has an agreement with SBC Communications Inc., a predecessor entity to AT&T Inc. (“AT&T”), for the lease or sublease of approximately 2,450 towers from AT&T commencing between December 2000 and August 2004. Substantially all of the towers are part of the Securitization. The average term of the lease or sublease for all sites at the inception of the agreement was approximately 27 years, assuming renewals or extensions of the underlying ground leases for the sites. The Company has the option to purchase the sites subject to the applicable lease or sublease upon its expiration. Each tower is assigned to an annual tranche, ranging from 2013 to 2032, which represents the outside expiration date for the sublease rights to that tower. The purchase price for each site is a fixed amount stated in the sublease for that site plus the fair market value of certain alterations made to the related tower by AT&T. The aggregate purchase option price for the towers leased and subleased was approximately $571.4 million as of June 30, 2013, and will accrete at a rate of 10% per year to the applicable expiration of the lease or sublease of a site. For all such sites purchased by the Company prior to June 30, 2020, AT&T will continue to lease the reserved space at the then-current monthly fee which shall escalate in accordance with the standard master lease agreement for the remainder of AT&T’s tenancy. Thereafter, AT&T shall have the right to renew such lease for up to four successive five-year terms. For all such sites purchased by the Company subsequent to June 30, 2020, AT&T has the right to continue to lease the reserved space for successive one-year terms at a rent equal to the lesser of the agreed upon market rate and the then current monthly fee, which is subject to an annual increase based on changes in the Consumer Price Index.

Verizon Transaction—In December 2000, the Company entered into an agreement with ALLTEL, a predecessor entity to Verizon Wireless (“Verizon”), to acquire towers through a 15-year sublease agreement. Pursuant to the agreement with Verizon, as amended, the Company acquired rights to a total of approximately 1,800 towers in tranches between April 2001 and March 2002. The Company has the option to purchase each tower at the expiration of the applicable sublease, which will occur in tranches between April 2016 and March 2017 based on the original closing date for such tranche of towers. The purchase price per tower as of the original closing date was $27,500 and will accrete at a rate of 3% per annum through the expiration of the applicable sublease. The aggregate purchase option price for the subleased towers was approximately $70.2 million as of June 30, 2013. At Verizon’s option, at the expiration of the sublease, the purchase price would be payable in cash or with 769 shares of the Company’s common stock per tower, which at June 30, 2013 would be valued at approximately $99.9 million.

Other Contingencies—The Company is subject to income tax and other taxes in the geographic areas where it operates, and periodically receives notifications of audits, assessments or other actions by taxing authorities. The Company evaluates the circumstances of each notification based on the information available, and records a liability for any potential outcome that is probable or more likely than not unfavorable, if the liability is also reasonably estimable. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company received notices from the Indian tax authorities of their intent to challenge the transfer pricing related to taxes arising out of transactions of Essar Telecom Infrastructure Private Limited (“ETIPL”) in 2008, prior to the Company’s acquisition of ETIPL in August 2010. Pursuant to the Company’s definitive acquisition agreement, the seller is

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

obligated to indemnify and defend the Company with respect to any tax-related liability that may arise from activities prior to March 31, 2010. Since no formal assessment has been issued and the Company believes ETIPL’s tax position will be sustained upon examination, the Company has not recorded a liability related to this notification.

14. Acquisitions

All of the acquisitions described below are being accounted for as business combinations and are consistent with the Company’s strategy to expand in selected geographic areas.

The estimates of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the date of the applicable acquisition are subject to adjustment during the measurement period (up to one year from the particular acquisition date). The primary areas of the preliminary purchase price allocations that are not yet finalized relate to the fair value of certain tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, including contingent consideration, and residual goodwill and any related tax impact. The fair values of these net assets acquired are based on management’s estimates and assumptions, as well as other information compiled by management, including valuations that utilize customary valuation procedures and techniques. During the measurement period, the Company will adjust assets and/or liabilities if new information is obtained about facts and circumstances that existed as of the acquisition date that, if known, would have resulted in the revised estimated values of those assets and/or liabilities as of that date. The effect of measurement period adjustments to the estimated fair values is reflected as if the adjustments had been completed on the acquisition date. The impact of all changes that do not qualify as measurement period adjustments are included in current period earnings. If the actual results differ from the estimates and judgments used in these fair values, the amounts recorded in the condensed consolidated financial statements could be subject to a possible impairment of the intangible assets and/or goodwill, or require acceleration of the amortization expense of intangible assets in subsequent periods. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company made certain purchase accounting measurement period adjustments related to several acquisitions and therefore retrospectively adjusted the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of December 31, 2012.

Impact of current year acquisitions—The Company typically acquires communications sites from wireless carriers or other tower operators and subsequently integrates those sites into its existing portfolio of communications sites. The financial results of the Company’s acquisitions have been included in the Company’s condensed consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 from the date of respective acquisition. The date of acquisition, and by extension the point at which the Company begins to recognize the results of an acquisition may be dependent upon, among other things, the receipt of contractual consents, the commencement and extent of leasing arrangements and the timing of the transfer of title or rights to the assets, which may be accomplished in phases. For sites acquired from communication service providers, these sites may never have been operated as a business and were utilized solely by the seller as a component of their network infrastructure. An acquisition, depending on its size and nature, may or may not involve the transfer of business operations or employees.

The Company expenses acquisition and merger related costs in the period in which they are incurred and services are received. Acquisition and merger related costs may include finder’s fees, advisory, legal, accounting, valuation and other professional or consulting fees and general administrative costs. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 the Company recognized acquisition and merger related expenses of $3.3 million and $16.9 million, respectively. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2012 the Company recognized acquisition and merger related expenses of $3.2 million and $9.6 million, respectively.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

2013 Acquisitions

Mexico Axtel Acquisition—On January 23, 2013, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to purchase communications sites from Axtel, S.A.B. de C.V. (“Axtel”). Pursuant to the definitive agreement, on January 31, 2013, the Company acquired 883 communications sites from Axtel for an aggregate purchase price of $248.5 million, subject to post-closing adjustments and value added tax.

Other International Acquisitions—During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company acquired a total of 134 additional communications sites and equipment in the Company’s international markets, including Brazil, Colombia and Mexico, for an aggregate purchase price of $25.1 million (including contingent consideration of $0.5 million and value added tax of $0.1 million), subject to post-closing adjustments.

Other U.S. Acquisitions—During the six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company acquired a total of 40 additional communications sites and equipment, as well as ten property interests, in the United States for an aggregate purchase price of $46.8 million, including cash paid of approximately $46.5 million and net liabilities assumed of approximately $0.3 million, subject to post-closing adjustments.

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price paid and the amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed for the fiscal year 2013 acquisitions based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition (in thousands). Balances are reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.


	Mexico Axtel			Other International			Other U.S.
Current assets	$	—		$	95		$	1,404
Non-current assets		4,032			1,171			44
Property and equipment		86,100			10,603			12,297
Intangible assets (1):
Customer-related intangible assets		115,700			6,464			23,589
Network location intangible assets		41,700			5,538			5,381
Current liabilities		—			—			(365	)
Other non-current liabilities		(9,377	)		(1,220	)		(496	)

Fair value of net assets acquired	$	238,155		$	22,651		$	41,854

Goodwill (2)		10,368			2,453			4,608

(1)	Customer-related intangible assets and network location intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of up to 20 years.

(2)	Goodwill was allocated to the Company’s domestic and international rental and management segments, as applicable, and the Company expects goodwill recorded will be deductible for tax purposes.

2012 Acquisitions

Brazil-Vivo Acquisition—On March 30, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to purchase up to 1,500 communications sites from Vivo S.A. (“Vivo”). Pursuant to the agreement, on March 30, 2012, the Company purchased 800 communications sites for an aggregate purchase price of $151.7 million. On June 30, 2012, the Company purchased the remaining 700 communications sites for an aggregate purchase price of $126.3 million, subject to post-closing adjustments. In addition, the Company and Vivo amended the asset purchase agreement to allow for the acquisition of up to an additional 300 communications sites by the Company, subject to regulatory approval. On August 31, 2012, the Company purchased an additional 192

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

communications sites from Vivo for an aggregate purchase price of $32.7 million, subject to post-closing adjustments.

Diamond Acquisition (United States)—On December 28, 2012, the Company acquired Diamond Communications Trust and its subsidiary New Towers LLC, which held a portfolio of 316 communications sites and 24 property interests under third-party communications sites, for an aggregate purchase price of $322.5 million, including cash paid of $320.1 million and net liabilities assumed of $2.4 million.

Germany Acquisition—On November 14, 2012, the Company entered into a definitive agreement to purchase communications sites from E-Plus Mobilfunk GmbH & Co. KG (“E-Plus”). On December 4, 2012, the Company completed the purchase of 2,031 communications sites from E-Plus, for an aggregate purchase price of $525.7 million.

Skyway Acquisition (United States)—On December 20, 2012, the Company acquired an entity holding a portfolio of 318 communications sites from Skyway Towers Holdings, LLC (“Skyway”) for an aggregate purchase price of $169.6 million, including cash paid of approximately $169.5 million and net liabilities assumed of approximately $0.1 million. The aggregate purchase price was subsequently decreased to $166.3 million, including cash paid of approximately $166.2 million and net liabilities assumed of approximately $0.1 million, primarily due to the return of 11 communications sites to Skyway pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement.

Uganda Acquisition—On December 8, 2011, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with MTN Group Limited (“MTN Group”) to establish a joint venture in Uganda. The joint venture is controlled by a holding company of which a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company holds a 51% interest and a wholly owned subsidiary of MTN Group holds a 49% interest. The joint venture is managed and controlled by the Company and owns a tower operations company in Uganda.

Pursuant to the agreement, the joint venture agreed to purchase a total of up to 1,000 existing communications sites from MTN Group’s operating subsidiary in Uganda, subject to customary closing conditions. On June 29, 2012, the joint venture acquired 962 communications sites for an aggregate purchase price of $171.5 million, subject to post-closing adjustments. As a result of post-closing adjustments, the aggregate purchase price was adjusted from $171.5 million to $173.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2012, and further adjusted to $169.2 million during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Under the terms of the purchase agreement, legal title to certain of these communications sites will be transferred upon fulfillment of certain conditions by MTN Group. Prior to the fulfillment of these conditions, the joint venture will operate and maintain control of these communications sites, and accordingly, reflect these sites in the allocation of purchase price and the consolidated operating results.

Other International Acquisitions—During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company acquired a total of 705 additional communications sites and equipment in the Company’s international markets, including Mexico and South Africa, for an aggregate purchase price of $162.7 million (including value added tax of $21.9 million), subject to post-closing adjustments.

Other United States Acquisitions—During the year ended December 31, 2012, the Company acquired a total of 128 additional communications sites and equipment in the United States for an aggregate purchase price of $146.2 million, subject to post-closing adjustments.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

The following table summarizes the updated allocation of the aggregate purchase price paid and the amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition (in thousands). Balances are reflected in the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets.


	Brazil Vivo (1)			Diamond (U.S.)			Germany			Skyway (U.S.)			Uganda (1)			Other International			Other U.S.
Current assets	$	—		$	842		$	14,043		$	740		$	—		$	21,911		$	—
Non-current assets		22,418			—			—			—			2,258			2,309			153
Property and equipment		138,959			72,447			203,494			58,913			102,366			66,073			61,195
Intangible assets (2):
Customer-related intangible assets		83,012			184,200			276,021			64,400			30,500			52,911			61,266
Network location intangible assets		40,983			32,000			26,450			20,500			26,000			15,935			16,133
Current liabilities		—			(3,216	)		(2,988	)		(454	)		—			—			—
Other non-current liabilities		(18,195	)		(3,423	)		(23,243	)		(3,222	)		(7,528	)		(6,294	)		(1,310	)

Fair value of net assets acquired	$	267,177		$	282,850		$	493,777		$	140,877		$	153,596		$	152,845		$	137,437

Goodwill (3)		43,518			37,276			31,876			25,308			15,644			9,844			8,724

(1)	The allocation of the purchase price was finalized during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

(2)	Customer-related intangible assets and network location intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of up to 20 years.

(3)

Goodwill was allocated to the Company’s domestic and international rental and management segments, as applicable, and the Company expects goodwill recorded will be deductible for tax purposes, except for Uganda where goodwill is not expected to be deductible and South Africa where goodwill is expected to be partially deductible.

The following table summarizes the preliminary allocation of the aggregate purchase price paid and the amounts of assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon their estimated fair value at the date of acquisition (in thousands). Balances are reflected in the consolidated balance sheets in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.


	Brazil Vivo			Diamond (U.S.)			Germany			Skyway (U.S.)			Uganda			Other International			Other U.S.
Current assets	$	—		$	842		$	14,483		$	740		$	—		$	21,911		$	—
Non-current assets		24,460			—			—			—			2,258			4,196			153
Property and equipment		138,959			69,045			233,073			60,671			102,366			61,080			61,995
Intangible assets (1):
Customer-related intangible assets		80,010			171,300			218,146			63,000			36,500			49,227			61,966
Network location intangible assets		37,980			28,400			20,819			20,700			27,000			16,442			16,233
Current liabilities		—			(3,216	)		(2,990	)		(454	)		—			—			—
Other non-current liabilities		(18,195	)		(3,423	)		(23,243	)		(3,333	)		(7,528	)		(5,893	)		(1,310	)

Fair value of net assets acquired	$	263,214		$	262,948		$	460,288		$	141,324		$	160,596		$	146,963		$	139,037

Goodwill (2)		47,481			57,178			65,365			28,224			12,564			15,726			7,124

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

(1)	Customer-related intangible assets and network location intangible assets are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods of up to 20 years.

(2)

Contingent Consideration

Colombia—Under the terms of the agreement with Colombia Movil, the Company is required to make additional payments upon the conversion of certain barter agreements with other wireless carriers to cash paying lease agreements. Based on current estimates, the Company expected the value of potential contingent consideration payments required to be made under the amended agreement to be between zero and $30.3 million and estimated it to be $17.4 million using a probability weighted average of the expected outcomes at June 30, 2013. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded an increase in fair value of $0.6 million and $1.0 million, respectively, in other operating expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

South Africa—Under the terms of the agreement with Cell C (Pty) Limited (“Cell C”) dated November 4, 2010, pursuant to which the Company agreed to purchase up to 1,400 existing communications sites and additional communications sites in South Africa, the Company is required to make periodic payments based on the annualized rent for each collocation installed for a specific wireless carrier on the acquired communications sites occurring within a four-year period after the initial closing date. Based on current estimates, the Company expected the value of the remaining potential contingent consideration payments required to be made under the agreement to be between zero and $2.5 million and estimated it to be $2.5 million using a probability-weighted average of the expected outcomes at June 30, 2013. The Company has previously made payments under this arrangement of $11.0 million. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded a decrease in fair value of $0.6 million and an increase in fair value of $3.4 million, respectively, in other operating expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations. Subsequent to June 30, 2013, the Company amended its agreement with Cell C whereby the Company made a one-time payment of $2.5 million, which satisfied its remaining contingent consideration obligations.

Other—In addition, the Company recorded contingent consideration liabilities related to certain agreements in Brazil, Ghana and the United States related to the collocation of certain wireless carriers or achievement of certain earnings targets. Based on current estimates, the Company expected the value of potential contingent consideration payments required to be made under the agreement to be between zero and $1.5 million and estimated it to be $1.3 million using a probability weighted average of the expected outcomes at June 30, 2013. During the three and six months ended June 30, 2013, the Company recorded a decrease in fair value of $2.0 million and $1.1 million, respectively, in other operating expenses in the accompanying condensed consolidated statements of operations.

For more information regarding contingent consideration, see note 7 to the accompanying condensed consolidated financial statements.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

15. Business Segments

The Company operates in three business segments: domestic rental and management, international rental and management and network development services. The Company’s primary business is leasing antenna space on multi-tenant communications sites to wireless service providers, radio and television broadcast companies, wireless data and data providers, government agencies and municipalities and tenants in a number of other industries. This business is referred to as the Company’s rental and management operations and is comprised of domestic and international segments:

•

Domestic: consisting of rental and management operations in the United States; and

•

International: consisting of rental and management operations in Brazil, Chile, Colombia, Germany, Ghana, India, Mexico, Peru, South Africa and Uganda.

The Company has applied the aggregation criteria to operations within the international rental and management operating segments on a basis consistent with management’s review of information and performance evaluation.

The Company’s network development services segment offers tower-related services in the United States, including site acquisition, zoning and permitting services and structural analysis services, which primarily support its site leasing business and the addition of new tenants and equipment on its sites. The network development services segment is a strategic business unit that offers different services from the rental and management operating segments and requires different resources, skill sets and marketing strategies.

The accounting policies applied in compiling segment information below are similar to those described in note 1 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. Among other factors, in evaluating financial performance in each business segment, management uses segment gross margin and segment operating profit. The Company defines segment gross margin as segment revenue less segment operating expenses excluding stock-based compensation expense recorded in costs of operations; depreciation, amortization and accretion; selling, general, administrative and development expense; and other operating expenses. The Company defines segment operating profit as segment gross margin less selling, general, administrative and development expense attributable to the segment, excluding stock-based compensation expense and corporate expenses. For reporting purposes, the international rental and management segment operating profit and segment gross margin also include interest income, TV Azteca, net. These measures of segment gross margin and segment operating profit are also before interest income, interest expense, loss on retirement of long-term obligations, other income (expense), net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest, income (loss) on equity method investments and income taxes. The categories of expenses indicated above, such as depreciation, have been excluded from segment operating performance as they are not considered in the review of information or the evaluation of results by management. There are no significant revenues resulting from transactions between the Company’s operating segments. All intercompany transactions are eliminated to reconcile segment results and assets to the condensed consolidated statements of operations and condensed consolidated balance sheets.

Summarized financial information concerning the Company’s reportable segments for the three and six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 is shown in the following tables. The “Other” column represents amounts excluded from specific segments, such as business development operations, stock-based compensation expense and corporate expenses included in selling, general, administrative and development expense; other operating expense; interest income; interest expense; loss on retirement of long-term obligations; and other income (expense), as well as reconciles segment operating profit to income from continuing operations before income

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited

taxes and income on equity method investments, as these amounts are not utilized in assessing each segment’s performance.


	Rental and Management				Total Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
Three months ended June 30, 2013	Domestic		International		Total Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
	(in thousands)
Segment revenues	$	521,043	$	268,156	$	789,199	$	19,631			$	808,830
Segment operating expenses (1)		95,208		102,752		197,960		7,343				205,303
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		—		3,586		3,586		—				3,586

Segment gross margin		425,835		168,990		594,825		12,288				607,113

Segment selling, general, administrative and development expense (1)		24,243		32,490		56,733		2,324				59,057

Segment operating profit	$	401,592	$	136,500	$	538,092	$	9,964			$	548,056

Stock-based compensation expense									$	17,055		17,055
Other selling, general, administrative and development expense										24,097		24,097
Depreciation, amortization and accretion										184,608		184,608
Other expense (principally interest expense and other (expense) income)										249,630		249,630
Income from continuing operations before income taxes and income on equity method investments											$	72,666

Total assets	$	8,618,294	$	5,414,526	$	14,032,820	$	48,603	$	257,971	$	14,339,394

(1)	Segment operating expenses and segment selling, general, administrative and development expenses exclude stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million and $16.6 million, respectively.


	Rental and Management				Total Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
Three months ended June 30, 2012	Domestic		International		Total Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
	(in thousands)
Segment revenues	$	473,411	$	208,851	$	682,262	$	15,472			$	697,734
Segment operating expenses (1)		88,113		76,745		164,858		7,084				171,942
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		—		3,586		3,586		—				3,586

Segment gross margin		385,298		135,692		520,990		8,388				529,378

Segment selling, general, administrative and development expense (1)		21,097		19,481		40,578		1,925				42,503

Segment operating profit	$	364,201	$	116,211	$	480,412	$	6,463			$	486,875

Stock-based compensation expense									$	13,551		13,551
Other selling, general, administrative and development expense										21,236		21,236
Depreciation, amortization and accretion										172,072		172,072
Other expense (principally interest expense and other (expense) income)										222,517		222,517

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and income on equity method investments											$	57,499

(1)	Segment operating expenses and segment selling, general, administrative and development expenses exclude stock-based compensation expense of $0.4 million and $13.1 million, respectively.

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

NOTES TO CONDENSED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS—Unaudited


	Rental and Management				Total Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
Six months ended June 30, 2013	Domestic		International		Total Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
	(in thousands)
Segment revenues	$	1,036,719	$	529,913	$	1,566,632	$	44,926			$	1,611,558
Segment operating expenses (1)		187,041		201,968		389,009		17,622				406,631
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		—		7,129		7,129		—				7,129

Segment gross margin		849,678		335,074		1,184,752		27,304				1,212,056

Segment selling, general, administrative and development expense (1)		47,141		62,025		109,166		5,225				114,391

Segment operating profit	$	802,537	$	273,049	$	1,075,586	$	22,079			$	1,097,665

Stock-based compensation expense									$	38,097		38,097
Other selling, general, administrative and development expense										49,312		49,312
Depreciation, amortization and accretion										370,412		370,412
Other expense (principally interest expense and other (expense) income)										387,008		387,008

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and income on equity method investments											$	252,836

(1)	Segment operating expenses and segment selling, general, administrative and development expenses exclude stock-based compensation expense of $0.8 million and $37.3 million, respectively.


	Rental and Management				Total Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
Six months ended June 30, 2012	Domestic		International		Total Rental and Management		Network Development Services		Other		Total
	(in thousands)
Segment revenues	$	960,473	$	405,779	$	1,366,252	$	27,999			$	1,394,251
Segment operating expenses (1)		181,116		147,269		328,385		14,081				342,466
Interest income, TV Azteca, net		—		7,129		7,129		—				7,129

Segment gross margin		779,357		265,639		1,044,996		13,918				1,058,914

Segment selling, general, administrative and development expense (1)		40,497		43,376		83,873		2,283				86,156

Segment operating profit	$	738,860	$	222,263	$	961,123	$	11,635			$	972,758

Stock-based compensation expense									$	26,596		26,596
Other selling, general, administrative and development expense										44,583		44,583
Depreciation, amortization and accretion										321,727		321,727
Other expense (principally interest expense and other (expense) income)										284,765		284,765

Income from continuing operations before income taxes and income on equity method investments											$	295,087

(1)	Segment operating expenses and segment selling, general, administrative and development expenses exclude stock-based compensation expense of $0.9 million and $25.7 million, respectively.

ITEM 2.

MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

This Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q contains forward-looking statements relating to our goals, beliefs, plans or current expectations and other statements that are not of historical facts. For example, when we use words such as “project,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “expect,” “forecast,” “estimate,” “intend,” “should,” “would,” “could” or “may,” or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or outcomes, we are making forward-looking statements. Certain important factors may cause actual results to differ materially from those indicated by our forward-looking statements, including those set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A. of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Forward-looking statements represent management’s current expectations and are inherently uncertain. We do not undertake any obligation to update forward-looking statements made by us.

The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations that follow are based upon our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“GAAP”). The preparation of our financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenues and expenses, and the related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of our financial statements. Actual results may differ significantly from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our condensed consolidated financial statements herein and the accompanying notes thereto, information set forth under the caption “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, and in particular, the information set forth therein under Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

Overview

We are a leading independent owner, operator and developer of wireless and broadcast communications real estate. Our primary business is leasing antenna space on multi-tenant communications sites to wireless service providers, radio and television broadcast companies, wireless data and data providers, government agencies and municipalities and tenants in a number of other industries. We refer to this business as our rental and management operations, which accounted for approximately 97% of our total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2013. We also offer tower-related services domestically, including site acquisition, zoning and permitting services and structural analysis services, which primarily support our site leasing business and the addition of new tenants and equipment on our sites. Effective January 1, 2012, we reorganized to qualify as a real estate investment trust for federal income tax purposes (“REIT”, and the reorganization, the “REIT Conversion”).

Our communications real estate portfolio of 56,506 sites, as of June 30, 2013, includes wireless and broadcast communications towers and distributed antenna system (“DAS”) networks, which provide seamless coverage solutions in certain in-building and outdoor wireless environments. Our portfolio primarily consists of towers that we own and towers that we operate pursuant to long-term lease arrangements, including, as of June 30, 2013, 22,720 towers domestically and 33,473 towers internationally. Our portfolio also includes 313 DAS networks. In addition to the communications sites in our portfolio, we manage rooftop and tower sites for property owners under various contractual arrangements. We also hold property interests that we lease to communications service providers and third-party tower operators.

The following table details the number of communications sites we own or operate as of June 30, 2013:


Country	Number of Owned Sites		Number of Operated Sites (1)
United States		16,572		6,419
International:
Brazil		4,337		155
Chile		1,186		—
Colombia		2,398		706
Germany		2,031		—
Ghana		1,936		—
India		10,779		—
Mexico		6,540		199
Peru		499		—
South Africa		1,629		—
Uganda		1,120		—

(1)	All of the sites we operate are held pursuant to long-term capital leases, including those subject to purchase options.

Our continuing operations are reported in three segments, domestic rental and management, international rental and management and network development services. Among other factors, management uses segment gross margin and segment operating profit in its assessment of operating performance in each business segment. We define segment gross margin as segment revenue less segment operating expenses, excluding stock-based compensation expense recorded in costs of operations; depreciation, amortization and accretion; selling, general, administrative and development expense; and other operating expense. We define segment operating profit as segment gross margin less selling, general, administrative and development expense attributable to the segment, excluding stock-based compensation expense and corporate expenses. Segment gross margin and segment operating profit for the international rental and management segment also include interest income, TV Azteca, net (see note 15 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein). These measures of segment gross margin and segment operating profit are also before interest income, interest expense, loss on retirement of long-term obligations, other income (expense), net income (loss) attributable to noncontrolling interest, income (loss) on equity method investments and income taxes.

In the section that follows, we provide information regarding management’s expectations of long-term drivers of demand for our communications sites, as well as our current results of operations, financial position and sources and uses of liquidity. In addition, we highlight key trends, which management believes provide valuable insight into our operating and financial resource allocation decisions.

Revenue Growth. Due to our diversified communications site portfolio, our tenant lease rates vary considerably depending upon numerous factors, including but not limited to, tower location, amount and type of tenant equipment on the tower, ground space required by the tenant and remaining tower capacity. We measure the remaining tower capacity by assessing several factors, including tower height, tower type, environmental conditions, existing equipment on the tower and zoning and permitting regulations in effect in the jurisdiction where the tower is located. In many instances, tower capacity can be increased through tower augmentation.

The primary sources of revenue growth for our domestic and international rental and management segments are:

•

Recurring revenues from tenant leases generated from sites which existed in our portfolio as of the beginning of the prior year period (“legacy sites”);

•

Contractual rent escalations on existing tenant leases, net of cancellations;

•

New revenue generated from leasing additional space on our legacy sites; and

•

New revenue generated from sites acquired or constructed since the beginning of the prior year period (“new sites”).

The majority of our tenant leases with wireless carriers are typically for an initial non-cancellable term of five to ten years, with multiple five-year renewal terms thereafter. Accordingly, nearly all of the revenue generated by our rental and management operations during the six months ended June 30, 2013 is recurring revenue that we should continue to receive in future periods. Based upon foreign currency exchange rates and the tenant leases in place as of June 30, 2013, we expect to generate over $20 billion of non-cancellable tenant lease revenue over future periods, absent the impact of straight-line lease accounting. In addition, most of our tenant leases have provisions that periodically increase the rent due under the lease, typically annually based on a fixed percentage (on average approximately 3.5% in the U.S.), inflation or inflation with a fixed minimum or maximum escalation for the year. Revenue lost from either cancellations of leases at the end of their terms or rent negotiations historically have not had a material adverse effect on the revenues generated by our rental and management operations. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, loss of revenue from tenant lease cancellations or renegotiations represented approximately 1.4% of the total revenue of our rental and management segments.

Demand Drivers. We continue to believe that our site leasing revenue is likely to increase due to the growing use of wireless communications and data services and our ability to meet that demand by adding new tenants and new equipment for existing tenants on our legacy sites, which increases the utilization and profitability of our sites. In addition, we believe the majority of our site leasing activity will continue to come from wireless service providers. Our legacy site portfolio and our established tenant base provide us with new business opportunities, which have historically resulted in consistent and predictable organic revenue growth as wireless carriers seek to increase the coverage and capacity of their networks as well as roll out next generation wireless technologies. In addition, we intend to continue to supplement the organic growth on our legacy sites by selectively developing or acquiring new sites in our existing and new markets where we can achieve our risk adjusted return on investment criteria.

According to industry data, we believe the following key trends will provide opportunities for organic growth in our domestic rental and management segment:

•

The deployment of advanced wireless technology across existing wireless networks will provide higher speed data services and enable fixed broadband substitution. As a result, our tenants continue to deploy additional equipment across their existing networks.

•

Wireless service providers compete based on the overall capacity and coverage of their existing wireless networks. To maintain or improve their network performance as overall network usage increases, our tenants continue to deploy additional equipment across their existing sites and also add new cell sites.

•

Wireless service providers are investing in reinforcing their networks through incremental backhaul and the utilization of on-site generators, which results in additional space and/or equipment leased at the tower site.

•

Wireless service providers continue to acquire additional spectrum, and as a result, are expected to add additional equipment to their network as they seek to optimize their network configuration.

According to industry data, we believe the following key trends will provide opportunities for organic growth in our international rental and management segment:

•

In India, nationwide voice networks continue to be deployed as wireless service providers are beginning their initial investments in wireless data networks.

•

In Ghana and Uganda, wireless service providers continue to build their voice and data networks to satisfy increasing demand for wireless service.

•

In South Africa, carriers are beginning to deploy wireless data networks utilizing spectrum acquired through recent auctions.

•

In Mexico and Brazil, nationwide voice networks have been deployed and certain incumbent wireless service providers continue to invest in their wireless data networks. Recent spectrum auctions in both markets have enabled other incumbent wireless service providers and new market entrants to begin initial investments in wireless data networks.

•

In markets such as Chile, Colombia and Peru, recent or anticipated spectrum auctions are expected to drive investment in nationwide voice and wireless data networks.

•

In Germany, our most mature international wireless market, demand is currently being driven by a government-mandated rural LTE network build-out, as well as other tenant initiatives to deploy next generation wireless services.

Direct Operating Expenses. Direct operating expenses incurred by our domestic and international rental and management segments include direct site level expenses and consist primarily of ground rent, property taxes, repairs and maintenance, security and power and fuel costs, some of which may be passed through to our tenants. These segment direct operating expenses exclude all segment and corporate selling, general, administrative and development expenses, which are aggregated into one line item entitled selling, general, administrative and development expense in our condensed consolidated statements of operations. In general, our domestic and international rental and management segments selling, general, administrative and development expenses do not significantly increase as a result of adding incremental tenants to our legacy sites and typically increase only modestly year-over-year. As a result, leasing additional space to new tenants on our legacy sites provides significant incremental cash flow. We may incur additional segment selling, general, administrative and development expenses as we increase our presence in geographic areas where we have recently launched operations or are focused on expanding our portfolio. Our profit margin growth is therefore positively impacted by the addition of new tenants to our legacy sites and can be temporarily diluted by our development activities.

As we continue to focus on growing our rental and management operations, we anticipate that our network development services revenue will continue to represent a small percentage of our total revenues. Through our network development services segment, we offer tower-related services, including site acquisition, zoning and permitting services and structural analysis services, which primarily support our site leasing business and the addition of new tenants and equipment on our sites.

REIT Conversion. Effective January 1, 2012, we reorganized to qualify as a REIT. The REIT tax rules require that we derive most of our income, other than income generated by a taxable REIT subsidiary (“TRS”), from investments in real estate, which for us primarily consists of income from the leasing of our communications sites. Under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), maintaining REIT status generally requires that no more than 25% of the value of the REIT’s assets be represented by securities of one or more TRSs and other non-qualifying assets.

A REIT must annually distribute to its stockholders an amount equal to at least 90% of its REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction for distributed earnings and excluding any net capital gain). During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we declared an aggregate of approximately $209.5 million in regular cash distributions to our stockholders. The amount, timing and frequency of future distributions will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will be declared based upon various factors, a number of which may be beyond our control, including our financial condition and operating cash flows, the amount required to maintain REIT status and reduce any income and excise taxes that we otherwise would be required to pay, limitations on distributions in our existing and future debt instruments, our ability to utilize net operating losses (“NOLs”) to offset, in whole or in part, our distribution requirements, limitations on our ability to fund distributions using cash generated through our TRSs and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

For more information on the requirements to qualify as a REIT, see Item 1 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 under the caption “Business—Overview,” and Item 1A of this Quarterly Report under the caption “Risk Factors.”

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Included in our analysis of our results of operations are discussions regarding earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, amortization and accretion, as adjusted (“Adjusted EBITDA”), Funds From Operations, as defined by the National Association of Real Estate Investment Trusts (“NAREIT FFO”) and Adjusted Funds From Operations (“AFFO”).

We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income before income (loss) on discontinued operations, net; income (loss) from equity method investments; income tax provision (benefit); other income (expense); loss on retirement of long-term obligations; interest expense; interest income; other operating income (expense); depreciation, amortization and accretion; and stock-based compensation expense.

NAREIT FFO is defined as net income before gains or losses from the sale or disposal of real estate, real estate related impairment charges and real estate related depreciation, amortization and accretion, and including adjustments for (i) unconsolidated affiliates and (ii) noncontrolling interest.

We define AFFO as NAREIT FFO before (i) straight-line revenue and expense; (ii) stock-based compensation expense; (iii) the non-cash portion of our tax provision; (iv) non-real estate related depreciation, amortization and accretion; (v) amortization of deferred financing costs, capitalized interest and debt discounts and premiums; (vi) other income (expense); (vii) loss on retirement of long-term obligations; (viii) other operating income (expense); and adjustments for (ix) unconsolidated affiliates and (x) noncontrolling interest, less cash payments related to capital improvements and cash payments related to corporate capital expenditures.

Adjusted EBITDA, NAREIT FFO and AFFO are not intended to replace net income or any other performance measures determined in accordance with GAAP. Neither NAREIT FFO nor AFFO represent cash flows from operating activities in accordance with GAAP and therefore these measures should not be considered indicative of cash flows from operating activities as a measure of liquidity or of funds available to fund our cash needs, including our ability to make cash distributions. Rather, Adjusted EBITDA, NAREIT FFO and AFFO are presented as we believe each is a useful indicator of our current operating performance. We believe that these metrics are useful to an investor in evaluating our operating performance because (1) each is a key measure used by our management team for purposes of decision making and for evaluating the performance of our operating segments; (2) Adjusted EBITDA is a component of the calculation used by our lenders to determine compliance with certain debt covenants; (3) Adjusted EBITDA is widely used in the tower industry to measure operating performance as depreciation, amortization and accretion may vary significantly among companies depending upon accounting methods and useful lives, particularly where acquisitions and non-operating factors are involved; (4) each provides investors with a meaningful measure for evaluating our period to period operating performance by eliminating items which are not operational in nature; and (5) each provides investors with a measure for comparing our results of operations to those of different companies.

Our measurement of Adjusted EBITDA, NAREIT FFO and AFFO may not be comparable to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Reconciliations of Adjusted EBITDA, NAREIT FFO and AFFO to net income, the most directly comparable GAAP measure, have been included below.

Results of Operations

Three Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands, except percentages)

Revenue


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Rental and management
Domestic	$	521,043	$	473,411	$	47,632		10	%
International		268,156		208,851		59,305		28

Total rental and management		789,199		682,262		106,937		16
Network development services		19,631		15,472		4,159		27

Total revenues	$	808,830	$	697,734	$	111,096		16	%

Total revenues for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 16% to $808.8 million. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in both of our rental and management segments, including organic revenue growth attributable to our legacy sites, and revenue growth attributable to the approximately 9,295 new sites that we have constructed or acquired since April 1, 2012.

Domestic rental and management segment revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 10% to $521.0 million, which was comprised of:

•

Revenue growth from legacy sites of approximately 8%, which includes approximately 6% due to incremental revenue primarily generated from new tenant leases and amendments to existing tenant leases on our legacy sites and approximately 2% attributable to contractual rent escalations, net of tenant lease cancellations;

•

Revenue growth from new sites of approximately 3%, resulting from the construction or acquisition of approximately 1,105 new sites, as well as land interests under third-party sites since April 1, 2012; and

•

A decrease of less than 1% from the impact of straight-line lease accounting.

International rental and management segment revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 28% to $268.2 million, which was comprised of:

•

Revenue growth from new sites of approximately 22%, resulting from the construction or acquisition of approximately 8,190 new sites since April 1, 2012;

•

Revenue growth from legacy sites of approximately 9%, which includes approximately 9% due to incremental revenue primarily generated from new tenant leases and amendments to existing tenant leases on our legacy sites and approximately 2% attributable to contractual rent escalations, net of tenant lease cancellations, partially offset by approximately 2% for the reversal of revenue reserves during the three months ended June 30, 2012; and

•

A decrease of approximately 3% attributable to the negative impact from foreign currency translation, which includes, among others, the negative impact of approximately 2% related to fluctuations in South African Rand (“ZAR”), approximately 1% related to fluctuations in Brazilian Reais (“BRL”) and approximately 1% related to fluctuations in Indian Rupees (“INR”).

Network development services segment revenue for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 27% to $19.6 million. The growth was primarily attributable to an increase in site acquisition, zoning and permitting services and structural engineering services as a result of an increase in tenant lease applications, which are primarily associated with our tenants’ next generation technology network upgrades during the three months ended June 30, 2013.

Gross Margin


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Rental and management
Domestic	$	425,835	$	385,298	$	40,537		11	%
International		168,990		135,692		33,298		25

Total rental and management		594,825		520,990		73,835		14
Network development services		12,288		8,388		3,900		46	%

Domestic rental and management segment gross margin for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 11% to $425.8 million, which was comprised of:

•

Gross margin growth from legacy sites of approximately 8%, primarily associated with the increase in revenue, as described above; and

•

Gross margin growth from new sites of approximately 3%, resulting from the construction or acquisition of approximately 1,105 new sites, as well as land interests under third-party sites since April 1, 2012.

International rental and management segment gross margin for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 25% to $169.0 million, which was comprised of:

•

Gross margin growth from new sites of approximately 21%, resulting from the construction or acquisition of approximately 8,190 new sites since April 1, 2012;

•

Gross margin growth from legacy sites of approximately 6%, primarily associated with the increase in revenue, as described above; and

•

A decrease of approximately 2% attributable to the negative impact from foreign currency translation, which includes, among others, the negative impact of approximately 2% related to fluctuations in ZAR, approximately 2% related to fluctuations in BRL and approximately 1% related to fluctuations in INR.

Network development services segment gross margin for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 46% to $12.3 million. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in revenue as described above.

Selling, General, Administrative and Development Expense


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Rental and management
Domestic	$	24,243	$	21,097	$	3,146		15	%
International		32,490		19,481		13,009		67

Total rental and management		56,733		40,578		16,155		40
Network development services		2,324		1,925		399		21
Other		40,746		34,345		6,401		19

Total selling, general, administrative and development expense	$	99,803	$	76,848	$	22,955		30	%

Total selling, general, administrative and development expense (“SG&A”) for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 30% to $99.8 million. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in our international rental and management segment and other SG&A.

Domestic rental and management segment SG&A for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 15% to $24.2 million. The increase was primarily driven by increasing personnel and related costs to support a growing portfolio.

International rental and management segment SG&A for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 67% to $32.5 million. During the three months ended June 30, 2012, we reversed approximately $3.8 million of bad debt expense in Mexico for amounts previously reserved. In addition, international rental and management segment SG&A increased due to our continued expansion initiatives in foreign markets, including the launch of operations in Germany.

Network development services segment SG&A for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 21% to $2.3 million. The increase was primarily attributable to the costs incurred to support the increased structural engineering services.

Other SG&A for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 19% to $40.7 million. The increase was primarily due to a $3.5 million increase in SG&A related stock-based compensation expense and a $2.8 million increase in corporate expenses associated with supporting a growing global business.

Operating Profit


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Rental and management
Domestic	$	401,592	$	364,201	$	37,391		10	%
International		136,500		116,211		20,289		17

Total rental and management		538,092		480,412		57,680		12
Network development services		9,964		6,463		3,501		54	%

Domestic rental and management segment operating profit for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 10% to $401.6 million. The growth was primarily attributable to the increase in our domestic rental and management segment gross margin (11%), as described above, and was partially offset by an increase in our domestic rental and management segment SG&A (15%), as described above.

International rental and management segment operating profit for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 17% to $136.5 million. The growth was primarily attributable to the increase in our international rental and management segment gross margin (25%), as described above, and was partially offset by an increase in our international rental and management segment SG&A (67%), as described above.

Network development services segment operating profit for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 54% to $10.0 million. The growth was primarily attributable to the increase in network development services segment gross margin (46%), as described above, and was partially offset by an increase in our network development services segment SG&A (21%), as described above.

Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Depreciation, amortization and accretion	$	184,608	$	172,072	$	12,536		7	%

Depreciation, amortization and accretion for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 7% to $184.6 million. The increase was primarily attributable to the depreciation, amortization and accretion associated with the acquisition or construction of approximately 9,295 sites since April 1, 2012, which resulted in an increase in property and equipment.

Other Operating Expenses


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
Other operating expenses	$	5,898	$	5,944	$	(46	)		(1	)%

Other operating expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2013 decreased 1% to $5.9 million. Other operating expenses for the three months ended June 30, 2013 primarily consisted of $3.3 million in acquisition related costs and $2.4 million in losses from the sale or disposal of assets and impairment charges, and approximated prior year amounts.

Interest Expense


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Interest expense	$	100,815		100,233	$	582		1	%

Interest expense for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 1% to $100.8 million. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in our average debt outstanding of approximately $1.6 billion, which was primarily used to fund our recent acquisitions, partially offset by a decrease in our annualized weighted average cost of borrowing from 5.43% to 4.69%.

Loss on Retirement of Long-Term Obligations


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Loss on retirement of long term obligations	$	2,669	$	—	$	2,669		N/A

During the three months ended June 30, 2013, we recorded a loss on retirement of long-term obligations of $2.7 million related to the acceleration of the remaining deferred financing costs associated with our $1.0 billion unsecured revolving credit facility entered into in April 2011 (the “2011 Credit Facility”), which was terminated on June 28, 2013.

Other Expense


	Three Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Other expense	$	141,660	$	118,623	$	23,037		19	%

During the three months ended June 30, 2013, other expense increased 19% to $141.7 million. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in unrealized currency losses of $28.0 million. During the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we recorded unrealized foreign currency losses of approximately $142.9 million and $114.9 million, respectively, resulting primarily from fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates associated with our intercompany notes and similar unaffiliated balances denominated in a currency other than the subsidiaries’ functional currencies.

Income Tax (Benefit) Provision


	Three Months Ended June 30,						Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013			2012			Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
Income tax (benefit) provision	$	(11,447	)		23,815		$	(35,262	)		(148	)%
Effective tax rate		(15.8	)%		41.4	%

The income tax benefit for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was $11.4 million compared to an income tax provision of $23.8 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. The effective tax rate (“ETR”) for the three months ended June 30, 2013 decreased to (15.8)% from 41.4%. The higher ETR during the three months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily a result of recording a valuation allowance on certain previously unreserved deferred tax assets. During the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we recorded income tax benefits on certain unrealized foreign currency losses.

The ETR on income from continuing operations for the three months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 differs from the federal statutory rate primarily due to our expected qualification for taxation as a REIT effective as of January 1, 2012 and adjustments for foreign items.

Net Income/Adjusted EBITDA


	Three Months Ended June 30,						Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013			2012			Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
Net income	$	84,113		$	33,689		$	50,424			150	%
Income from equity method investments		—			(5	)		(5	)		(100	)
Income tax (benefit) provision		(11,447	)		23,815			(35,262	)		(148	)
Other expense		141,660			118,623			23,037			19
Loss on retirement of long-term obligations		2,669			—			2,669			N/A
Interest expense		100,815			100,233			582			1
Interest income		(1,412	)		(2,283	)		(871	)		(38	)
Other operating expenses		5,898			5,944			(46	)		(1	)
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		184,608			172,072			12,536			7
Stock-based compensation expense		17,055			13,551			3,504			26

Adjusted EBITDA	$	523,959		$	465,639		$	58,320			13	%

Net income for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 150% to $84.1 million. The increase was primarily attributable to the increase in our rental and management segments’ operating profit, as described above, as well as the tax benefit recorded during the three months ended June 30, 2013. The increase was partially offset by increases in depreciation, amortization and accretion expense and other expenses, which were primarily due to unrealized foreign currency losses.

Adjusted EBITDA for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 13% to $524.0 million. Adjusted EBITDA growth was primarily attributable to the increase in our rental and management segments’ gross margin, and was partially offset by an increase in SG&A.

Net Income/NAREIT FFO/AFFO


	Three Months Ended June 30,						Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013			2012			Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
Net income	$	84,113		$	33,689		$	50,424			150	%
Real estate related depreciation, amortization and accretion		160,610			152,194			8,416			6
Losses from sale or disposal of real estate and real estate related impairment charges		2,401			2,195			206			9
Adjustments for unconsolidated affiliates and noncontrolling interest		8,813			9,856			(1,043	)		(11	)

NAREIT FFO	$	255,937		$	197,934		$	58,003			29	%
Straight-line revenue		(34,442	)		(39,056	)		(4,614	)		(12	)
Straight-line expense		7,911			8,294			(383	)		(5	)
Stock-based compensation expense		17,055			13,551			3,504			26
Non-cash portion of tax (benefit) provision		(15,057	)		10,142			(25,199	)		(248	)
Non-real estate related depreciation, amortization and accretion		23,998			19,878			4,120			21
Amortization of deferred financing costs, capitalized interest and debt discounts and premiums (1)		7,395			2,410			4,985			207
Other expense (2)		141,660			118,623			23,037			19
Loss on retirement of long-term obligations		2,669			—			2,669			N/A
Other operating expenses (3)		3,497			3,749			(252	)		(7	)
Capital improvement capital expenditures		(26,442	)		(14,469	)		11,973			83
Corporate capital expenditures		(9,157	)		(4,714	)		4,443			94
Adjustments for unconsolidated affiliates and noncontrolling interest		(8,813	)		(9,856	)		(1,043	)		(11	)

AFFO	$	366,211		$	306,486		$	59,725			19	%

(1)	Includes accrued non-cash interest expense attributable to joint venture loans.

(2)	Primarily includes unrealized loss on foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

(3)	Primarily includes impairments and transaction related costs.

NAREIT FFO for the three months ended June 30, 2013 was $255.9 million as compared to NAREIT FFO of $197.9 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. AFFO for the three months ended June 30, 2013 increased 19% to $366.2 million as compared to $306.5 million for the three months ended June 30, 2012. AFFO growth was primarily attributable to the increase in our operating profit and a decrease in cash paid for income taxes and interest, partially offset by an increase in cash paid for capital improvement and corporate capital expenditures. The decrease in cash paid for income taxes was attributable to, among other items, the receipt of a one-time income tax refund during the three months ended June 30, 2013 of $4.5 million in one of our international markets.

Results of Operations

Six Months Ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands, except percentages)

Revenue


	Six Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Rental and management
Domestic	$	1,036,719	$	960,473	$	76,246		8	%
International		529,913		405,779		124,134		31

Total rental and management		1,566,632		1,366,252		200,380		15
Network development services		44,926		27,999		16,927		60

Total revenues	$	1,611,558	$	1,394,251	$	217,307		16	%

Total revenues for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 16% to $1,611.6 million. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in both of our rental and management segments, including organic revenue growth attributable to our legacy sites, and revenue growth attributable to the approximately 10,755 new sites that we have constructed or acquired since January 1, 2012.

Domestic rental and management segment revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 8% to $1,036.7 million, which was comprised of:

•

Revenue growth from legacy sites of approximately 6%, which includes approximately 6% due to incremental revenue primarily generated from new tenant leases and amendments to existing tenant leases on our legacy sites and approximately 2% attributable to contractual rent escalations, net of tenant lease cancellations, partially offset by approximately 2% due to a tenant billing settlement and a lease termination settlement which totaled $15.6 million during the six months ended June 30, 2012;

•

Revenue growth from new sites of approximately 3%, resulting from the construction or acquisition of approximately 1,170 new sites, as well as land interests under third-party sites since January 1, 2012; and

•

A decrease of less than 1% from the impact of straight-line lease accounting.

International rental and management segment revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 31% to $529.9 million, which was comprised of:

•

Revenue growth from new sites of approximately 25%, resulting from the construction or acquisition of approximately 9,585 new sites since January 1, 2012;

•

Revenue growth from legacy sites of approximately 11%, which includes approximately 10% due to incremental revenue primarily generated from new tenant leases and amendments to existing tenant leases on our legacy sites and approximately 2% attributable to contractual rent escalations, net of tenant lease cancellations, partially offset by approximately 1% for the reversal of revenue reserves during the six months ended June 30, 2012; and

•

A decrease of approximately 5% attributable to the negative impact from foreign currency translation, which includes, among others, the negative impact of approximately 2% related to fluctuations in BRL, approximately 2% related to fluctuations in ZAR and approximately 1% related to fluctuations in INR.

Network development services segment revenue for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 60% to $44.9 million. The growth was primarily attributable to an increase in site acquisition, zoning and permitting services and structural engineering services as a result of an increase in tenant lease applications, which are primarily associated with our tenants’ next generation technology network upgrades during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Gross Margin


	Six Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Rental and management
Domestic	$	849,678	$	779,357	$	70,321		9	%
International		335,074		265,639		69,435		26

Total rental and management		1,184,752		1,044,996		139,756		13
Network development services		27,304		13,918		13,386		96	%

Domestic rental and management segment gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 9% to $849.7 million, which was comprised of:

•

Gross margin growth from legacy sites of approximately 7%, primarily associated with the increase in revenue, as described above; and

•

Gross margin growth from new sites of approximately 2%, resulting from the construction or acquisition of approximately 1,170 new sites, as well as land interests under third-party sites since January 1, 2012.

International rental and management segment gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 26% to $335.1 million, which was comprised of:

•

Gross margin growth from new sites of approximately 23%, resulting from the construction or acquisition of approximately 9,585 new sites since January 1, 2012;

•

Gross margin growth from legacy sites of approximately 7%, primarily associated with the increase in revenue, as described above; and

•

A decrease of approximately 4% attributable to the negative impact from foreign currency translation, which includes, among others, the negative impact of approximately 3% related to fluctuations in BRL, approximately 2% related to fluctuations in ZAR and approximately 1% related to fluctuations in INR.

Network development services segment gross margin for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 96% to $27.3 million, primarily due to the increase in revenue as described above.

Selling, General, Administrative and Development Expense


	Six Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Rental and management
Domestic	$	47,141	$	40,497	$	6,644		16	%
International		62,025		43,376		18,649		43

Total rental and management		109,166		83,873		25,293		30
Network development services		5,225		2,283		2,942		129
Other		86,565		70,276		16,289		23

Total selling, general, administrative and development expense	$	200,956	$	156,432	$	44,524		28	%

Total SG&A for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 28% to $201.0 million. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in our international rental and management segment and other SG&A.

Domestic rental and management segment SG&A for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 16% to $47.1 million. The increase was primarily driven by increasing personnel and related costs to support a growing portfolio.

International rental and management segment SG&A for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 43% to $62.0 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2012, we reversed approximately $3.8 million of bad debt expense in Mexico for amounts previously reserved. In addition, international rental and management segment SG&A increased due to our continued expansion initiatives in foreign markets, including the launch of operations in Uganda and Germany.

Network development services segment SG&A for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 129% to $5.2 million. The increase was primarily attributable to the reversal of bad debt expense during the six months ended June 30, 2012 of $1.4 million upon the receipt of tenant payments for amounts previously reserved and increased costs associated with the growth in revenue.

Other SG&A for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 23% to $86.6 million. The increase was primarily due to an $11.6 million increase in SG&A related stock-based compensation expense resulting primarily from $7.3 million of additional stock-based compensation expense recognized in connection with awards granted to retirement eligible employees. In addition, other SG&A increased $8.3 million in corporate expenses. The increase was partially offset by a $3.7 million non-recurring state tax item recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Operating Profit


	Six Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Rental and management
Domestic	$	802,537	$	738,860	$	63,677		9	%
International		273,049		222,263		50,786		23

Total rental and management		1,075,586		961,123		114,463		12
Network development services		22,079		11,635		10,444		90	%

Domestic rental and management segment operating profit for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 9% to $802.5 million. The growth was primarily attributable to the increase in our domestic rental and management segment gross margin (9%), as described above, and was partially offset by an increase in our domestic rental and management segment SG&A (16%), as described above.

International rental and management segment operating profit for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 23% to $273.0 million. The growth was primarily attributable to the increase in our international rental and management segment gross margin (26%), as described above, and was partially offset by an increase in our international rental and management segment SG&A (43%), as described above.

Network development services segment operating profit for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 90% to $22.1 million. The growth was primarily attributable to the increase in network development services segment gross margin (96%), as described above, and was partially offset by an increase in our network development services segment SG&A (129%), as described above.

Depreciation, Amortization and Accretion


	Six Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Depreciation, amortization and accretion	$	370,412	$	321,727	$	48,685		15	%

Depreciation, amortization and accretion for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 15% to $370.4 million. The increase was primarily attributable to the depreciation, amortization and accretion associated with the acquisition or construction of approximately 10,755 sites since January 1, 2012, which resulted in an increase in property and equipment.

Other Operating Expenses


	Six Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
Other operating expenses	$	20,217	$	27,791	$	(7,574	)		(27	)%

Other operating expenses for the six months ended June 30, 2013 decreased 27% to $20.2 million primarily due to a decrease of approximately $14.1 million in losses from the sale or disposal of assets and impairment charges, which included the impairment of one of our outdoor DAS networks upon the termination of a tenant lease during the six months ended June 30, 2012. This decrease was partially offset by an increase of approximately $7.2 million in acquisition related costs.

Interest Expense


	Six Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Interest expense	$	212,581	$	195,350	$	17,231		9	%

Interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 9% to $212.6 million. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in our average debt outstanding of approximately $1.6 billion, which was primarily used to fund our recent acquisitions, partially offset by a decrease in our annualized weighted average cost of borrowing from 5.44% to 4.70%.

Loss on Retirement of Long-term Obligations


	Six Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Loss on retirement of long-term obligations	$	37,967	$	398	$	37,569		9,439	%

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, loss on retirement of long-term obligations increased to $38.0 million. We recorded a loss of $35.3 million as we repaid the $1.75 billion outstanding balance of the Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1 and incurred prepayment consideration and recorded the acceleration of deferred financing costs. In addition, we recorded a loss of $2.7 million related to the acceleration of the remaining deferred financing costs associated with the 2011 Credit Facility.

Other Expense


	Six Months Ended June 30,				Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013		2012		Amount of Increase (Decrease)		Percent Increase (Decrease)
Other expense	$	119,369	$	65,762	$	53,607		82	%

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, other expense increased 82% to $119.4 million. The increase was primarily a result of an increase in unrealized currency losses of $61.8 million. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we recorded unrealized foreign currency losses of approximately $120.8 million and $59.0 million, respectively, resulting primarily from fluctuations in the foreign currency exchange rates associated with our intercompany notes and similar unaffiliated balances denominated in a currency other than the subsidiaries’ functional currencies.

Income Tax Provision


	Six Months Ended June 30,						Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013			2012			Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
Income tax provision	$	7,775			51,063		$	(43,288	)		(85	)%
Effective tax rate		3.1	%		17.3	%

The income tax provision for the six months ended June 30, 2013 decreased 85% to $7.8 million. The ETR for the six months ended June 30, 2013 decreased to 3.1% from 17.3%. The higher ETR during the six months ended June 30, 2012 was primarily attributable to a valuation allowance recorded on certain previously unreserved deferred tax assets. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012, we recorded income tax benefits on certain unrealized foreign currency losses.

The ETR on income from continuing operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 differs from the federal statutory rate primarily due to our expected qualification for taxation as a REIT effective as of January 1, 2012 and adjustments for foreign items.

Net Income/Adjusted EBITDA


	Six Months Ended June 30,						Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013			2012			Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
Net income	$	245,061		$	244,047		$	1,014			—	%
Income from equity method investments		—			(23	)		(23	)		(100	)
Income tax provision		7,775			51,063			(43,288	)		(85	)
Other expense		119,369			65,762			53,607			82
Loss on retirement of long-term obligations		37,967			398			37,569			9,439
Interest expense		212,581			195,350			17,231			9
Interest income		(3,126	)		(4,536	)		(1,410	)		(31	)
Other operating expenses		20,217			27,791			(7,574	)		(27	)
Depreciation, amortization and accretion		370,412			321,727			48,685			15
Stock-based compensation expense		38,097			26,596			11,501			43

Adjusted EBITDA	$	1,048,353		$	928,175		$	120,178			13	%

Net income for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased slightly to $245.1 million. The increase was primarily due to an increase in our rental and management segments’ operating profit, as described above, and a decrease in our income tax provision. The increase was partially offset by an increase in depreciation, amortization and accretion expense, a loss on retirement of long-term obligations recorded during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and an increase in other expenses.

Adjusted EBITDA for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 13% to $1,048.4 million. Adjusted EBITDA growth was primarily attributable to the increase in our rental and management segments’ gross margin, and was partially offset by an increase in SG&A.

Net Income/NAREIT FFO/AFFO


	Six Months Ended June 30,						Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
	2013			2012			Amount of Increase (Decrease)			Percent Increase (Decrease)
Net income	$	245,061		$	244,047		$	1,014			—	%
Real estate related depreciation, amortization and accretion		324,352			285,026			39,326			14
Losses from sale or disposal of real estate and real estate related impairment charges		2,670			6,010			(3,340	)		(56	)
Adjustments for unconsolidated affiliates and noncontrolling interest		11,643			16,473			(4,830	)		(29	)

NAREIT FFO	$	583,726		$	551,556		$	32,170			6	%
Straight-line revenue		(68,682	)		(77,559	)		(8,877	)		(11	)
Straight-line expense		15,026			18,029			(3,003	)		(17	)
Stock-based compensation expense		38,097			26,596			11,501			43
Non-cash portion of tax (benefit) provision		(9,378	)		38,287			(47,665	)		(124	)
Non-real estate related depreciation, amortization and accretion		46,060			36,701			9,359			26
Amortization of deferred financing costs, capitalized interest and debt discounts and premiums (1)		14,922			4,262			10,660			250
Other expense (2)		119,369			65,762			53,607			82
Loss on retirement of long-term obligations		37,967			398			37,569			9,439
Other operating expenses (3)		17,547			21,781			(4,234	)		(19	)
Capital improvement capital expenditures		(42,324	)		(28,398	)		13,926			49
Corporate capital expenditures		(16,675	)		(8,926	)		7,749			87
Adjustments for unconsolidated affiliates and noncontrolling interest		(11,643	)		(16,473	)		(4,830	)		(29	)

AFFO	$	724,012		$	632,016		$	91,996			15	%

(1)	Includes accrued non-cash interest expense attributable to joint venture loans.

(2)	Primarily includes unrealized loss on foreign currency exchange rate fluctuations.

(3)	Primarily includes impairments and transaction related costs.

NAREIT FFO for the six months ended June 30, 2013 was $583.7 million as compared to NAREIT FFO of $551.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. AFFO for the six months ended June 30, 2013 increased 15% to $724.0 million as compared to $632.0 million for the six months ended June 30, 2012. AFFO growth was primarily attributable to the increase in our operating profit and was partially offset by an increase in cash paid for interest expense, cash paid for income taxes, and cash paid for capital improvement and corporate capital expenditures. The increase in cash paid for income taxes was primarily attributable to a one-time $12.5 million tax refund received during the six months ended June 30, 2012, as compared to a one-time $4.5 million tax refund received in one of our international markets during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

The information in this section updates as of June 30, 2013 the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 and should be read in conjunction with that report.

Overview

As a holding company, our cash flows are derived primarily from the operations of, and distributions from, our operating subsidiaries or funds raised through borrowings under our credit facilities and debt offerings. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $2,616.3 million of total liquidity, comprised of approximately $448.4 million in cash and cash equivalents and the ability to borrow up to $2,167.8 million, net of any outstanding letters of credit, under our $1.0 billion unsecured credit facility entered into in January 2012 (the “2012 Credit Facility”) and our $1.5 billion unsecured credit facility entered into in June 2013 (the “2013 Credit Facility”). Summary cash flow information for the six months ended June 30, 2013 and 2012 is set forth below (in thousands).


	Six Months Ended June 30, 2013
	2013			2012
Net cash provided by (used for):
Operating activities	$	784,521		$	762,875
Investing activities		(601,774	)		(766,909	)
Financing activities		(94,860	)		170,290
Net effect of changes in exchange rates on cash and cash equivalents		(8,058	)		(14,510	)

Net increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	79,829		$	151,746

We use our cash flows to fund our operations and investments in our business, including tower maintenance and improvements, communications site construction and managed network installations, and tower and land acquisitions. Additionally, we use our cash flows to make distributions of our REIT taxable income in order to maintain our REIT qualification under the Code and fund our stock repurchase program.

As of June 30, 2013, we had total outstanding indebtedness of approximately $8.9 billion. During the six months ended June 30, 2013 and the year ended December 31, 2012, we generated sufficient cash flow from operations to fund our capital expenditures and debt service obligations, as well as our required REIT distributions. We believe the cash generated by operations during the next 12 months will be sufficient to fund our REIT distribution requirements, capital expenditures and debt service (interest and principal repayments) obligations for the next 12 months. If our pending acquisitions, capital expenditures or debt repayments exceed the cash generated by our operations, we believe we have sufficient borrowing capacity under our credit facilities to fund our activities. As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $292.6 million of cash and cash equivalents held by our foreign subsidiaries, of which $118.4 million was held by our joint ventures. Historically, it has not been our practice to repatriate cash from our foreign subsidiaries primarily due to our ongoing expansion efforts and related capital needs. However, in the event that we do repatriate any funds, we may be required to accrue and pay taxes.

As a REIT, we are subject to a number of organizational and operational requirements, including a requirement that we annually distribute to our stockholders an amount equal to at least 90% of our REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction for distributed earnings and excluding any net capital gain). Generally, we expect to distribute all or substantially all of our REIT taxable income so as not to be subject to the income or excise tax on undistributed REIT taxable income. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we declared aggregate distributions of $0.53 per share, or approximately $209.5 million. The amount, timing and frequency of future distributions will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will be based upon various factors. See Item 5 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 under the caption “Dividends” for a discussion of these factors considered.

Cash Flows from Operating Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, cash provided by operating activities was $784.5 million, an increase of $21.6 million as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012. This increase was primarily due to

an increase in the operating profit of our rental and management segments, partially offset by a decrease in the cash provided by working capital as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, an increase in cash paid for interest and income taxes during the six months ended June 30, 2013 and an increase in restricted cash related to our securitization transaction entered into on March 15, 2013 (the “Securitization”).

Cash paid for income taxes increased from the prior year primarily due to a one-time $12.5 million tax refund received during the six months ended June 30, 2012, as compared to a one-time $4.5 million tax refund received in one of our international markets during the six months ended June 30, 2013. In addition, $61.4 million of value added tax was recovered during the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, cash used for investing activities was $601.8 million, a decrease of $165.1 million as compared to the six months ended June 30, 2012, which was primarily attributable to a decrease in acquisition-related activity during the six months ended June 30, 2013.

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, payments for purchases of property and equipment and construction activities totaled $280.6 million, including $130.1 million of capital expenditures for discretionary capital projects, such as completion of the construction of approximately 871 communications sites and the installation of approximately 348 shared generators domestically, $31.9 million spent to acquire land under our towers that was subject to ground agreements (including leases), $59.0 million of capital expenditures related to capital improvements and corporate capital expenditures primarily attributable to information technology improvements and office build-outs, $45.1 million for the redevelopment of existing communications sites to accommodate new tenant equipment and $14.5 million of capital expenditures related to start-up capital projects primarily attributable to acquisitions and new market launches and costs that are contemplated in the business cases for these investments. In addition, during the six months ended June 30, 2013, we spent $311.2 million to acquire approximately 1,053 communications sites in our served markets and for the payment of amounts previously recognized in accounts payable or accrued expenses in the condensed consolidated balance sheets for communications sites we acquired in Uganda and the United States during the year ended December 31, 2012.

We plan to continue to allocate our available capital after our REIT distribution requirements among investment alternatives that meet our return on investment criteria. Accordingly, we expect to continue to deploy our discretionary capital through our annual discretionary capital expenditure program, including land purchases and new site construction and acquisitions. We expect that our 2013 total capital expenditures will be between approximately $525 million and $625 million, including between $115 and $125 million for capital improvements and corporate capital expenditures, $20 million for start-up capital projects, between $95 million and $105 million for the redevelopment of existing communications sites, between $85 million and $105 million for ground lease purchases and between $210 million and $270 million for other discretionary capital projects, including the construction of approximately 1,750 to 2,250 new communications sites.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, cash used for financing activities was $94.9 million, as compared to cash provided by financing activities of $170.3 million during the six months ended June 30, 2012.

Cash used for financing activities during the six months ended June 30, 2013 is primarily due to the repayment of (i) $1.75 billion of Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1 (the “Certificates”) and accrued interest thereon plus prepayment consideration of $29.2 million, (ii) $919.0 million under the 2012 Credit Facility and (iii) $265.0 million under the 2011 Credit Facility, which was terminated on June 28, 2013. In addition, we paid (i) a distribution to our stockholders of $103.0 million, which consisted of a distribution of $102.8 million and payment of $0.2 million related to the accrued distributions upon the vesting of restricted stock units and (ii) $74.6 million for the repurchase of our common stock.

These payments were partially offset by (i) net proceeds of $1.78 billion from the offering of $1.8 billion of Secured Tower Revenue Securities, Series 2013-1A and Series 2013-2A (collectively, the “Securities”), as described in more detail below, (ii) net proceeds from our registered offering of $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of our 3.50% senior unsecured notes due 2023 (“3.50% Notes”) of $983.4 million, (iii) borrowings under our 2012 Credit Facility of $249.0 million, (iv) proceeds from stock options of $19.8 million, (v) net contributions from noncontrolling interest holders of $17.7 million and (vi) $16.0 million of proceeds from other long-term borrowings.

Commercial Mortgage Pass-Through Certificates, Series 2007-1. During the year ended December 31, 2007, we completed a securitization transaction involving assets related to 5,295 broadcast and wireless communications towers owned by two special purpose subsidiaries of ours through a private offering of $1.75 billion of the Certificates. On March 15, 2013, we repaid all indebtedness outstanding under the Certificates ($1.75 billion in principal amount), plus prepayment consideration and accrued interest thereon and other costs and expenses related thereto, with proceeds from the offering of $1.8 billion of the Securities.

Secured Tower Revenue Securities, Series 2013-1A and Series 2013-2A. On March 15, 2013, we completed the Securitization involving assets related to 5,195 wireless and broadcast communications towers (the “Secured Towers”) owned by two of our special purpose subsidiaries, through a private offering of $1.8 billion of the Securities. The net proceeds of the transaction were $1.78 billion. The Securities were issued by American Tower Trust I (the “Trust”), a trust established by American Tower Depositor Sub, LLC (the “Depositor”), our indirect wholly owned special purpose subsidiary. The assets of the Trust consist of a nonrecourse loan (the “Loan”) to American Tower Asset Sub, LLC and American Tower Asset Sub II, LLC (the “Borrowers”), pursuant to a First Amended and Restated Loan and Security Agreement dated as of March 15, 2013 (the “Loan Agreement”). The Borrowers are special purpose entities formed solely for the purpose of holding the Secured Towers subject to a securitization.

Amounts due under the Loan will be paid by the Borrowers solely from the cash flows generated by the Secured Towers. These funds in turn will be used by or on behalf of the Trust to service the payment of interest on the Securities and for any other payments required by the Loan Agreement or Trust Agreement. The Borrowers are required to make monthly payments of interest on the Loan. Subject to certain limited exceptions described below, no payments of principal will be required to be made prior to March 15, 2018, which is the anticipated repayment date for the component of the Loan associated with the Series 2013-1A Securities. On a monthly basis, after payment of all required amounts under the Loan Agreement and Trust Agreement, the excess cash flows generated from the operation of the Secured Towers are released to the Borrowers, and can then be distributed to, and used by, us. However, if the debt service coverage ratio (the “DSCR”), generally defined as the net cash flow divided by the amount of interest, servicing fees and trustee fees that the Borrowers will be required to pay over the succeeding 12 months on the Loan, as of the last day of any calendar quarter prior to the applicable anticipated repayment date, is 1.30x or less (the “Cash Trap DSCR”) for such quarter, and the DSCR continues to be equal to or below the Cash Trap DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters, then all cash flow in excess of amounts required to make debt service payments, to fund required reserves, to pay management fees and budgeted operating expenses and to make other payments required under the loan documents, referred to as excess cash flow, will be deposited into a reserve account instead of being released to the Borrowers. The funds in the reserve account will not be released to the Borrowers unless the DSCR exceeds the Cash Trap DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters. An “amortization period” commences if (i) as of the end of any calendar quarter the DSCR equals or falls below 1.15x (the “Minimum DSCR”) for such calendar quarter and such

amortization period will continue to exist until the DSCR exceeds the Minimum DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters or (ii) on the anticipated repayment date the component of the Loan corresponding to the applicable subclass of the Securities has not been repaid in full, provided that such amortization period shall apply with respect to such component that has not been repaid in full. During an amortization period all excess cash is applied to payment of the principal on the Loan.

The Borrowers may prepay the Loan in whole or in part at any time, provided it is accompanied by applicable prepayment consideration. If the prepayment occurs within twelve months of the anticipated repayment date for the Series 2013-1A Securities or eighteen months of the anticipated repayment date for the 2013-2A Securities, no prepayment consideration is due. The entire unpaid principal balance of the component of the Loan related to the Series 2013-1A Securities will be due in March 2043. The entire unpaid principal balance of the component of the Loan related to the Series 2013-2A Securities will be due in March 2048. The Loan may be defeased in whole at any time prior to the anticipated repayment date for any component of the Loan then outstanding.

The Loan is secured by (1) mortgages, deeds of trust and deeds to secure debt on substantially all of the Secured Towers, (2) a pledge of the Borrowers’ operating cash flows from the Secured Towers, (3) a security interest in substantially all of the Borrowers’ personal property and fixtures and (4) the Borrowers’ rights under the tenant leases and the Management Agreement entered into in connection with the Securitization. American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, whose only material assets are its equity interests in each of the Borrowers, and American Tower Guarantor Sub, LLC, whose only material asset is its equity interest in American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, each have guaranteed repayment of the Loan and pledged their equity interests in their respective subsidiary or subsidiaries as security for such payment obligations. American Tower Guarantor Sub, LLC, American Tower Holding Sub, LLC, the Depositor and the Borrowers each were formed as special purpose entities solely for purposes of entering a securitization transaction, and the assets and credit of these entities are not available to satisfy the debts and other obligations of us or any other person, except as set forth in the Loan Agreement.

A failure to comply with the covenants in the Loan Agreement could prevent the Borrowers from taking certain actions with respect to the Secured Towers, and could prevent the Borrowers from distributing any excess cash from the operation of the Secured Towers to us. If the Borrowers were to default on the Loan, Midland Loan Services, a Division of PNC Bank, National Association, in its capacity as servicer on behalf of the trustee, could seek to foreclose upon or otherwise convert the ownership of the Secured Towers, in which case we could lose the Secured Towers and the revenue associated with the Secured Towers.

Under the Loan Agreement, the Borrowers are required to maintain reserve accounts, including for ground rents, real estate and personal property taxes and insurance premiums, and to reserve a portion of advance rents from tenants on the Secured Towers. Based on the terms of the Loan Agreement, all rental cash receipts received for each month are reserved for the succeeding month and held in an account controlled by the trustee and then released. The $87.4 million held in the reserve accounts as of June 30, 2013 is classified as restricted cash on our accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheet.

Senior Notes Offering. On January 8, 2013, we completed a registered public offering of $1.0 billion aggregate principal amount of the 3.50% Notes, which were issued at a price equal to 99.185% of their face value. The net proceeds from the offering were approximately $983.4 million, after deducting commissions and expenses. We used $265.0 million of the net proceeds to repay the outstanding indebtedness under the 2011 Credit Facility and $718.4 million to repay a portion of the outstanding indebtedness incurred under the 2012 Credit Facility.

The 3.50% Notes mature on January 31, 2023, and interest is payable semi-annually in arrears on January 31 and July 31 of each year, commencing on July 31, 2013. We may redeem the 3.50% Notes at any time at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount, plus a make-whole premium, together with accrued interest to the redemption date. Interest on the notes began to accrue on January 8, 2013 and is computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

If we undergo a change of control and ratings decline, each as defined in the supplemental indenture, we will be required to offer to repurchase all of the 3.50% Notes at a purchase price equal to 101% of the principal amount, plus accrued and unpaid interest up to but not including the repurchase date. The 3.50% Notes rank equally with all of our other senior unsecured debt and are structurally subordinated to all existing and future indebtedness and other obligations of our subsidiaries. The supplemental indenture contains certain covenants that restrict our ability to merge, consolidate or sell assets and our (together with our subsidiaries’) ability to incur liens. These covenants are subject to a number of exceptions, including that we and our subsidiaries may incur certain liens on assets, mortgages or other liens securing indebtedness, if the aggregate amount of such liens does not exceed 3.5x Adjusted EBITDA, as defined in the supplemental indenture.

2011 Credit Facility. On June 28, 2013, we terminated the 2011 Credit Facility upon entering into the 2013 Credit Facility. During the three months ended June 30, 2013, we recorded a loss on retirement of long-term obligations in the accompanying statements of operations of $2.7 million, related to the acceleration of the remaining deferred financing costs associated with the 2011 Credit Facility.

The 2011 Credit Facility had a term of five years and a maturity date of April 8, 2016. The 2011 Credit Facility was terminated prior to maturity at our option without penalty or premium. The 2011 Credit Facility was undrawn at the time of termination.

2012 Credit Facility. As of June 30, 2013, we had $322.0 million outstanding under the 2012 Credit Facility and had approximately $8.0 million of undrawn letters of credit. We repaid $719.0 million on January 8, 2013 with net proceeds received from the offering of the 3.50% Notes and cash on hand. Subsequent to June 30, 2013, we did not have any amounts outstanding under the 2012 Credit Facility as we used borrowings under the 2013 Credit Facility to repay any existing indebtedness. We continue to maintain the ability to draw down and repay amounts under our 2012 Credit Facility in the ordinary course.

The 2012 Credit Facility has a term of five years and matures on January 31, 2017. The current margin over the London Interbank Offered Rate (“LIBOR”) that we would incur on borrowings is 1.625%, and the current commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the 2012 Credit Facility is 0.225%.

2013 Credit Facility. On June 28, 2013, we entered into the 2013 Credit Facility, which allows us to borrow up to $1.5 billion, and includes a $1.0 billion sublimit for multicurrency borrowings, a $200.0 million sublimit for letters of credit, a $50.0 million sublimit for swingline loans and an expansion option allowing us to request additional commitments of up to $500.0 million.

The 2013 Credit Facility has a term of five years, matures on June 28, 2018 and includes two one-year renewal periods at our option. Any outstanding principal and accrued but unpaid interest will be due and payable in full at maturity. The 2013 Credit Facility does not require amortization of principal and may be paid prior to maturity in whole or in part at our option without penalty or premium.

We have the option of choosing either a defined base rate or LIBOR as the applicable base rate for borrowings under the 2013 Credit Facility. The interest rate ranges between 1.125% to 2.000% above LIBOR for LIBOR-based borrowings or between 0.125% to 1.000% above the defined base rate for base rate borrowings, in each case based upon our debt ratings. A quarterly commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the 2013 Credit Facility is required, ranging from 0.125% to 0.400% per annum, based upon our debt ratings. The current margin over LIBOR that we would incur on borrowings is 1.250% and the current commitment fee on the undrawn portion of the new credit facility is 0.150%.

The loan agreement contains certain reporting, information, financial and operating covenants and other restrictions (including limitations on additional debt, guaranties, sales of assets and liens) with which we must comply. Any failure to comply with the financial and operating covenants of the loan agreement would not only prevent us from being able to borrow additional funds, but would constitute a default, which could result in, among other things, the amounts outstanding, including all accrued interest and unpaid fees, becoming immediately due and payable.

As of June 30, 2013, we did not have any amounts outstanding under the 2013 Credit Facility and had approximately $2.2 million of undrawn letters of credit. Subsequent to June 30, 2013, we borrowed $322.0 million under the 2013 Credit Facility to repay all amounts outstanding under the 2012 Credit Facility. We will continue to maintain the ability to draw down and repay amounts under the 2013 Credit Facility in the ordinary course.

2012 Term Loan. On June 29, 2012, we entered into a $750.0 million unsecured term loan (“2012 Term Loan”). The 2012 Term Loan has a term of five years and matures on June 29, 2017. As of June 30, 2013, the interest rate under the 2012 Term Loan is LIBOR plus 1.75%.

Colombian Bridge Loans. In connection with the acquisition of communications sites from Colombia Movil S.A. E.S.P. pursuant to an agreement dated July 17, 2011, one of our Colombian subsidiaries entered into five Colombian Peso (“COP”) denominated bridge loans. As of June 30, 2013, the aggregate principal amount outstanding under these bridge loans was 94.0 billion COP (approximately $48.7 million). As of June 30, 2013, the bridge loans had an interest rate of 7.99%. In June 2013, the maturity date was extended to December 22, 2013.

Indian Working Capital Facility. On April 29, 2013, one of our Indian subsidiaries (“ATC India”) entered into a working capital facility agreement (the “Indian Working Capital Facility”), which allows ATC India to borrow an amount not to exceed the INR equivalent of $10.0 million. Any advances made pursuant to the Indian Working Capital Facility will be payable on the earlier of demand or six months following the borrowing date and the interest rate will be determined at the time of advance by the bank. As of June 30, 2013, ATC India had not drawn on the facility.

Stock Repurchase Program. In March 2011, our Board of Directors approved a stock repurchase program, pursuant to which we are authorized to purchase up to $1.5 billion of our common stock (the “2011 Buyback”).

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we repurchased 951,884 shares of our common stock for an aggregate of $74.6 million, including commissions and fees, pursuant to the 2011 Buyback. As of June 30, 2013, we had repurchased a total of approximately 5.3 million shares of our common stock under the 2011 Buyback for an aggregate of $318.6 million, including commissions and fees.

Between July 1, 2013 and July 19, 2013, we repurchased an additional 249,180 shares of our common stock for an aggregate of $18.2 million, including commissions and fees, pursuant to the 2011 Buyback. As of July 19, 2013, we had repurchased a total of approximately 5.5 million shares of our common stock under the 2011 Buyback for an aggregate of $336.8 million, including commissions and fees.

Under the 2011 Buyback, we are authorized to purchase shares from time to time through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions at prevailing prices in accordance with securities laws and other legal requirements, and subject to market conditions and other factors. To facilitate repurchases, we make purchases pursuant to trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), which allows us to repurchase shares during periods when we otherwise might be prevented from doing so under insider trading laws or because of self-imposed trading blackout periods.

We expect to continue managing the pacing of the remaining $1.2 billion under the 2011 Buyback in response to general market conditions and other relevant factors. In the near term, we expect to fund any further repurchases of our common stock through a combination of cash on hand, cash generated by operations and borrowings under our credit facilities. Purchases under the 2011 Buyback are subject to us having available cash to fund repurchases.

Sales of Equity Securities. We receive proceeds from sales of our equity securities pursuant to our employee stock purchase plan and upon the exercise of stock options granted under our equity incentive plans. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, we received an aggregate of approximately $19.8 million in proceeds upon exercises of stock options.

Distributions. As a REIT, we must annually distribute to our stockholders an amount equal to at least 90% of our REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction for distributed earnings and excluding any net capital gain). Generally, we expect to distribute all or substantially all of our REIT taxable income so as to not be subject to income tax or excise tax on undistributed REIT taxable income. The amount, timing and frequency of future distributions, however, will be at the sole discretion of our Board of Directors and will be declared based upon various factors, a number of which may be beyond our control, including our financial condition and operating cash flows, the amount required to maintain REIT status and reduce any income and excise taxes that we otherwise would be required to pay, limitations on distributions in our existing and future debt instruments, our ability to utilize NOLs to offset our distribution requirements, limitations on our ability to fund distributions using cash generated through our TRSs and other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant.

During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we declared an aggregate of $209.5 million in regular cash distributions to our stockholders, which included our second quarter distribution of approximately $106.7 million to stockholders of record at the close of business on June 17, 2013. For more details on the regular cash distributions paid to our stockholders during fiscal year 2013, see note 11 to our condensed consolidated financial statements included herein.

We accrue distributions on unvested restricted stock unit awards granted subsequent to January 1, 2012, which are payable upon vesting. As of June 30, 2013, we had accrued $1.2 million of distributions payable related to unvested restricted stock units. During the six months ended June 30, 2013, we paid $0.2 million of distributions payable upon the vesting of restricted stock units.

Contractual Obligations. The following table summarizes our contractual obligations, including borrowings under the 2012 Credit Facility, 2013 Credit Facility, 2012 Term Loan and the balance outstanding under our notes and the Securities and certain other debt, as of June 30, 2013 (in thousands):


Indebtedness	Balance Outstanding		Maturity Date
Secured Tower Revenue Securities, Series 2013-1A (1)	$	500,000		March 15, 2018
Secured Tower Revenue Securities, Series 2013-2A (2)		1,300,000		March 15, 2023
2012 Credit Facility (3)		322,000		January 31, 2017
2013 Credit Facility (3)		—		June 28, 2018
2012 Term Loan		750,000		June 29, 2017
Unison Notes, Series 2010-1 Class C, Series 2010-2 Class C and Series 2010-2 Class F notes (4)		206,312		April 15, 2017
4.625% senior notes		599,715		April 1, 2015
7.00% senior notes		500,000		October 15, 2017
4.50% senior notes		999,467		January 15, 2018
7.25% senior notes		296,506		May 15, 2019
5.05% senior notes		699,373		September 1, 2020
5.90% senior notes		499,385		November 1, 2021
4.70% senior notes		698,814		March 15, 2022
3.50% senior notes		992,176		January 31, 2023
Ghana loan (5)		130,951		May 4, 2016
Uganda loan (5)		61,023		June 29, 2019
South African facility (6)		84,435		March 31, 2020
Colombian long-term credit facility (7)		69,984		November 30, 2020
Colombian bridge loans (8)		48,737		December 22, 2013
Colombian loan (9)		35,176		February 22, 2022
Indian Working Capital Facility		—
Other debt, including capital leases		61,900

Total	$	8,855,954

(1)	Anticipated repayment date; final legal maturity date is March 15, 2043.

(2)	Anticipated repayment date; final legal maturity date is March 15, 2048.

(3)	Subsequent to June 30, 2013, we repaid the existing indebtedness under the 2012 Credit Facility using borrowings under the 2013 Credit Facility. As of July 29, 2013, we had no amounts outstanding under the 2012 Credit Facility and $322.0 million outstanding under the 2013 Credit Facility.

(4)

Assumed by us in connection with the acquisition of certain legal entities holding a portfolio of property interests from Unison Holdings, LLC and Unison Site Management II, L.L.C. (the “Unison Acquisition”), and have anticipated repayment dates of April 15, 2017, April 15, 2020 and April 15, 2020, respectively, and a final maturity date of April 15, 2040.

(5)	Denominated in U.S. Dollars.

(6)	Denominated in ZAR and amortizes through March 31, 2020.

(7)	Denominated in COP and amortizes through November 30, 2020.

(8)	Denominated in COP. The maturity dates for the Colombian bridge loans may be extended from time to time.

(9)	Denominated in U.S. Dollars. In June 2013, we borrowed an additional $16.0 million under the Colombian loan.

A description of our contractual debt obligations is set forth under the caption “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk” in Part I, Item 3 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. We classify uncertain tax positions as non-current income tax liabilities. We expect the unrecognized tax benefits to change over the next 12 months if certain tax matters ultimately settle with the applicable taxing jurisdiction during this timeframe. However, based on the status of these items and the amount of uncertainty associated with the outcome and timing of audit settlements, we are currently unable to estimate the impact of the amount of such changes, if any, to previously recorded uncertain tax positions and have classified approximately $33.6 million as

other non-current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013. We also classified approximately $29.9 million of accrued income tax related interest and penalties as other non-current liabilities in the condensed consolidated balance sheet as of June 30, 2013.

Factors Affecting Sources of Liquidity

As discussed in the “Liquidity and Capital Resources” section of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012, our liquidity is dependent on our ability to generate cash flow from operating activities, borrow funds under our credit facilities and maintain compliance with the contractual agreements governing our indebtedness. As discussed below, the loan agreements relating to the 2012 Credit Facility, 2013 Credit Facility and 2012 Term Loan, and to the Securitization contain certain financial and operating covenants and other restrictions that could impact our liquidity. We believe that the foregoing debt agreements represent our material debt agreements that contain covenants, our compliance with which would be material to an investor’s understanding of our financial results and the impact of those results on our liquidity.

Restrictions Under Loan Agreements Relating to the 2012 Credit Facility, the 2013 Credit Facility and the 2012 Term Loan. The loan agreements for the 2012 Credit Facility, the 2013 Credit Facility and the 2012 Term Loan contain certain financial and operating covenants and other restrictions applicable to us and all of our subsidiaries that are not designated as unrestricted subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. These include limitations on additional debt, distributions and dividends, guaranties, sales of assets and liens. The loan agreements also contain covenants that establish three financial tests with which we and our restricted subsidiaries must comply related to total leverage, senior secured leverage and interest coverage, as set forth below. Where we designate certain of our subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries in accordance with the respective agreements, those subsidiaries are excluded for purposes of the covenant calculations. As of June 30, 2013, we were in compliance with each of these covenants.

•

Consolidated Total Leverage Ratio: This ratio requires that we not exceed a ratio of Total Debt to Adjusted EBITDA (each as defined in the loan agreements) of 6.00 to 1.00. Based on our financial performance for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013, we could incur approximately $3.0 billion of additional indebtedness and still remain in compliance with this ratio. In addition, if we maintain our existing debt levels and our expenses do not change materially from current levels, our revenues could decrease by approximately $507.8 million and we would still remain in compliance with this ratio.

•

Consolidated Senior Secured Leverage Ratio: This ratio requires that we not exceed a ratio of Senior Secured Debt (as defined in the loan agreements) to Adjusted EBITDA of 3.00 to 1.00. Based on our financial performance for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013, we could incur approximately $3.7 billion of additional Senior Secured Debt and still remain in compliance with this ratio (effectively, however, this ratio would be limited to $3.0 billion to remain in compliance with other covenants). In addition, if we maintain our existing Senior Secured Debt levels and our expenses do not change materially from current levels, our revenues could decrease by approximately $1.2 billion and we would still remain in compliance with this ratio.

•

Interest Coverage Ratio: This ratio requires that we maintain a ratio of Adjusted EBITDA to Interest Expense (as defined in the loan agreements) of not less than 2.50 to 1.00. Based on our financial performance for the 12 months ended June 30, 2013, our interest expense, which was $408.2 million for that period, could increase by approximately $384.8 million and we would still remain in compliance with this ratio. In addition, if our interest expense does not change materially from current levels, our revenues could decrease by approximately $962.0 million and we would still remain in compliance with this ratio. Compliance with this ratio is not required under the 2013 Credit Facility unless our debt ratings fall below investment grade.

The loan agreements for our credit facilities also contain reporting and information covenants that require us to provide financial and operating information within certain time periods. If we are unable to provide the required information on a timely basis, we would be in breach of these covenants.

Any failure to comply with the financial maintenance tests and operating covenants of the loan agreements for our credit facilities would not only prevent us from being able to borrow additional funds under these credit facilities, but would constitute a default under these credit facilities, which could result in, among other things, the amounts outstanding, including all accrued interest and unpaid fees, becoming immediately due and payable. If this were to occur, we may not have sufficient cash on hand to repay such indebtedness. The key factors affecting our ability to comply with the debt covenants described above are our financial performance relative to the financial maintenance tests defined in the loan agreements for these credit facilities and our ability to fund our debt service obligations. Based upon our current expectations, we believe our operating results during the next twelve months will be sufficient to comply with these covenants.

Restrictions Under Loan Agreement Relating to the Securitization. The Loan Agreement related to the Securitization involves assets related to 5,195 broadcast and wireless communications towers owned by the Borrowers, through a private offering of $1.8 billion of the Securities. As of June 30, 2013, 5,195 broadcast and wireless communications towers are owned by the Borrowers.

The Loan Agreement includes certain financial ratios and operating covenants and other restrictions customary for loans subject to rated securitizations. Among other things, the Borrowers are prohibited from incurring other indebtedness for borrowed money or further encumbering their assets subject to customary carveouts for ordinary course trade payables and permitted encumbrances (as defined in the Loan Agreement). The Borrowers’ organizational documents contain provisions consistent with rating agency securitization criteria for special purpose entities, including the requirement that the Borrowers maintain at least two independent directors. The Loan Agreement also contains certain covenants that require the Borrowers to provide the trustee with regular financial reports and operating budgets, promptly notify the trustee of events of default and material breaches under the Loan Agreement and other agreements related to the Secured Towers, and allow the trustee reasonable access to the Secured Towers, including the right to conduct site investigations.

Under the terms of the Loan Agreement, amounts due under the loan will be paid solely from the cash flows generated by the Secured Towers, which must be deposited, and thereafter distributed, solely pursuant to the terms of the Loan. The Borrowers are required to make monthly payments of interest on the Loan. On a monthly basis, after payment of all required amounts under the Loan Agreement, the excess cash flows generated from the operation of the Secured Towers are released to the Borrowers, which can then be distributed to, and used by, us. Since the inception of the Loan in March 2013 through June 30, 2013, the Borrowers distributed excess cash to us of approximately $134.6 million.

In order to distribute this excess cash flow to us, the Borrowers must maintain several specified ratios with respect to their DSCR. For this purpose, DSCR is tested as of the last day of each calendar quarter prior to the applicable anticipated repayment date and is generally defined as four times the Borrowers’ net cash flow for that quarter divided by the amount of interest, servicing fees and trustee fees that the Borrowers must pay over the succeeding 12 months on the principal amount of the Loan. Pursuant to one such test, if the DSCR as of the end of any calendar quarter were equal to or below the Cash Trap DSCR for such quarter, and the DSCR continues to be below the Cash Trap DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters, then all excess cash flow would be placed in a reserve account and would not be released to the Borrowers for distribution to us until the DSCR exceeded the Cash Trap DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters.

Additionally, while the anticipated repayment date is not until March 2018 for the Series 2013-1A Securities and March 2023 for the Series 2013-2A Securities, excess cash flow would be applied to principal during an “amortization period” under the Loan if the DSCR as of the end of any calendar quarter was equal to or fell below the Minimum DSCR.

In such a case, all excess cash flow and any amounts then in the reserve account because the Cash Trap DSCR was not met would be applied to pay principal of the Loan on each monthly payment date until the DSCR exceeded the Minimum DSCR for two consecutive calendar quarters, and so would not be available for distribution to us.

Consequently, a failure to comply with the covenants in the Loan Agreement could prevent the Borrowers from taking certain actions with respect to the Secured Towers. Additionally, a failure to meet the noted DSCR tests could prevent the Borrowers from distributing excess cash flow to us, which could affect our ability to fund our discretionary expenditures, including tower construction and acquisitions, meet REIT distribution requirements and fund our stock repurchase program. In addition, if the Borrowers were to default on the Loan, the trustee could seek to foreclose upon or otherwise convert the ownership of the Secured Towers, in which case we could lose the towers and the revenue associated with the towers.

As of June 30, 2013, the Borrowers’ DSCR was 8.60x. Based on the Borrowers’ net cash flow for the calendar quarter ended June 30, 2013 and the amount of interest, servicing fees and trustee fees payable over the succeeding 12 months on the Loan, the Borrowers could endure a reduction of approximately $351.1 million in net cash flow before triggering the Cash Trap DSCR, and approximately $358.3 million in net cash flow before triggering the Minimum DSCR.

As discussed above, we use our available liquidity and seek new sources of liquidity to refinance and repurchase our outstanding indebtedness. In addition, in order to fund capital expenditures, future growth and expansion initiatives, satisfy our REIT distribution requirements and fund our stock repurchase program, we may need to raise additional capital through financing activities. If we determine that it is desirable or necessary to raise additional capital, we may be unable to do so, or such additional financing may be prohibitively expensive or restricted by the terms of our outstanding indebtedness. If we are unable to raise capital when our needs arise, we may not be able to fund capital expenditures, future growth and expansion initiatives, satisfy our REIT distribution requirements, refinance our existing indebtedness or fund our stock repurchase program.

In addition, our liquidity depends on our ability to generate cash flow from operating activities. As set forth under the caption “Risk Factors” in Part II, Item 1A. of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, we derive a substantial portion of our revenues from a small number of tenants and, consequently, a failure by a significant tenant to perform its contractual obligations to us could adversely affect our cash flow and liquidity.

For more information regarding the terms of our outstanding indebtedness, please see note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our condensed consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses, as well as related disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities. We evaluate our policies and estimates on an ongoing basis, including those related to impairment of assets, asset retirement obligations, accounting for acquisitions, revenue recognition, rent expense, stock-based compensation and income taxes, which we discussed in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012. Management bases its estimates on historical experience and other various assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.

We have reviewed our policies and estimates to determine our critical accounting policies for the six months ended June 30, 2013. We have made no material changes to the critical accounting policies described in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012.

Recently Adopted Accounting Standards

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued additional guidance on comprehensive income which adds new disclosure requirements for items reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income (“AOCI”) by component. This guidance enhances the transparency of changes in other comprehensive income (“OCI”) and items transferred out of AOCI in the financial statements and it does not amend any existing requirements for reporting net income or OCI in the financial statements. Since the guidance relates only to presentation and disclosure of information, the adoption did not have a material effect on our condensed consolidated financial condition or results of operations.

In February 2013, the FASB issued guidance that clarifies the scope of transactions subject to disclosures about offsetting assets and liabilities. The guidance requires an entity to disclose information about offsetting and related arrangements to enable users of its financial statements to understand the effect of those arrangements on its financial position. This guidance is effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning on or after January 1, 2013 on a retrospective basis. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our disclosures in the condensed consolidated financial statements.

ITEM 3.

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

The following tables provide information as of June 30, 2013 about our market risk exposure associated with changing interest rates. For long-term debt obligations, the table presents principal cash flows by maturity date and average interest rates related to outstanding obligations. For interest rate swaps, the tables present notional principal amounts and weighted-average interest rates by contractual maturity dates.

As of June 30, 2013

Principal Payments and Interest Rate Detail by Contractual Maturity Dates

(In thousands, except percentages)


Long-Term Debt	2013			2014			2015			2016			2017			Thereafter			Total		Fair Value
Fixed Rate Debt (a)	$	53,086		$	2,401		$	601,869		$	132,803		$	568,507		$	6,214,098		$	7,572,764	$	7,762,084
Average Interest Rate (a)		7.83	%		6.58	%		4.64	%		8.99	%		6.81	%		4.24	%
Variable Rate Debt (a)	$	2,111		$	5,808		$	12,509		$	23,307		$	1,098,396		$	145,311		$	1,287,442	$	1,293,004

Aggregate Notional Amounts Associated with Interest Rate Swaps in Place

As of June 30, 2013 and Interest Rate Detail by Contractual Maturity Dates

(In thousands, except percentages)


Interest Rate SWAPS	2013		2014		2015		2016		2017		Thereafter		Total			Fair Value
Notional Amount	$	1,072	$	3,119	$	7,030	$	14,208	$	16,116	$	53,819	$	95,364		$	733
Fixed Rate Debt Rate (b)														10.78	%

(a)

As of June 30, 2013, variable rate debt consisted of our 2012 Credit Facility ($322.0 million), which matures on January 31, 2017 and our 2012 Term Loan ($750.0 million), which matures on June 29, 2017. Variable rate debt also includes $84.4 million of indebtedness outstanding under the South African facility, which amortizes through March 31, 2020, $61.0 million of indebtedness under the Uganda loan, which matures on June 29, 2019 and $70.0 million of indebtedness under the Colombian long-term credit facility, which amortizes through November 30, 2020. As of June 30, 2013, fixed rate debt consisted of: Securities issued in the Securitization ($1.8 billion); Unison Notes, acquired in connection with the Unison Acquisition ($196.0 million principal amount due at maturity, the balance as of June 30, 2013 was $206.3 million); the 7.25% senior notes due 2019 ($300.0 million principal amount due at maturity, the balance as of June 30, 2013 was $296.5 million); the 7.00% senior notes due 2017 ($500.0 million principal due at maturity); the 4.625% senior notes due 2015 ($600.0 million principal amount due at maturity, the balance as of June 30, 2013 was $599.7 million); the 5.05% senior notes due 2020 ($700.0 million principal amount due at maturity, the balance as of June 30, 2013 was $699.4 million); the 4.50% senior notes due 2018 ($1.0 billion principal amount due at maturity, the balance as of June 30, 2013 was $999.5 million); the 5.90% senior notes due 2021 ($500.0 million principal amount due at maturity, the balance as of June 30, 2013 was $499.4 million); the 4.70% senior notes due 2022 ($700.0 million principal amount due at maturity, the balance as of June 30, 2013 was $698.8 million); the 3.50% Notes due 2023 ($1.0 billion principal amount due at maturity, the balance as of June 30, 2013 was $992.2 million); and other debt of $276.8 million (including the Colombian bridge loans, Colombian loan and Ghana loan and other debt including capital leases). Interest on the 2012 Credit Facility, the 2013 Credit Facility and the 2012 Term Loan is payable in accordance with the applicable LIBOR agreement or quarterly and accrues at our option either at LIBOR plus margin (as defined) or the base rate plus margin (as defined). The weighted average interest rate in effect at June 30, 2013 for the 2012 Credit Facility and the 2012 Term Loan was 1.91%. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, the weighted average interest rate under the 2011 Credit Facility, the 2012 Credit Facility and the 2012 Term Loan was 2.03%. Interest on the South African facility is payable in accordance with the applicable Johannesburg Interbank Agreed Rate (“JIBAR”) agreement and accrues at JIBAR plus margin (as defined). The weighted average interest rate at June 30, 2013, after giving effect to our interest rate swap agreements in South Africa, was 9.86%. Interest on the Uganda loan is payable in accordance with the applicable LIBOR plus margin (as defined). The Uganda Loan accrued interest at 5.98% at June 30, 2013. Interest on the Colombian long-term credit facility is payable in accordance with the applicable Inter-bank Rate (“IBR”) agreement and accrues at IBR plus margin (as defined). The weighted average interest rate at June 30, 2013, after giving effect to our interest rate swap agreements in Colombia was 10.12%.

(b)	Represents the weighted average fixed rate of interest based on contractual notional amount as a percentage of total notional amounts.

As of June 30, 2013, we held ten interest rate swap agreements, all of which have been designated as cash flow hedges, and which had an aggregate notional amount of $95.4 million, interest rates ranging from 5.78% to 7.25% and expiration dates through November 2020.

Changes in interest rates can cause interest charges to fluctuate on our variable rate debt. Variable rate debt as of June 30, 2013, was comprised of $322.0 million under the 2012 Credit Facility, $750.0 million under the 2012 Term Loan, $61.0 million under the Uganda loan, $41.6 million under the South African facility after giving effect to our interest rate swap agreements in South Africa and $17.5 million under the Colombian long-term credit facility after giving effect to our interest rate swap agreements in Colombia. A 10% increase in current interest rates would result in an additional $1.5 million of interest expense for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

We are exposed to market risk from changes in foreign currency exchange rates primarily in connection with our foreign subsidiaries and joint ventures internationally. Any transaction denominated in a currency other than the U.S. Dollar is reported in U.S. Dollars at the applicable exchange rate. All assets and liabilities are translated into U.S. Dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of the applicable fiscal reporting period and all revenues and expenses are translated at average rates for the period. The cumulative translation effect is included in equity and as a component of comprehensive income (loss). We may enter into additional foreign currency financial instruments in anticipation of future transactions in order to minimize the risk of currency fluctuations.

For the six months ended June 30, 2013, approximately 33% of our revenues and approximately 44% of our total operating expenses were denominated in foreign currencies, as compared to 29% and 38%, respectively, during the same period in 2012.

We have performed a sensitivity analysis assuming a hypothetical 10% adverse movement in foreign currency exchange rates from the quoted foreign currency exchange rates at June 30, 2013. As of June 30, 2013, the analysis indicated that such an adverse movement would cause our revenues, operating results and cash flows to fluctuate by less than 4%.

As of June 30, 2013, we have incurred a substantial amount of additional intercompany debt, which is not considered to be permanently reinvested, and similar unaffiliated balances that were denominated in a currency other than the functional currency of the subsidiary in which it is recorded. As this debt had not been designated as being of long-term investment in nature, any changes in the foreign currency exchange rates will result in unrealized gains or losses, which will be included in our determination of net income. An adverse change of 10% in the underlying exchange rates of our unsettled intercompany debt and similar unaffiliated balances would result in approximately $232.0 million of unrealized gains or losses that would be included in other expense in our condensed consolidated statements of operations for the six months ended June 30, 2013.

ITEM 4.

CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have established disclosure controls and procedures to ensure that material information relating to us, including our consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to the officers who certify our financial reports and to other members of senior management and the Board of Directors.

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act as of the end of the period covered by this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q. Based on this evaluation, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer

concluded that these disclosure controls and procedures are effective and designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the requisite time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms, and that it is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There have not been any changes in our internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended June 30, 2013 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

PART II. OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 1.

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

We are involved in several lawsuits against TriStar Investors LLP and its affiliates (“TriStar”) in various states regarding single tower sites where TriStar has taken land interests under our owned or managed sites and we believe TriStar has induced the landowner to breach obligations to us. In addition, on February 16, 2012, TriStar brought a federal action against us, in the United States District Court for the Northern District of Texas, in which TriStar principally alleges that we made misrepresentations to landowners when competing with TriStar for land under our owned or managed sites. On January 22, 2013, we filed an amended answer and counterclaim against TriStar and certain of its employees, denying Tristar’s claims and asserting that TriStar has engaged in a pattern of unlawful activity, including: (i) entering into agreements not to compete for land under certain towers; and (ii) making widespread misrepresentations to landowners regarding both TriStar and us. TriStar and the Company are seeking injunctive relief that would prohibit the other party from making certain statements when interacting with landowners, as well as an unspecified amount of damages.

We periodically become involved in various claims and lawsuits that are incidental to our business. In the opinion of management, after consultation with counsel, other than the legal proceedings discussed above, there are no matters currently pending that would, in the event of an adverse outcome, have a material impact on our consolidated financial position, results of operations or liquidity.

ITEM 1A.

RISK FACTORS

Decrease in demand for our communications sites would materially and adversely affect our operating results and we cannot control that demand.

Factors affecting the demand for our communications sites and, to a lesser extent, our network development services, could materially and adversely affect our operating results. Those factors include:

•

technological changes;

•

delays or changes in the deployment of next generation wireless technologies;

•

governmental licensing of spectrum or restricting or revoking spectrum licenses;

•

increased use of network sharing, roaming or resale arrangements by wireless service providers;

•

a decrease in consumer demand for wireless services due to general economic conditions or other factors, including inflation;

•

the financial condition of wireless service providers;

•

the ability and willingness of wireless service providers to maintain or increase capital expenditures on network infrastructure;

•

mergers or consolidations among wireless service providers; and

•

zoning, environmental, health or other government regulations or changes in the application and enforcement thereof.

Any downturn in the economy or disruption in the financial and credit markets could impact consumer demand for wireless services. If wireless service subscribers significantly reduce their minutes of use, or fail to widely adopt and use wireless data applications, our wireless service provider tenants could experience a decrease in demand for their services. As a result, they may scale back their capital expenditure plans, which could materially and adversely affect leasing demand for our communications sites and our network development services business, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Furthermore, the demand for broadcast space in the United States and Mexico depends on the needs of television and radio broadcasters. Among other things, technological advances, including the development of satellite-delivered radio and video services, may reduce the need for tower-based broadcast transmission. In addition, any significant increase in attrition rate or decrease in overall demand for broadcast space could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

New technologies or changes in a tenant’s business model could make our tower leasing business less desirable and result in decreasing revenues.

The development and implementation of new technologies designed to enhance the efficiency of wireless networks or changes in a tenant’s business model could reduce the need for tower-based wireless services, decrease demand for tower space or reduce obtainable lease rates. In addition, tenants may have less of their budget allocated to lease space on our towers, as the industry is trending towards deploying increased capital to the development and implementation of new technologies. Examples of these technologies include spectrally efficient technologies which could relieve a portion of our tenants’ network capacity needs and as a result, could reduce the demand for tower-based antenna space. Additionally, certain small cell complementary network technologies could shift a portion of our tenants’ network investment away from the traditional tower-based networks, which may reduce the need for carriers to add more equipment at certain communications sites. Moreover, the emergence of alternative technologies could reduce the need for tower-based broadcast services transmission and reception. For example, the growth in delivery of wireless communications, radio and video services by direct broadcast satellites could materially and adversely affect demand for our tower space. Further, a tenant may decide to no longer outsource tower infrastructure or otherwise change its business model which would result in a decrease in our revenue. The development and implementation of any of these and similar technologies to any significant degree or changes in a tenant’s business model could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our business is subject to government regulations and changes in current or future laws or regulations could restrict our ability to operate our business as we currently do.

Our business and that of our tenants are subject to federal, state, local and foreign regulations. In certain jurisdictions, these regulations could be applied or enforced retroactively. Zoning authorities and community organizations are often opposed to construction of communications sites in their communities and these regulations and initiatives can delay, prevent or increase the cost of new tower construction, modifications, additions of new antennas to a site or site upgrades, thereby limiting our ability to respond to tenant demands and requirements. In addition, in certain foreign jurisdictions, we are required to pay annual license fees, and these fees may be subject to substantial increases by the government. Foreign jurisdictions in which we operate and currently are not required to pay license fees may enact license fees, which may apply retroactively. In certain foreign jurisdictions, there may be changes to zoning regulations or construction laws based on site location which may result in increased costs to modify certain of our existing towers or decreased revenue due to the removal of certain towers to ensure compliance with such changes. Existing regulatory policies may materially and adversely affect the associated timing or cost of such projects and additional regulations may be adopted that increase delays or result in additional costs to us, or that prevent such projects in certain locations. Furthermore, the tax laws, regulations and interpretations governing REITs may change at any time. These factors could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

If our tenants consolidate, merge or share site infrastructure with each other to a significant degree, our growth, revenue and ability to generate positive cash flows could be materially and adversely affected.

Significant consolidation among our tenants may result in the decommissioning of certain existing communications sites, because certain portions of these tenants’ networks may be redundant. For example, in the United States, recently combined companies have either rationalized or announced plans to rationalize duplicative parts of their networks, which may result in the decommissioning of certain equipment on our

communications sites. We would expect a similar outcome in certain other countries where we do business if consolidation of certain tenants occurs. In addition, certain combined companies have undergone or are currently undergoing a modernization of their networks, and these and other tenants could determine not to renew leases with us as a result. Our ongoing contractual revenues and our future results may be negatively impacted if a significant number of these leases are not renewed. Similar consequences might occur if wireless service providers engage in extensive sharing of site infrastructure, roaming or resale arrangements as an alternative to leasing our communications sites.

We could suffer adverse tax or other financial consequences if taxing authorities do not agree with our tax positions.

We periodically are subject to examinations by taxing authorities in the states and countries where we do business, and we expect that we will continue to be subject to tax examinations in the future. Moreover, the Internal Revenue Service and any state or local tax authority may successfully assert liabilities against us for corporate income taxes for taxable years prior to the time we qualified as a REIT, or with respect to our TRSs, in which case either we will owe these taxes plus applicable interest and penalties, if any, or we will offset additional income as determined by a tax authority with our NOLs. If we offset such additional income with our NOLs, our required distributions to maintain our qualification and taxation as a REIT will increase and we may be required to pay deficiency dividends and an associated interest charge if our prior REIT distributions were insufficient in light of the reduced available NOLs.

In addition, domestic and international tax laws and regulations are extremely complex and subject to varying interpretations. We recognize tax benefits of uncertain tax positions when we believe the positions are more likely than not to be sustained upon a challenge by the relevant tax authority. We believe our judgments in this area are reasonable and correct, but there is no guarantee that our tax positions will not be challenged by relevant tax authorities or that we would be successful in any such challenge. If there are tax benefits that are challenged successfully by a taxing authority, we may be required to pay additional taxes or use our NOLs or we may seek to enter into settlements with the taxing authorities, all of which could require significant payments or otherwise have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

A substantial portion of our revenue is derived from a small number of tenants, and we are sensitive to changes in the creditworthiness and financial strength of our tenants.

A substantial portion of our total operating revenues is derived from a small number of tenants. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, four tenants accounted for approximately 75% of our domestic rental and management segment revenue; and five tenants accounted for approximately 55% of our international rental and management segment revenue. If any of these tenants are unwilling or unable to perform their obligations under our agreements with them, our revenues, results of operations, financial condition and liquidity could be materially and adversely affected. In the ordinary course of our business, we do occasionally experience disputes with our tenants, generally regarding the interpretation of terms in our leases. We have historically resolved these disputes in a manner that did not have a material adverse effect on us or our tenant relationships. However, it is possible that such disputes could lead to a termination of our leases with tenants or a material modification of the terms of those leases, either of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. If we are forced to resolve any of these disputes through litigation, our relationship with the applicable tenant could be terminated or damaged, which could lead to decreased revenues or increased costs, resulting in a corresponding adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Additionally, due to the long-term nature of our tenant leases, we depend on the continued financial strength of our tenants. Many wireless service providers operate with substantial leverage. We sometimes experience tenants that are facing financial difficulty or have filed for bankruptcy. In addition, many of our tenants and potential tenants rely on capital raising activities to fund their operations and capital expenditures. Downturns in the economy and disruptions in the financial and credit markets have periodically made it more difficult and

more expensive to raise capital. If our tenants or potential tenants are unable to raise adequate capital to fund their business plans, they may reduce their spending, which could materially and adversely affect demand for our communications sites and our network development services business. If, as a result of a prolonged economic downturn or otherwise, one or more of our significant tenants experienced financial difficulties or filed for bankruptcy, it could result in uncollectible accounts receivable and an impairment of our deferred rent asset, tower asset, network location intangible asset or customer-related intangible asset. The loss of significant tenants, or the loss of all or a portion of our anticipated lease revenues from certain tenants, could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our foreign operations are subject to economic, political and other risks that could materially and adversely affect our revenues or financial position, including risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.

Our international business operations and our expansion into new markets in the future could result in adverse financial consequences and operational problems not typically experienced in the United States. For the six months ended June 30, 2013, approximately 33% of our consolidated revenue was generated by our international operations, compared to 29% for the six months ended June 30, 2012. We anticipate that our revenues from our international operations will continue to grow. Accordingly, our business is subject to risks associated with doing business internationally, including:

•

changes in a specific country’s or region’s political or economic conditions, including inflation;

•

laws or regulations that tax or otherwise restrict repatriation of earnings or other funds or otherwise limit distributions of capital;

•

changes to existing or new tax laws, methodologies on our international acquisitions, or fees directed specifically at the ownership and operation of communications sites or our international acquisitions, which may be applied or enforced retroactively;

•

changes to zoning regulations or construction laws, which could retroactively be applied to our existing communications sites;

•

expropriation or governmental regulation restricting foreign ownership or requiring reversion or divestiture;

•

actions restricting or revoking spectrum licenses or suspending business under prior licenses;

•

material site security issues;

•

significant license surcharges;

•

increases in the cost of labor (as a result of unionization or otherwise);

•

potential failure to comply with anti-bribery laws such as the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act or similar local anti-bribery laws, or Office of Foreign Assets Control requirements; and

•

uncertain rulings or results from legal or judicial systems, including inconsistencies between and within laws, regulations and decrees, and judicial application thereof, which may be enforced retroactively, and delays in the judicial process.

In our international operations, many of our tenants are subsidiaries of global telecommunications companies. These subsidiaries may not have the explicit or implied financial support of their parent entities.

In addition, as we continue to invest in joint venture opportunities internationally, our partners may have business or economic goals that are inconsistent with ours, be in positions to take action contrary to our interests, policies or objectives, have competing interests in our, or other, markets that could create conflict of interest issues, withhold consents contrary to our requests or become unable or unwilling to fulfill their commitments,

which could expose us to additional liabilities or costs, including requiring us to assume and fulfill the obligations of that joint venture.

We also face risks associated with changes in foreign currency exchange rates, including those arising from our operations, investments and financing transactions related to our international business. Volatility in foreign currency exchange rates can also affect our ability to plan, forecast and budget for our international operations and expansion efforts. Our revenues earned from our international operations are primarily denominated in their respective local currencies. We have not historically engaged in significant currency hedging activities relating to our non-U.S. Dollar operations, and a weakening of these foreign currencies against the U.S. Dollar would have a negative impact on our reported revenues, operating profits and income.

Our expansion initiatives involve a number of risks and uncertainties that could adversely affect our operating results, disrupt our operations or expose us to additional risk if we are not able to successfully integrate operations, assets and personnel.

As we continue to acquire communications sites in our existing markets and expand into new markets, we are subject to a number of risks and uncertainties, including not meeting our return on investment criteria and financial objectives, increased costs, assumed liabilities and the diversion of managerial attention due to acquisitions. Achieving the benefits of acquisitions depends in part on integrating operations, communications tower portfolios and personnel in a timely and efficient manner. Integration may be difficult and unpredictable for many reasons, including, among other things, differing systems and processes, potential cultural differences, customary business practices and conflicting policies, procedures and operations. In addition, the integration of businesses may significantly burden management and internal resources, including the potential loss or unavailability of key personnel.

Furthermore, our international expansion initiatives are subject to additional risks such as complex laws, regulations and business practices that may require additional resources and personnel, and the other risks described above in “—Our foreign operations are subject to economic, political and other risks that could materially and adversely affect our revenues or financial position, including risks associated with fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates.” As a result, our foreign operations and expansion initiatives may not succeed and may materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

If we are unable to protect our rights to the land under our towers, it could adversely affect our business and operating results.

Our real property interests relating to our towers consist primarily of leasehold and sub-leasehold interests, fee interests, easements, licenses and rights-of-way. A loss of these interests at a particular tower site may interfere with our ability to operate a tower and generate revenues. For various reasons, we may not always have the ability to access, analyze and verify all information regarding titles and other issues prior to completing an acquisition of communications sites, which can affect our rights to access and operate a site. From time to time we also experience disputes with landowners regarding the terms of ground agreements for land under a tower, which can affect our ability to access and operate a tower site. Further, for various reasons, landowners may not want to renew their ground agreements with us, they may lose their rights to the land, or they may transfer their land interests to third parties, including ground lease aggregators, which could affect our ability to renew ground agreements on commercially viable terms. Approximately 88% of the communications sites in our portfolio as of June 30, 2013 are located on land we lease pursuant to operating leases. Approximately 78% of the ground leases for these sites have a final expiration date of 2022 and beyond. Further, for various reasons, title to property interests in some of the foreign jurisdictions in which we operate may not be as certain as title to our property interests in the United States. Our inability to protect our rights to the land under our towers may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Increasing competition in the tower industry may create pricing pressures that may materially and adversely affect us.

Our industry is highly competitive and our tenants have numerous alternatives in leasing antenna space. Some of our competitors, such as wireless carriers that allow collocation on their towers, are larger and may have greater financial resources than we do, while other competitors may have lower return on investment criteria than we do.

Competitive pricing for tenants on towers from these competitors could materially and adversely affect our lease rates and services income. Further, competition for assets may require us to pay significantly more for acquisitions. In addition, we may not be able to renew existing tenant leases or enter into new tenant leases, resulting in a material adverse impact on our results of operations and growth rate. Increasing competition could also make the acquisition of high quality tower assets more costly. Any of these factors could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition.

If we are unable or choose not to exercise our rights to purchase towers that are subject to lease and sublease agreements at the end of the applicable period, our cash flows derived from such towers would be eliminated.

Our communications real estate portfolio includes towers that we operate pursuant to lease and sublease agreements that include a purchase option at the end of each lease period. We may not have the required available capital to exercise our right to purchase leased or subleased towers at the end of the applicable period. Even if we do have available capital, we may choose not to exercise our right to purchase such towers for business or other reasons. In the event that we do not exercise these purchase rights or are otherwise unable to acquire an interest that would allow us to continue to operate these towers after the applicable period, we would lose the cash flows derived from such towers. In the event that we decide to exercise these purchase rights, the benefits of the acquisitions of a significant number of towers may not exceed the associated acquisition, compliance and integration costs, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

If we elect not to qualify as a REIT or fail to remain qualified as a REIT, we would be subject to tax at corporate income tax rates, which would substantially reduce funds otherwise available.

We began operating as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, effective for the taxable year beginning January 1, 2012. If we elect not to qualify as a REIT or fail to remain qualified as a REIT, we will be taxed at corporate income tax rates unless certain relief provisions apply. We cannot guarantee that we will continue to remain qualified, including if our Board of Directors determines it is no longer in our interests to be a REIT.

Qualification as a REIT requires application of certain highly technical and complex provisions of the Code, which provisions may change from time to time, to our operations as well as various factual determinations concerning matters and circumstances not entirely within our control. There are limited judicial or administrative interpretations of the Code provisions.

For instance, the net income of our TRSs is not required to be distributed to us, and such undistributed TRS income is generally not subject to our REIT distribution requirements. However, if the accumulation of cash or reinvestment of significant earnings in our TRSs causes the fair market value of our securities in those entities, taken together with other non-qualifying assets, to exceed 25% of the fair market value of our assets, in each case as determined for REIT asset testing purposes, we would, absent timely responsive action, fail to qualify as a REIT.

If, in any taxable year, we fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT, and are not entitled to relief under the Code:

•

we will not be allowed a deduction for distributions to stockholders in computing our taxable income;

•

we will be subject to federal and state income tax, including any applicable alternative minimum tax, on our taxable income at regular corporate tax rates; and

•

we would be disqualified from REIT tax treatment for the four taxable years following the year during which we were so disqualified.

Any corporate tax liability could be substantial and would reduce the amount of cash available for other purposes. If we elect not to or fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT, we may need to borrow additional funds or liquidate some investments to pay any additional tax liability. Accordingly, funds available for investment and operations would be reduced.

We may be limited in our ability to fund required distributions using cash generated through our TRSs.

As a REIT, we must distribute to our stockholders an amount equal to at least 90% of the REIT taxable income (determined before the deduction for distributed earnings and excluding any net capital gain). Timing differences between the receipt of income and the recognition of income for federal income tax purposes, as well as the effect of non-deductible expenditures, may impair our ability to fund required distributions. If our cash available for distribution falls short of our estimates, we may be unable to maintain distributions that approximate our REIT taxable income, and as a result, may fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT. To the extent that we satisfy the 90% distribution requirement, but distribute less than 100% of our REIT taxable income, we will be subject to federal corporate income tax on our undistributed taxable income. In addition, we will be subject to a 4% nondeductible excise tax if the actual amount that we distribute to our stockholders for a calendar year is less than the minimum amount specified under the Code.

Our ability to receive distributions from our TRSs is limited by the rules with which we must comply to maintain our status as a REIT. In particular, at least 75% of our gross income for each taxable year as a REIT must be derived from real estate, which principally includes gross income from the leasing of our communications sites and rental-related services. Consequently, no more than 25% of our gross income may consist of dividend income from our TRSs and other non-qualifying types of income. Thus, our ability to receive distributions from our TRSs may be limited, and may impact our ability to fund distributions to our stockholders. Specifically, if our TRSs become highly profitable, we might become limited in our ability to receive net income from our TRSs in an amount required to fund distributions to our stockholders commensurate with that profitability.

In addition, the majority of our income and cash flows from our TRSs are generated from our international operations. In many cases, there are local withholding taxes and currency controls that may impact our ability or willingness to repatriate funds to the United States to help satisfy REIT distribution requirements.

Complying with REIT requirements may limit our flexibility or cause us to forego otherwise attractive opportunities.

To maintain our qualification as a REIT for federal income tax purposes, we must continually satisfy tests concerning, among other things, the sources of our income, the nature and diversification of our assets, the amounts we distribute to our stockholders and the concentration of ownership of our stock. Compliance with these tests will require us to refrain from certain activities and may hinder our ability to make certain attractive investments, including the purchase of non-qualifying assets, the expansion of non-real estate activities, and investments in the businesses to be conducted by our TRSs, and to that extent limit our opportunities and our flexibility to change our business strategy. We could also be required to liquidate otherwise attractive investments, and could be limited in our ability to hedge liabilities and risks. Furthermore, acquisition opportunities in domestic and international markets may be adversely affected if we need or require the target company to comply with some REIT requirements prior to closing. In addition, we may receive pressure from investors not to pursue growth opportunities that are not immediately accretive.

Under the Code, no more than 25% of the value of the assets of a REIT may be represented by securities of one or more TRSs and other non-qualifying assets. This limitation may affect our ability to make additional

investments in our managed networks business or network development services segment as currently structured and operated, in other non-REIT qualifying operations or assets, or in international operations conducted through TRSs that we do not elect to bring into the REIT structure. To meet our annual distribution requirements, we may be required to distribute amounts that may otherwise be used for our operations, including amounts that may otherwise be invested in future acquisitions, capital expenditures or repayment of debt, and it is possible that we might be required to borrow funds, sell assets or raise equity to fund these distributions, even if the then-prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings, sales or offerings.

Certain of our business activities may be subject to corporate level income tax and foreign taxes, which reduce our cash flows, and may have deferred and contingent tax liabilities.

We are subject to certain federal, state, local and foreign taxes on our income and assets, including alternative minimum taxes, taxes on any undistributed income and state, local or foreign income, franchise, property and transfer taxes. In addition, we could, in certain circumstances, be required to pay an excise or penalty tax, which could be significant in amount, in order to utilize one or more relief provisions under the Code to maintain qualification for taxation as a REIT. Any of these taxes would decrease our earnings and our available cash.

Our TRS assets and operations will continue to be subject, as applicable, to federal and state corporate income taxes and to foreign taxes in the jurisdictions in which those assets and operations are located.

We will also be subject to a federal corporate level tax at the highest regular corporate rate (currently 35%) on the gain recognized from a sale of assets occurring within a specified period (generally, ten years) after the REIT Conversion, up to the amount of the built-in gain that existed on January 1, 2012, which is based on the fair market value of those assets in excess of our tax basis as of January 1, 2012. Gain from a sale of an asset occurring after the specified period ends will not be subject to this corporate level tax. We currently do not expect to sell any asset if the sale would result in the imposition of a material tax liability, but our plans may change in the future.

We may need additional financing to fund capital expenditures, future growth and expansion initiatives and to satisfy our REIT distribution requirements.

To fund capital expenditures, future growth and expansion initiatives and to satisfy our REIT distribution requirements, we may need to raise additional capital through financing activities, sell assets or raise equity. We believe our cash provided by operations for the year ending December 31, 2013 will sufficiently fund our cash needs for operations, capital expenditures, required REIT distribution payments and cash debt service (interest and principal repayments) obligations through 2013. However, we anticipate that we may need to obtain additional sources of capital in the future to fund capital expenditures, future growth and expansion initiatives and satisfy our REIT distribution requirements. Depending on market conditions, we may seek to raise capital through credit facilities or debt or equity offerings. Additionally, a downgrade of our credit rating below investment grade could negatively impact our ability to access credit markets or preclude us from obtaining funds on investment grade terms and conditions. Further, certain of our current debt instruments limit the amount of indebtedness we and our subsidiaries may incur. Additional financing, therefore, may be unavailable, more expensive or restricted by the terms of our outstanding indebtedness. If we are unable to raise capital when our needs arise, we may not be able to fund our capital expenditures, future growth and expansion initiatives or satisfy our REIT distribution requirements.

Our leverage and debt service obligations may materially and adversely affect us.

In order to meet the REIT distribution requirements and maintain our qualification and taxation as a REIT, we may need to borrow funds, sell assets or raise equity, even if the then-prevailing market conditions are not favorable for these borrowings, sales or offerings. Any insufficiency of our cash flows to cover our REIT

distribution requirements could adversely impact our ability to raise short- and long-term debt, to sell assets or to offer equity securities. Furthermore, the REIT distribution requirements may increase the financing we need to fund capital expenditures, future growth and expansion initiatives. This would increase our total leverage.

As of June 30, 2013, we had approximately $8.9 billion of consolidated debt and the ability to borrow additional amounts of approximately $2.2 billion under our credit facilities. Our leverage could render us unable to generate cash sufficient to pay when due the principal of, interest on, or other amounts due with respect to our indebtedness. We are also permitted, subject to certain restrictions under our existing indebtedness, to draw down on our credit facilities and obtain additional long-term debt and working capital lines of credit to meet future financing needs.

Our leverage could have significant negative consequences on our business, results of operations or financial condition, including:

•

impairing our ability to meet one or more of the financial ratio covenants contained in our debt agreements or to generate cash sufficient to pay interest or principal due under those agreements, which could result in an acceleration of some or all of our outstanding debt and the loss of the Secured Towers if an uncured default occurs;

•

increasing our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

•

limiting our ability to obtain additional debt or equity financing;

•

increasing our borrowing costs if our current investment grade debt ratings decline;

•

requiring the dedication of a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to service our debt, thereby reducing the amount of our cash flow available for other purposes, including capital expenditures or REIT distributions;

•

requiring us to sell debt or equity securities or to sell some of our core assets, possibly on unfavorable terms, to meet payment obligations;

•

limiting our flexibility in planning for, or reacting to, changes in our business and the markets in which we compete;

•

limiting our ability to repurchase our common stock or make distributions to our stockholders; and

•

placing us at a possible competitive disadvantage to less leveraged competitors and competitors that may have better access to capital resources.

Restrictive covenants in the Loan Agreement related to our Securitization, the loan agreements for our credit facilities and the indentures governing our debt securities could materially and adversely affect our business by limiting flexibility.

The Loan Agreement related to our Securitization includes operating covenants and other restrictions customary for loans subject to rated securitizations. Among other things, the borrowers under the Loan Agreement are prohibited from incurring other indebtedness for borrowed money or further encumbering their assets. A failure to comply with the covenants in the Loan Agreement could prevent the borrowers from taking certain actions with respect to the Secured Towers and could prevent the borrowers from distributing any excess cash from the operation of such towers to us. If the borrowers were to default on the Loan, the servicer on the loan could seek to foreclose upon or otherwise convert the ownership of the Secured Towers, in which case we could lose such towers and the excess cash flow associated with such towers.

The loan agreements for our credit facilities contain restrictive covenants, as well as requirements to comply with certain leverage and other financial maintenance tests, and could thus limit our ability to take various actions, including incurring additional debt, guaranteeing indebtedness or making distributions to stockholders,

and engaging in various types of transactions, including mergers, acquisitions and sales of assets. Additionally, our indentures restrict our and our subsidiaries’ ability to incur liens securing our or their indebtedness. These covenants could have an adverse effect on our business by limiting our ability to take advantage of financing, new tower development, mergers and acquisitions or other opportunities. Further, if these limits prevent us from satisfying our REIT distribution requirements, we could fail to qualify for taxation as a REIT. If these limits do not jeopardize our qualification for taxation as a REIT but nevertheless prevent us from distributing 100% of our REIT taxable income, we would be subject to federal corporate income tax, and potentially a nondeductible excise tax, on the retained amounts.

In addition, reporting and information covenants in our loan agreements and indentures require that we provide financial and operating information within certain time periods. If we are unable to timely provide the required information, we would be in breach of these covenants. For more information regarding the covenants and requirements discussed above, please see Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2012 under the caption “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Liquidity and Capital Resources—Factors Affecting Sources of Liquidity” and note 8 to our consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report.

We may incur goodwill and other intangible asset impairment charges which could result in a significant reduction to our earnings.

In accordance with GAAP, we are required to assess our goodwill and other intangible assets annually to determine if they are impaired or more frequently in the event of circumstances indicating potential impairment. These circumstances could include a decline in our actual or expected future cash flows or income, a significant adverse change in the business climate, a decline in market capitalization, or slower growth rates in our industry, among others. If the testing performed indicates that impairment has occurred, we are required to record a non-cash impairment charge for the difference between the carrying value of the goodwill or other intangible assets and the implied fair value of the goodwill or other intangible assets in the period the determination is made.

While we did not record any impairment charges during the six months ended June 30, 2013, it is possible that in the future, we may be required to record impairment charges for our goodwill or for other intangible assets. These charges could be significant, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

We have limited experience operating as a REIT, which may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to satisfy debt service obligations.

We have only been operating as a REIT since January 1, 2012. Accordingly, the experience of our senior management operating a REIT is limited and may adversely affect our ability to remain qualified as a REIT. Failure to maintain REIT status could adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations, cash flow and ability to satisfy debt service obligations.

We could have liability under environmental and occupational safety and health laws.

Our operations, like those of other companies engaged in similar businesses, are subject to the requirements of various federal, state, local and foreign environmental and occupational safety and health laws and regulations, including those relating to the management, use, storage, disposal, emission and remediation of, and exposure to, hazardous and non-hazardous substances, materials and wastes. As the owner, lessee or operator of real property and facilities, we may be liable for substantial costs of investigation, removal or remediation of soil and groundwater contaminated by hazardous materials, without regard to whether we, as the owner, lessee or operator, knew of, or were responsible for, the contamination. We may also be liable for certain costs of remediating contamination at third-party sites to which we sent waste for disposal, even if the original disposal may have complied with all legal requirements at the time. Many of these laws and regulations contain

information reporting and record keeping requirements. We cannot assure you that we are at all times in complete compliance with all environmental requirements. We may be subject to potentially significant fines or penalties if we fail to comply with any of these requirements. The requirements of these laws and regulations are complex, change frequently and could become more stringent in the future. In certain jurisdictions these laws and regulations could be applied or enforced retroactively. It is possible that these requirements will change or that liabilities will arise in the future in a manner that could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our towers or data centers may be affected by natural disasters and other unforeseen events for which our insurance may not provide adequate coverage.

Our towers are subject to risks associated with natural disasters, such as ice and wind storms, tornadoes, floods, hurricanes and earthquakes, as well as other unforeseen events. Any damage or destruction to our towers or data centers, or certain unforeseen events, may impact our ability to provide services to our tenants. While we maintain insurance coverage for natural disasters, we may not have adequate insurance to cover the associated costs of repair or reconstruction for a major future event. Further, we carry business interruption insurance, but our insurance may not adequately cover all of our lost revenues, including potential revenues from new tenants that could have been added to our towers but for the event. If we are unable to provide services to our tenants, it could lead to tenant loss, resulting in a corresponding material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition.

Our costs could increase and our revenues could decrease due to perceived health risks from radio emissions, especially if these perceived risks are substantiated.

Public perception of possible health risks associated with cellular and other wireless communications technology could slow the growth of wireless companies, which could in turn slow our growth. In particular, negative public perception of, and regulations regarding, these perceived health risks could undermine the market acceptance of wireless communications services and increase opposition to the development and expansion of tower sites. The potential connection between radio frequency emissions and certain negative health or environmental effects has been the subject of substantial study by the scientific community in recent years and numerous health-related lawsuits have been filed against wireless carriers and wireless device manufacturers. If a scientific study or court decision resulted in a finding that radio frequency emissions pose health risks to consumers, it could negatively impact our tenants and the market for wireless services, which could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations or financial condition. We do not maintain any significant insurance with respect to these matters.

ITEM 2.

UNREGISTERED SALES OF EQUITY SECURITIES AND USE OF PROCEEDS

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

During the three months ended June 30, 2013, we repurchased a total of 787,764 shares of our common stock for an aggregate of $62.1 million, including commissions and fees, pursuant to our publicly announced stock repurchase program, as follows:


Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)		Average Price Paid per Share (2)		Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs		Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
							(in millions)
April 2013		263,167	$	78.83		263,167	$	1,222.8
May 2013		221,953		83.35		221,953		1,204.3
June 2013		302,644		75.62		302,644		1,181.4

Total Second Quarter		787,764		78.87		787,764	$	1,181.4

(1)

Repurchases made pursuant to the 2011 Buyback. Under this program, our management is authorized to purchase shares from time to time through open market purchases or privately negotiated transactions at prevailing prices as permitted by securities laws and other legal requirements, and subject to market conditions and other factors. To facilitate repurchases, we make purchases pursuant to trading plans under Rule 10b5-1 of the Exchange Act, which allows us to repurchase shares during periods when we otherwise might be prevented from doing so under insider trading laws or because of self-imposed trading blackout periods. This program may be discontinued at any time.

(2)	Average price paid per share is calculated using the aggregate price, excluding commissions and fees.

We continued to repurchase shares of our common stock pursuant to our 2011 Buyback subsequent to June 30, 2013. Between July 1, 2013 and July 19, 2013, we repurchased an additional 249,180 shares of our common stock for an aggregate of $18.2 million, including commissions and fees, pursuant to the 2011 Buyback. As a result, as of July 19, 2013, we had repurchased a total of 5.5 million shares of our common stock under the 2011 Buyback for an aggregate of $336.8 million, including commissions and fees. We expect to continue to manage the pacing of the remaining $1.2 billion under the 2011 Buyback in response to general market conditions and other relevant factors.

ITEM 6.

EXHIBITS

See the Exhibit Index on Page EX-1 of this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, which is incorporated herein by reference.

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit No.		Description

10.1		Loan Agreement, dated as of June 28, 2013, among the Company, as Borrower, Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender, Barclays Bank PLC, Citbank, N.A. and Bank of America, N.A., as Syndication Agents, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as Documentation Agent, TD Securities (USA) LLC, Barclays Bank PLC, Citigroup Global Markets Inc. and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, as Co-Lead Arrangers and Joint Bookrunners and the several other lenders that are parties thereto.

12		Computation of Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

31.1		Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

31.2		Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

32		Certifications pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

101.INS		XBRL Instance Document

101.SCH		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

101.CAL		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

101.LAB		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

101.PRE		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

101.DEF		XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition

Ex-1

EX-10.1

Exhibit 10.1

EXECUTION VERSION

LOAN AGREEMENT

AMONG

AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION,

AS A BORROWER;

THE SUBSIDIARY BORROWERS FROM TIME TO TIME PARTIES HERETO;

TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC

AS ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND SWINGLINE LENDER FOR THE LENDERS;

THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS WHOSE NAMES APPEAR

AS LENDERS ON THE SIGNATURE PAGES HEREOF;

AND WITH

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

CITIBANK, N.A.,

and

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.

AS SYNDICATION AGENTS;

JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A.

AS DOCUMENTATION AGENT;

TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

and

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

AS CO-LEAD ARRANGERS

AND

TD SECURITIES (USA) LLC

BARCLAYS BANK PLC

CITIGROUP GLOBAL MARKETS INC.

and

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

AS JOINT BOOKRUNNERS

Dated as of June 28, 2013

TABLE OF CONTENTS


		Page

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS			1
Section 1.1	Definitions		1
Section 1.2	Interpretation		23
Section 1.3	Cross References		24
Section 1.4	Accounting Provisions		24
Section 1.5	Letter of Credit Amounts		24
Section 1.6	Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents		24
Section 1.7	Additional Alternative Currencies		25

ARTICLE 2 - LOANS			26
Section 2.1	The Revolving Loans		26
Section 2.2	Manner of Advance and Disbursement		26
Section 2.3	Interest		29
Section 2.4	Commitment and Letter of Credit Fees		30
Section 2.5	Voluntary Commitment Reductions		32
Section 2.6	Prepayments and Repayments		33
Section 2.7	Notes; Loan Accounts		34
Section 2.8	Manner of Payment		34
Section 2.9	Reimbursement		36
Section 2.10	Pro Rata Treatment		36
Section 2.11	Capital Adequacy		37
Section 2.12	Lender Tax Forms		38
Section 2.13	Letters of Credit		39
Section 2.14	Incremental Commitments		48
Section 2.15	Cash Collateral		49
Section 2.16	Defaulting Lenders		50
Section 2.17	Swingline Loans		52
Section 2.18	Maturity Date Extension		55

ARTICLE 3 - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT			55
Section 3.1	Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Agreement		55
Section 3.2	Conditions Precedent to Initial Advance to Each Subsidiary Borrower		57
Section 3.3	Conditions Precedent to Each Advance		57
Section 3.4	Conditions Precedent to Issuance of Letters of Credit		58

ARTICLE 4 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES			59
Section 4.1	Representations and Warranties		59
Section 4.2	Survival of Representations and Warranties, Etc		62

ARTICLE 5 - GENERAL COVENANTS			62
Section 5.1	Preservation of Existence and Similar Matters		62
Section 5.2	Compliance with Applicable Law		62
Section 5.3	Maintenance of Properties		62

Table of Contents (continued)


		Page

Section 5.4	Accounting Methods and Financial Records		63
Section 5.5	Insurance		63
Section 5.6	Payment of Taxes and Claims		63
Section 5.7	Visits and Inspections		63
Section 5.8	Use of Proceeds		63
Section 5.9	Maintenance of REIT Status		64
Section 5.10	Senior Credit Facility		64
Section 5.11	Designated Persons		64

ARTICLE 6 - INFORMATION COVENANTS			64
Section 6.1	Quarterly Financial Statements and Information		65
Section 6.2	Annual Financial Statements and Information		65
Section 6.3	Performance Certificates		65
Section 6.4	Copies of Other Reports		66
Section 6.5	Notice of Litigation and Other Matters		66
Section 6.6	Certain Electronic Delivery; Public Information		67
Section 6.7	Know Your Customer Information		68

ARTICLE 7 - NEGATIVE COVENANTS			68
Section 7.1	Indebtedness; Guaranties of the Company and its Subsidiaries		68
Section 7.2	Limitation on Liens		70
Section 7.3	Liquidation, Merger or Disposition of Assets		70
Section 7.4	Restricted Payments		71
Section 7.5	Senior Secured Leverage Ratio		71
Section 7.6	Total Company Leverage Ratio		71
Section 7.7	Interest Coverage Ratio		71
Section 7.8	Affiliate Transactions		71
Section 7.9	Restrictive Agreements		72

ARTICLE 8 - DEFAULT			72
Section 8.1	Events of Default		72
Section 8.2	Remedies		75
Section 8.3	Payments Subsequent to Declaration of Event of Default		76

ARTICLE 9 - THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT			76
Section 9.1	Appointment and Authorization		76
Section 9.2	Rights as a Lender		77
Section 9.3	Exculpatory Provisions		77
Section 9.4	Reliance by Administrative Agent		78
Section 9.5	Resignation of Administrative Agent		78
Section 9.6	Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders		79
Section 9.7	Indemnification		80
Section 9.8	No Responsibilities of the Agents		80

Table of Contents (continued)


		Page

ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES AFFECTING LIBOR ADVANCES AND INCREASED COSTS			80
Section 10.1	LIBOR Basis Determination Inadequate or Unfair		80
Section 10.2	Illegality		81
Section 10.3	Increased Costs and Additional Amounts		81
Section 10.4	Effect On Other Advances		83
Section 10.5	Claims for Increased Costs and Taxes; Replacement Lenders		84

ARTICLE 11 - GUARANTY			84
Section 11.1	Unconditional Guaranty		84
Section 11.2	Guaranty Absolute		85
Section 11.3	Waivers and Acknowledgments		86
Section 11.4	Subrogation		87
Section 11.5	Subordination		87
Section 11.6	Continuing Guaranty; Assignments		88

ARTICLE 12 - MISCELLANEOUS			89
Section 12.1	Notices		89
Section 12.2	Expenses		91
Section 12.3	Waivers		91
Section 12.4	Assignment and Participation		92
Section 12.5	Indemnity		96
Section 12.6	Subsidiary Borrowers		97
Section 12.7	Counterparts		99
Section 12.8	Governing Law; Jurisdiction		99
Section 12.9	Severability		100
Section 12.10	Interest		100
Section 12.11	Table of Contents and Headings		100
Section 12.12	Amendment and Waiver		100
Section 12.13	Power of Attorney		102
Section 12.14	Entire Agreement		102
Section 12.15	Other Relationships; No Fiduciary Relationships		102
Section 12.16	Directly or Indirectly		102
Section 12.17	Reliance on and Survival of Various Provisions		103
Section 12.18	Senior Debt		103
Section 12.19	Obligations		103
Section 12.20	Confidentiality		103
Section 12.21	Judgment		104
Section 12.22	Substitution of Currency		104
Section 12.23	Right of Set-off		104

ARTICLE 13 - WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL			105
Section 13.1	Waiver of Jury Trial		105

EXHIBITS


Exhibit A		Form of Request for Advance
Exhibit B		[Reserved]
Exhibit C		Form of Revolving Loan Note
Exhibit D		Form of Loan Certificate
Exhibit E		Form of Performance Certificate
Exhibit F		Form of Assignment and Assumption
Exhibit G		Form of Swingline Loan Notice
Exhibit H		Form of Designation Agreement

SCHEDULES


Schedule 1		Commitments; Commitment Ratios
Schedule 2		Existing Letters of Credit
Schedule 3		Subsidiaries on the Agreement Date
Schedule 4		Administrative Agent’s Office, Certain Notice Addresses

LOAN AGREEMENT

This Loan Agreement is made as of June 28, 2013, by and among AMERICAN TOWER CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), as a Borrower, the Subsidiary Borrowers (as defined herein), TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC, as Administrative Agent and Swingline Lender, and the financial institutions whose names appear as lenders on the signature page hereof (together with any permitted successors and assigns of the foregoing).

NOW, THEREFORE, for good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged by each of the parties hereto, the parties hereby agree as follows:

ARTICLE 1 - DEFINITIONS

Section 1.1 Definitions. For the purposes of this Agreement:

“2011 Loan Agreement” shall mean the Company’s Loan Agreement dated as of April 8, 2011.

“ABS Facility” shall mean one or more secured loans, borrowings or facilities that may be included in a commercial real estate securitization transaction.

“Acquisition” shall mean (whether by purchase, lease, exchange, issuance of stock or other equity or debt securities, merger, reorganization or any other method) (i) any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company, which Person shall then become consolidated with the Company or such Subsidiary in accordance with GAAP; (ii) any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of all or any substantial part of the assets of any Person that is not a Subsidiary of the Company; (iii) any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any business (or related contracts) primarily engaged in the tower, tower management or related businesses; or (iv) any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any communications towers or communications tower sites.

“Adjusted EBITDA” shall mean, for the twelve (12) month period preceding the calculation date, for any Person, the sum of (a) Net Income, plus (b) to the extent deducted in determining Net Income, the sum, without duplication, of such Person’s (i) Interest Expense, (ii) income tax expense, including, without limitation, taxes paid or accrued based on income, profits or capital, including state, franchise and similar taxes and foreign withholding taxes, (iii) depreciation and amortization (including, without limitation, amortization of goodwill and other intangible assets), (iv) extraordinary losses and non-recurring non-cash charges and expenses, (v) all other non-cash charges, expenses and interest (including, without limitation, any non-cash losses in respect of Hedge Agreements, non-cash impairment charges, non-cash valuation charges for stock option grants or vesting of restricted stock awards or any other non-cash compensation charges, and losses from the early extinguishment of Indebtedness), (vi) non-recurring integration costs and expenses resulting from operational changes and improvements

(including, without limitation, severance costs and business optimization expenses) and (vii) non-recurring charges and expenses, restructuring charges, transaction expenses (including, without limitation, transaction expenses incurred in connection with any merger or acquisition) and underwriters’ fees, and severance and retention payments in connection with any merger or acquisition, in each case for such period, less extraordinary gains and cash payments (not otherwise deducted in determining Net Income) made during such period with respect to non-cash charges that were added back in a prior period; provided, however, (A) with respect to any Person that became a Subsidiary of the Company, or was merged with or consolidated into the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, during such period, or any acquisition by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of the assets of any Person during such period, “Adjusted EBITDA” shall, at the option of the Company in respect of any or all of the foregoing, also include the Adjusted EBITDA of such Person or attributable to such assets, as applicable, during such period as if such acquisition, merger or consolidation had occurred on the first day of such period and (B) with respect to any Person that has ceased to be a Subsidiary of the Company during such period, or any material assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries sold or otherwise disposed of by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during such period, “Adjusted EBITDA” shall exclude the Adjusted EBITDA of such Person or attributable to such assets, as applicable, during such period as if such sale or disposition of such Subsidiary or such assets had occurred on the first day of such period.

“Administrative Agent” shall mean Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC, in its capacity as Administrative Agent for the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, or any successor Administrative Agent appointed pursuant to Section 9.5 hereof.

“Administrative Agent’s Office” shall mean the Administrative Agent’s address and, as appropriate, account as set forth on Schedule 4, or such other address or account as may be designated pursuant to the provisions of Section 12.1 hereof.

“Advance” shall mean the aggregate amounts advanced by the Lenders to the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to Article 2 hereof on the occasion of any borrowing and having the same Interest Rate Basis and Interest Period; and “Advances” shall mean more than one Advance.

“Affected Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.5 hereof.

“Affiliate” shall mean, with respect to a Person, any other Person directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with, such first Person. For purposes of this definition, “control”, when used with respect to any Person, means the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Person whether by contract or otherwise.

“Agreement” shall mean this Loan Agreement, as amended, supplemented, restated or otherwise modified in writing from time to time.

“Agreement Date” shall mean June 28, 2013.

“Alternative Currency” shall mean each of Euro, Sterling, Yen, Canadian Dollars, Australian Dollars and each other currency (other than Dollars) that is approved in accordance with Section 1.7.

-2-

“Alternative Currency Equivalent” shall mean, at any time, with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, the equivalent amount thereof in the applicable Alternative Currency as determined by the Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuing Bank, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of such Alternative Currency with Dollars.

“AMT Subsidiaries” shall mean, collectively, American Towers, Inc., a Delaware corporation, American Tower LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, American Tower, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership and American Tower International, Inc., a Delaware corporation, each of which is a Subsidiary of the Company.

“Applicable Debt Rating” shall mean the highest Debt Rating received from any of Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch; provided that if the lowest Debt Rating received from any such rating agency is two or more rating levels below the highest Debt Rating received from any such rating agent, the Applicable Debt Rating shall be the level that is one level below the highest of such Debt Ratings; provided, however, that if two ratings are at the same highest level, the Applicable Debt Rating shall be the highest level. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Debt Rating received from Standard & Poor’s shall not be included for purposes of determining the Applicable Debt Rating for the first nine months following the Agreement Date.

“Applicable Law” shall mean, in respect of any Person, all provisions of constitutions, statutes, treaties, rules, regulations and orders of governmental bodies or regulatory agencies applicable to such Person, including, without limiting the foregoing, the Licenses, the Communications Act, zoning ordinances and all environmental laws, and all orders, decisions, judgments and decrees of all courts and arbitrators in proceedings or actions to which the Person in question is a party or by which it is bound.

“Applicable Margin” shall mean the interest rate margin applicable to Base Rate Advances and LIBOR Advances, as the case may be, in each case determined in accordance with Section 2.3(f) hereof.

“Attributable Debt” in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction shall mean, at the time of determination, the present value of the obligation of the lessee for net rental payments during the remaining term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction (including any period for which such lease has been extended or may, at the option of the lessor, be extended). Such present value shall be calculated using a discount rate equal to the rate of interest implicit in such transaction, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Australian Dollars” or “AUD” shall mean the lawful currency of Australia.

“Authorized Signatory” shall mean such senior personnel of a Person as may be duly authorized and designated in writing by such Person to execute documents, agreements and instruments on behalf of such Person.

“Available Revolving Loan Commitment” shall mean, as of any date, the difference between (i) the Revolving Loan Commitments in effect on such date minus (ii) the sum of (A) the Dollar Equivalent of the Revolving Loans then outstanding plus (B) the Dollar Equivalent of the L/C Obligations then outstanding plus (C) the Swingline Loans then outstanding.

-3-

“Base Rate” shall mean for any day a fluctuating rate per annum equal to the higher of (a) the Federal Funds Rate plus 1/2 of 1% and (b) the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time to time by Toronto Dominion as its “prime rate”. The “prime rate” is a rate set by Toronto Dominion based upon various factors including Toronto Dominion costs and desired return, general economic conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such prime rate announced by Toronto Dominion shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public announcement of such change.

“Base Rate Advance” shall mean an Advance denominated in Dollars which the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower requests to be made as a Base Rate Advance or is Converted to a Base Rate Advance, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof, and which shall be in a principal amount of at least $1,000,000.00 and in an integral multiple of $500,000.00.

“Base Rate Basis” shall mean a simple interest rate equal to the sum of (i) the Base Rate and (ii) the Applicable Margin applicable to Base Rate Advances for the applicable Loans. The Base Rate Basis shall be adjusted automatically as of the opening of business on the effective date of each change in the Base Rate to account for such change, and shall also be adjusted to reflect changes of the Applicable Margin applicable to Base Rate Advances.

“Borrower” shall mean the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower designated from time to time by the Company until (in the case of any Subsidiary Borrower) such time as such Subsidiary Borrower is removed as a party hereto pursuant to Section 12.6(b) hereto.

“Borrower Materials” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.6 hereof.

“Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial banks are authorized to close under the laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where the Administrative Agent’s Office with respect to Obligations denominated in Dollars is located and

(a) if such day relates to any Revolving Loan made as a LIBOR Advance and denominated in a currency other than Euro, shall mean any such day that is also a London Banking Day;

(b) if such day relates to any Revolving Loan made as a LIBOR Advance and denominated in Euro, shall mean any such day that is also a TARGET Day; and

(c) if such day relates to any Revolving Loan made as a LIBOR Advance and denominated in a currency other than Dollars or Euro, shall also mean any such day on which dealings in deposits in the relevant currency are conducted by and between banks in the London or other applicable offshore interbank market for such currency.

“Canadian Dollars”, “CAD” or “Cdn. $” shall mean the lawful currency of Canada.

-4-

“Capitalized Lease Obligation” shall mean that portion of any obligation of a Person as lessee under a lease which at the time would be required to be capitalized on the balance sheet of such lessee in accordance with GAAP.

“Cash Collateralize” means to pledge and deposit with or deliver to the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent or Issuing Banks (as applicable) and the Lenders, as collateral for L/C Obligations, or obligations of Lenders to fund participations in respect thereof, cash or deposit account balances or, if the Issuing Bank benefiting from such collateral shall agree in its sole discretion, other credit support, in each case pursuant to documentation in form and substance satisfactory to (a) the Administrative Agent and (b) the applicable Issuing Bank. “Cash Collateral” shall have a meaning correlative to the foregoing and shall include the proceeds of such cash collateral and other credit support.

“CDOR Rate” shall mean the rate per annum, equal to the average of the annual yield rates applicable to Canadian banker’s acceptances at or about 10:00 a.m. (Toronto, Canada time) on the first day of such Interest Period on the “CDOR Page” (or any display substituted therefor) of Reuters Monitor Money Rates Service (or such other page or commercially available source displaying Canadian interbank bid rates for Canadian Dollar bankers’ acceptances as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) for a term equivalent to such Interest Period (or if such Interest Period is not equal to a number of months, for a term equivalent to the number of months closest to such Interest Period.

“Change of Control” shall mean (a) the acquisition, directly or indirectly, by any Person or group (as such term is used in Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act) of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting power of the voting stock of either the Company (if the Company is not a Subsidiary of any Person) or of the ultimate parent entity of which the Company is a Subsidiary (if the Company is a Subsidiary of any Person), as the case may be, by way of merger or consolidation or otherwise, or (b) a change shall occur in a majority of the members of the Company’s board of directors (including the Chairman and President) within a year-long period such that such majority shall no longer consist of Continuing Directors.

“Code” shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to time.

“Commercial Letter of Credit” shall mean a documentary letter of credit issued in respect of the purchase of goods or services by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries by an Issuing Bank in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

“Commitment Ratio” shall mean the percentage in which a Lender is severally bound to fund its portion of Advances to the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower under the Revolving Loan Commitments, as set forth on Schedule 1 attached hereto (together with Dollar amounts) (and which may change from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof).

“Commitments” shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Loan Commitments and, if applicable, the L/C Commitments.

“Communications Act” shall mean the Communications Act of 1934, and any similar or successor Federal statute, and the rules and regulations of the FCC or other similar or successor agency thereunder, all as the same may be in effect from time to time.

-5-

“Company” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in the preamble hereof.

“Consolidated Total Assets” shall mean as of any date the total assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis shown on the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of such date and determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Continue”, “Continuation”, “Continuing” and “Continued” shall mean the continuation pursuant to Article 2 hereof of a LIBOR Advance as a LIBOR Advance from one Interest Period to a different Interest Period.

“Continuing Director” means a director who either (a) was a member of the Company’s board of directors on the date of this Agreement, (b) becomes a member of the Company’s board of directors subsequent to the date of this Agreement and whose appointment, election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders is duly approved by a majority of the directors referred to in clause (a) above constituting at the time of such appointment, election or nomination at least a majority of that board, or (c) becomes a member of the Company’s board of directors subsequent to the date of this Agreement and whose appointment, election or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders is duly approved by a majority of the directors referred to in clauses (a) and (b) above constituting at the time of such appointment, election or nomination at least a majority of that board.

“Convert”, “Conversion” and “Converted” shall mean a conversion pursuant to Article 2 hereof of a LIBOR Advance denominated in Dollars into a Base Rate Advance or of a Base Rate Advance into a LIBOR Advance, as applicable.

“Credit Extension” shall mean each of the following: (a) an Advance and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

“Debt Rating” shall mean, as of any date, the senior unsecured debt rating of the Company that has been most recently announced by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be.

“Default” shall mean any Event of Default, and any of the events specified in Section 8.1 hereof, regardless of whether there shall have occurred any passage of time or giving of notice, or both, that would be necessary in order to constitute such event an Event of Default.

“Default Rate” shall mean a simple per annum interest rate equal to the sum of (a) the then applicable Interest Rate Basis (including the Applicable Margin), and (b) two percent (2.0%).

“Defaulting Lender” means, subject to Section 2.16(b), any Lender that, as determined by the Administrative Agent, (a) has failed to perform any of its funding obligations hereunder, including in respect of its Loans or participations in respect of Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans, within three (3) Business Days of the date required to be funded by it hereunder unless such Lender notifies the Administrative Agent and the Borrower in writing that such failure is the result of such Lender’s determination that one or more conditions precedent to funding (each of which conditions precedent, together with any applicable default, shall be specifically

-6-

identified in such writing) has not been satisfied, (b) has notified the Company, or the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or the Swingline Lender that it does not intend to comply with its funding obligations herunder or has made a public statement to that effect with respect to its funding obligations hereunder or under other agreements generally in which it commits to extend credit, (c) has failed, within three (3) Business Days after request by the Administrative Agent, to confirm in a manner reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent that it will comply with its funding obligations under this Agreement, or (d) has, or has a direct or indirect parent company that has, (i) become the subject of a voluntary proceeding under any bankruptcy or other debtor relief law, (ii) had a receiver, conservator, trustee, administrator, assignee for the benefit of creditors or similar Person charged with reorganization or liquidation of its business or a custodian appointed for it, or (iii) taken any action in furtherance of, or indicated its consent to, approval of or acquiescence in any voluntary or involuntary proceeding under any bankruptcy or other debtor relief law or any such appointment; provided that a Lender shall not be a Defaulting Lender solely by virtue of the ownership or acquisition of any equity interest in that Lender or any direct or indirect parent company thereof by a governmental authority so long as such ownership interest does not result in or provide such Lender with immunity from the jurisdiction of courts within the United States or from the enforcement of judgments or writs of attachment on its assets or permit such Lender (or such governmental authority) to reject, repudiate, disavow or disaffirm any contracts or agreements made with such Lender. Any determination by the Administrative Agent that a Lender is a Defaulting Lender under any one or more of clauses (a) through (d) above shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error, and such Lender shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender (subject to Section 2.16(b)) upon delivery of written notice of such determination to the Company, each Issuing Bank, the Swingline Lender and each Lender.

“Designated Person” means a person or entity (a) listed in the annex to, or otherwise subject to the provisions of, any Executive Order (as defined in the definition of “Sanctions Laws and Regulations”), (b) named as a “Specifically Designated National and Blocked Person” (“SDN”) on the most current list published by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website or any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list or (c) in which an entity or person on the SDN List has 50% or greater ownership interest or that is otherwise controlled by an SDN.

“Designation Agreement” shall mean, with respect to any Subsidiary Borrower, an agreement in the form of Exhibit H hereto signed by such Subsidiary Borrower and the Company.

“Dollar” and “$” shall mean lawful money of the United States.

“Dollar Equivalent” shall mean, at any time, (a) with respect to any amount denominated in Dollars, such amount, and (b) with respect to any amount denominated in any Alternative Currency, the equivalent amount thereof in Dollars as determined by the Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuing Bank, as the case may be, at such time on the basis of the Spot Rate (determined in respect of the most recent Revaluation Date) for the purchase of Dollars with such Alternative Currency.

-7-

“Domestic Subsidiary” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that is not a Foreign Subsidiary. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Domestic Subsidiary” or to “Domestic Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Domestic Subsidiary or Domestic Subsidiaries of the Company.

“EMU” shall mean the economic and monetary union in accordance with the Treaty of Rome 1957, as amended by the Single European Act 1986, the Maastricht Treaty of 1992 and the Amsterdam Treaty of 1998.

“EMU Legislation” shall mean the legislative measures of the EMU for the introduction of, changeover to or operation of a single or unified European currency.

“ERISA” shall mean the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as in effect from time to time.

“ERISA Affiliate” shall mean any Person, including a Subsidiary or an Affiliate of the Company, that is a member of any group of organizations of which the Company is a member and is treated as a single employer with the Company under Section 414 of the Code.

“EURIBOR Rate” means, for any Interest Period for each Advance denominated in Euro comprising part of the same Borrowing, an interest rate per annum equal to (a) the Euro interbank offered rate administered by the Banking Federation and of the European Union (or any other person which takes over administration of that rate) for the relevant period displayed on page EURIBOR01 of the Reuters screen at or about 11:00 A.M. (Central European time) two TARGET Days before the first day of such Interest Period or, if such page or such service shall cease to be available, such other page or such other service for the purpose of displaying an average rate of the Banking Federation of the EMU as the Administrative Agent, after consultation with the Lenders and the Company, shall reasonably select or (b) if no quotation for the Euro for the relevant period is displayed and the Administrative Agent has not selected an alternative service on which a quotation is displayed, the rate per annum at which deposits in Euro for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Advance being made, Continued or Converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Toronto Dominion’s London branch (or other branch or Affiliate) to leading banks in the European interbank market at or about 11:00 A.M. (Central European time) two TARGET Days before the first day of such Interest Period.

“Euro”, “EUR” and “€” shall mean the lawful currency of the Participating Member States introduced in accordance with the EMU Legislation.

“Eurocurrency Rate” means, for any Interest Period with respect to a LIBOR Advance, the rate per annum equal to

(a) with respect to any Advance denominated in Dollars, Sterling or Yen (i) the British Bankers Association LIBOR Rate (or the successor thereto if the British Bankers Association is no longer making such a rate available) (“LIBOR”), as published by Reuters (or such other commercially available source providing quotations of LIBOR as may be designated by the Administrative Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two (2) London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for deposits in the

-8-

relevant currency (for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period or, (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the rate at which deposits in the relevant currency for delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of the LIBOR Advance being made, Continued or Converted and with a term equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Toronto Dominion’s London branch (or other branch or Affiliate) to major banks in the London or other offshore interbank market for such currency at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m. (London time) two (2) London Banking Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period;

(b) with respect to any Advance denominated in Euro, the EURIBOR Rate;

(c) with respect to any Advance denominated in Canadian Dollars, the rate per annum equal to (i) the CDOR Rate plus 0.10% per annum or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for such term for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent to be the discount rate (calculated on an annual basis and rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%, with 5/1,000 of 1% being rounded up) as of 10:00 a.m. (Toronto, Canada time) on such day at which the Administrative Agent is then offering to purchase bankers’ acceptances accepted by it having an aggregate face amount equal to the aggregate face amount of, and with a term equivalent to or comparable to the term of, such Interest Period (or if such Interest Period is not equal to a number of months, having a term equivalent to the number of months closest to such Interest Period); and

(d) with respect to Australian Dollars (i) the rate of interest per annum equal to the per annum rate of interest which appears as “BID” on the page designated as “BBSY” on the Reuters Monitor System (or such other comparable page as may, in the opinion of the Administrative Agent, replace such BBSY page on such system for the purpose of displaying the bank bill swap rates) with maturities comparable to such Interest Period at approximately 10:30 am (Sydney time) on the first day of such Interest Period or (ii) if such rate is not available at such time for any reason, the rate per annum determined by the Administrative Agent as the average of the buying rates quoted to Toronto Dominion’s London branch at or around 10:30 am (Sydney time) on the first day of such Interest Period for bills of exchange accepted by leading Australian banks which have a tenor equal to such Interest Period.

“Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage” shall mean the percentage which is in effect from time to time under Regulation D of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, as such regulation may be amended from time to time, as the maximum reserve requirement applicable with respect to Eurocurrency Liabilities (as that term is defined in Regulation D), whether or not any Lender has any such Eurocurrency Liabilities subject to such reserve requirement at that time.

“Event of Default” shall mean any of the events specified in Section 8.1 hereof; provided, however, that any requirement stated therein for notice or lapse of time, or both, has been satisfied.

“Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

-9-

“Existing Credit Agreements” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.10 hereof.

“Existing Indebtedness” shall mean the existing Indebtedness of the Company due April 8, 2016 under the 2011 Loan Agreement.

“Extending Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.18(a) hereof.

“FATCA” shall mean Sections 1471 through 1474 of the Code, as of the date of this Agreement (or any amended or successor version that is substantively comparable and not materially more onerous to comply with), any current or future regulations or official interpretations thereof and any agreements entered into pursuant to Section 1471(b)(1) of the Code.

“FCC” shall mean the Federal Communications Commission, or any other similar or successor agency of the Federal government administering the Communications Act.

“Federal Funds Rate” shall mean, as of any date, the weighted average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with the members of the Federal Reserve System arranged by Federal funds brokers, as published for such day (or, if such day is not a Business Day, for the next preceding Business Day) by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York or, if such rate is not so published for any day which is a Business Day, the average of the quotations for such day on such transactions received by the Administrative Agent from three (3) Federal funds brokers of recognized standing selected by the Administrative Agent.

“Fitch” shall mean Fitch, Inc. (Fitch Ratings), and its successors.

“Foreign Subsidiary” shall mean a Subsidiary whose place of registration, incorporation, organization or domicile is outside of the United States of America. Unless otherwise qualified, all references to a “Foreign Subsidiary” or to “Foreign Subsidiaries” in this Agreement shall refer to a Foreign Subsidiary or Foreign Subsidiaries of the Company.

“Foreign Subsidiary Borrower” shall mean any Subsidiary Borrower that is not a Domestic Subsidiary.

“Fronting Exposure” shall mean, at any time there is a Defaulting Lender, (a) with respect to any Issuing Bank, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment Ratio of the outstanding L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank other than L/C Obligations as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Lenders or Cash Collateralized in accordance with the terms hereof and (b) with respect to the Swingline Lender, such Defaulting Lender’s Commitment Ratio of Swingline Loans other than Swingline Loans as to which such Defaulting Lender’s participation obligation has been reallocated to other Revolving Lenders in accordance with the terms hereof.

“Funds From Operations” means net income (computed in accordance with GAAP), excluding gains (or losses) from sales of property and extraordinary and unusual items, plus depreciation and amortization, and after adjustments for unconsolidated minority interests, on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries.

-10-

“GAAP” shall mean generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, consistently applied and as in effect on the date of this Agreement.

“Granting Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.4(f) hereof.

“Guaranty”, as applied to an obligation, shall mean and include (a) a guaranty, direct or indirect, in any manner, of all or any part of such obligation, and (b) any agreement, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, the practical effect of which is to assure in any way the payment or performance (or payment of damages in the event of non-performance) of all or any part of such obligation, including, without limiting the foregoing, any reimbursement obligations as to amounts drawn down by beneficiaries of outstanding letters of credit or capital call requirements; provided, however, that the term “Guaranty” shall only include guarantees of Indebtedness.

“Hedge Agreements” shall mean, with respect to any Person, any agreements or other arrangements to which such Person is a party relating to any rate swap transaction, basis swap, forward rate transaction, interest rate cap transaction, interest rate floor transaction, interest rate collar transaction, currency swap transaction, cross-currency rate swap transaction, or any other similar transaction, including an option to enter into any of the foregoing or any combination of the foregoing.

“Incremental Commitment” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.14 hereof.

“Indebtedness” shall mean, with respect to any Person and without duplication:

(a) indebtedness for money borrowed of such Person and indebtedness of such Person evidenced by notes payable, bonds, debentures or other similar instruments or drafts accepted representing extensions of credit;

(b) all indebtedness of such Person upon which interest charges are customarily paid (other than trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business, but only if and so long as such accounts are payable on customary trade terms);

(d) all reimbursement obligations of such Person with respect to outstanding letters of credit;

(e) all indebtedness of such Person issued or assumed as full or partial payment for property or services (other than trade payables arising in the ordinary course of business, but only if and so long as such accounts are payable on customary trade terms);

(f) all net obligations of such Person under Hedge Agreements valued on a marked to market basis on the date of determination;

(g) all direct or indirect obligations of any other Person secured by any Lien to which any property or asset owned by such Person is subject, but only to the extent of the

-11-

higher of the fair market value or the book value of the property or asset subject to such Lien (if less than the amount of such obligation), if the obligation secured thereby shall not have been assumed; and

(h) Guaranties by such Person of any of the foregoing of any other Person;

provided, however, that the Capitalized Lease Obligations to TV Azteca described in the public filings of the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Agreement Date shall not be deemed to be, and shall be excluded from, Indebtedness.

“Indemnitee” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.5 hereof.

“Initial Issuing Banks” means the banks listed on the signature pages hereof as the Initial Issuing Banks.

“Interest Expense” shall mean, for any Person and for any period, all cash interest expense (including imputed interest with respect to Capitalized Lease Obligations and commitment fees) with respect to any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, the Obligations) and Attributable Debt of such Person during such period pursuant to the terms of such Indebtedness.

“Interest Period” shall mean (a) in connection with any Base Rate Advance, the period beginning on the date such Advance is made as or Converted to a Base Rate Advance and ending on the last day of the fiscal quarter in which such Advance is made as or Converted to a Base Rate Advance; provided, however, that if a Base Rate Advance is made or Converted on the last day of any fiscal quarter, it shall have an Interest Period ending on, and its Payment Date shall be, the last day of the following fiscal quarter, and (b) in connection with any LIBOR Advance, the term of such Advance selected by the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower or otherwise determined in accordance with this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, however, (i) any applicable Interest Period which would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day shall be extended to the next Business Day unless, with respect to LIBOR Advances only, such Business Day falls in another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding Business Day, (ii) any applicable Interest Period, with respect to LIBOR Advances only, which begins on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month during which such Interest Period is to end shall (subject to clause (i) above) end on the last day of such calendar month, and (iii) neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Borrower shall select an Interest Period which extends beyond the Maturity Date or such earlier date as would interfere with any Borrower’s repayment obligations under Section 2.6 hereof. Interest shall be due and payable with respect to any Advance as provided in Section 2.3 hereof.

“Interest Rate Basis” shall mean the Base Rate Basis or the LIBOR Basis, as appropriate.

“Investment” shall mean any investment or loan by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in or to any Person which Person, after giving effect to such investment or loan, is not consolidated with the Company and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP.

-12-

“ISP” shall mean, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the “International Standby Practices 1998” published by the Institute of International Banking Law & Practice, Inc. (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance).

“Issuer Documents” means with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Letter of Credit Application, and any other document, agreement and instrument entered into by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Company (or any Subsidiary) or in favor of the applicable Issuing Bank and relating to such Letter of Credit.

“Issuing Banks” shall mean each Initial Issuing Bank, each Lender with an outstanding Letter of Credit listed on Schedule 2, and any other Lender approved as a Issuing Bank by the Administrative Agent and the Company and any assignee to which a L/C Commitment hereunder has been assigned pursuant to Section 12.4 so long as each such Lender or such assignee expressly agrees to perform in accordance with their terms all of the obligations that by the terms of this Agreement are required to be performed by it as an Issuing Bank and notifies the Administrative Agent of its applicable lending office and the amount of its L/C Commitment (which information shall be recorded by the Administrative Agent in the Register), for so long as such Initial Issuing Bank, Lender or assignee, as the case may be, shall have a L/C Commitment.

“January 2012 Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.10 hereof.

“June 2012 Agreement” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 5.10 hereof.

“known to the Company”, “to the knowledge of the Company” or any similar phrase, shall mean known by or reasonably should have been known by the executive officers of the Company (which shall include, without limitation, the chief executive officer, the chief operating officer, if any, the chief financial officer and the general counsel of the Company).

“L/C Advance” means an extension of credit resulting from a drawing under any Letter of Credit which has not been reimbursed on the date when made or refinanced as Revolving Loans.

“L/C Commitment” shall mean, with respect to any Issuing Bank at any time, the amount set forth opposite such Issuing Bank’s name on Schedule 1 hereto under the caption “L/C Commitment” or set forth for such Issuing Bank in the Register maintained by the Administrative Agent pursuant to Section 12.4(c) as such Issuing Bank’s “L/C Commitment,” as such amount may be reduced at or prior to such time pursuant to Section 2.5, or such other amount as may be approved by the Administrative Agent and the Company.

“L/C Loan” means, with respect to each Lender, such Lender’s funding of its participation in any L/C Advance in accordance with its Commitment Ratio.

“L/C Credit Extension” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the issuance thereof or extension of the expiry date thereof, or the increase of the amount thereof.

“L/C Obligations” means, as at any date of determination, the aggregate amount available to be drawn under all outstanding Letters of Credit plus the aggregate of all Unreimbursed

-13-

Amounts, including all L/C Advances. For purposes of computing the amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.5. For all purposes of this Agreement, if on any date of determination a Letter of Credit has expired by its terms but any amount may still be drawn thereunder by reason of the operation of Rule 3.14 of the ISP, such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be “outstanding” in the amount so remaining available to be drawn.

“Lenders” shall mean the Persons whose names appear as “Lenders” on the signature pages hereof, any other Person which becomes a “Lender” hereunder after the Agreement Date by executing an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto in accordance with the provisions hereof, any New Lender and, unless the context requires otherwise, the Swingline Lender; and “Lender” shall mean any one of the foregoing Lenders.

“Letter of Credit Application” means an application and agreement for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit in the form from time to time in use by the applicable Issuing Bank.

“Letter of Credit Expiration Date” means the day that is seven (7) days prior to the scheduled Maturity Date (or, if such day is not a Business Day, the next preceding Business Day).

“Letter of Credit Fee” has the meaning specified in Section 2.4(b)(ii).

“Letter of Credit Sublimit” shall mean, at any time, an amount equal to $200,000,000. The Letter of Credit Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Loan Commitments.

“Letters of Credit” shall mean, collectively, each Standby Letter of Credit or Commercial Letter of Credit issued by the Issuing Banks on behalf of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in accordance with the terms hereof; provided that any Commercial Letter of Credit issued hereunder shall provide solely for cash payment upon presentation of a sight draft.

“LIBOR Advance” shall mean an Advance which the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower requests to be made as, Converted to or Continued as a LIBOR Advance in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.2 hereof, and which shall be in a principal amount of at least the Dollar Equivalent of $5,000,000.00 and in an integral multiple of the Dollar Equivalent of $1,000,000.00. Revolving Loans made as a LIBOR Advances may be denominated in Dollars or an Alternative Currency. All Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency must be made as LIBOR Advances.

“LIBOR Basis” shall mean a simple per annum interest rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to the nearest one-hundredth (1/100th) of one percent (1%)) equal to the sum of (a) the quotient of (i) the Eurocurrency Rate divided by (ii) one (1) minus the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage, if any, stated as a decimal, plus (b) the Applicable Margin. The LIBOR Basis shall apply to Interest Periods of one (1), two (2), three (3), or six (6) months, and, once determined, shall remain unchanged during the applicable Interest Period, except for changes to reflect adjustments in the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage and the Applicable Margin as adjusted

-14-

pursuant to Section 2.3(f) hereof. The LIBOR Basis for any LIBOR Advance shall be adjusted as of the effective date of any change in the Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage.

“Licenses” shall mean, collectively, any telephone, microwave, radio transmissions, personal communications or other license, authorization, certificate of compliance, franchise, approval or permit, whether for the construction, the ownership or the operation of any communications tower facilities, granted or issued by the FCC and held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

“Lien” shall mean, with respect to any property, any mortgage, lien, pledge, charge, security interest, title retention agreement or other encumbrance of any kind in respect of such property.

“Loan Documents” shall mean, collectively, this Agreement, the Notes, all fee letters, all Designation Agreements, Requests for Advance, all Requests for Issuance of Letters of Credit, all Letters of Credit and all other certificates, documents, instruments and agreements executed or delivered by the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower in connection with or contemplated by this Agreement.

“Loans” shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Loans, the L/C Loans and the Swingline Loans.

“London Banking Day” means any day on which dealings are conducted by and between banks in the London interbank Eurocurrency market.

“Majority Lenders” shall mean Lenders the total of whose Revolving Loan Commitments at such time (or, after the termination thereof, the Dollar Equivalent of the Revolving Loans of such Lenders then outstanding and such Lenders’ Commitment Ratios of the Swingline Loans then outstanding and the Dollar Equivalent of the L/C Obligations then outstanding) exceeds fifty percent (50%) of the Revolving Loan Commitments of all Lenders in effect at such time (or, after the termination thereof, the Dollar Equivalent of the Revolving Loans of all Lenders then outstanding, the Swingline Loans then outstanding and the L/C Obligations then outstanding), in each case, held by all Lenders entitled to vote hereunder; provided that the Revolving Loan Commitment of, and the portion of the Dollar Equivalent of the Revolving Loans then outstanding held or deemed held by any Defaulting Lender, and any Defaulting Lender’s Commitment Ratio of the Swingline Loans then outstanding and the Dollar Equivalent of the L/C Obligations then outstanding shall be excluded for purposes of making a determination of Majority Lenders.

“Material Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Company whose Adjusted EBITDA, as of the last day of any fiscal year, is greater than ten percent (10%) of the Adjusted EBITDA of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date.

“Material Subsidiary Group” shall mean one or more Subsidiaries of the Company when taken as a whole whose Adjusted EBITDA, as of the last day of any fiscal year, is greater than ten percent (10%) of the Adjusted EBITDA of the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of such date.

-15-

“Materially Adverse Effect” shall mean (a) any material adverse effect upon the business, assets, liabilities, financial condition or results of operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (b) a material adverse effect upon any material rights or benefits of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Administrative Agent under the Loan Documents.

“Maturity Date” shall mean June 28, 2018, or such earlier date as payment of the Loans shall be due (whether by acceleration, reduction of the Commitments to zero or otherwise).

“Moody’s” shall mean Moody’s Investor’s Service, Inc., and its successors.

“Necessary Authorizations” shall mean all approvals and licenses from, and all filings and registrations with, any governmental or other regulatory authority, including, without limiting the foregoing, the Licenses and all approvals, licenses, filings and registrations under the Communications Act, necessary in order to enable the Company and its Subsidiaries to own, construct, maintain, and operate communications tower facilities and to invest in other Persons who own, construct, maintain, manage and operate communications tower facilities.

“Net Income” shall mean, for any Person and for any period of determination, net income of such Person determined in accordance with GAAP.

“New Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.14 hereof.

“Non-Consenting Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.12(c) hereof.

“Non-Excluded Taxes” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.3(b) hereof.

“Non-Extending Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 2.18(b) hereof.

“Non-U.S. Person” shall mean a Person who is not a U.S. Person.

“Notes” shall mean, collectively, the Revolving Loan Notes.

“Obligations” shall mean all payment and performance obligations of every kind, nature and description of the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks or the Administrative Agent, or any of them, under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any interest, fees and other charges on the Loans or otherwise under the Loan Documents that would accrue but for the filing of a bankruptcy action with respect to any Borrower, whether or not such claim is allowed in such bankruptcy action and the L/C Obligations), as they may be amended from time to time, or as a result of making the Loans or issuing Letters of Credit, whether such obligations are direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, due or not due, contractual or based in tort, liquidated or unliquidated, arising by operation of law or otherwise, now existing or hereafter arising.

“OFAC” means the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control.

-16-

“Outstanding Amount” means (i) with respect to Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans on any date, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount thereof after giving effect to any borrowings and prepayments or repayments of Revolving Loans and Swingline Loans occurring on such date; and (ii) with respect to any L/C Obligations on any date, the amount of such L/C Obligations on such date after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension occurring on such date and any other changes in the aggregate amount of the L/C Obligations as of such date, including as a result of any reimbursements by the Company of Unreimbursed Amounts.

“Ownership Interests” shall mean, as applied to any Person, corporate stock and any and all securities, shares, partnership interests (whether general, limited, special or other), limited liability company interests, membership interests, equity interests, participations, rights or other equivalents (however designated and of any character) of corporate stock of such Person or any of the foregoing issued by such Person (whether a corporation, a partnership, a limited liability company or another type of entity) and includes, without limitation, securities convertible into Ownership Interests and rights, warrants or options to acquire Ownership Interests.

“Participating Member State” shall mean each state so described in any EMU Legislation.

“Payment Date” shall mean the last day of any Interest Period.

“PBGC” shall mean the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation, or any successor thereto.

“Permitted Liens” shall mean, collectively, as applied to any Person:

(a) (i) Liens on real estate or other property for taxes, assessments, governmental charges or levies not yet delinquent and (ii) Liens for taxes, assessments, judgments, governmental charges or levies or claims the non-payment of which is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves have been set aside on such Person’s books in accordance with GAAP;

(b) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of the Company’s business (i) for sums not yet due or being diligently contested in good faith, or (ii) incidental to the ownership of its assets that, in each case, were not incurred in connection with the borrowing of money, such as Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, vendors (solely to the extent arising by operation of law), laborers and materialmen, in each case, if reserves in accordance with GAAP or appropriate provisions shall have been made therefor;

(c) Liens incurred in the ordinary course of business in connection with worker’s compensation and unemployment insurance, social security obligations, assessments or government charges which are not overdue for more than sixty (60) days;

(d) restrictions on the transfer of the Licenses or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries imposed by any of the Licenses by the Communications Act and any regulations thereunder;

-17-

(e) easements, rights-of-way, zoning restrictions, licenses, reservations or restrictions on use and other similar encumbrances on the use of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of such Person or the use of such property in the operation of the business by such Person;

(f) Liens arising by operation of law in favor of purchasers in connection with any asset sale permitted hereunder; provided, however, that such Lien only encumbers the property being sold;

(g) Liens in respect of Capitalized Lease Obligations, so long as such Liens only attach to the assets leased thereunder, and Liens reflected by Uniform Commercial Code financing statements filed in respect of true leases or subleases of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(h) Liens to secure performance of statutory obligations, surety or appeal bonds, performance bonds, bids or tenders;

(i) judgment Liens which do not result in an Event of Default under Section 8.1(h) hereof;

(j) Liens in connection with escrow or security deposits made in connection with Acquisitions permitted hereunder;

(k) Liens created on any Ownership Interests of Subsidiaries of the Company that are not Material Subsidiaries held by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that such Lien is not securing Indebtedness of the Company or any of its Domestic Subsidiaries;

(l) Liens in favor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(m) banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that such deposit account is not (i) a dedicated cash collateral account and is not subject to restrictions against access in excess of those set forth by regulations promulgated by the Federal Reserve Board or other Applicable Law; and (ii) intended to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

(n) licenses, sublicenses, leases or subleases granted by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any other Person in the ordinary course of business;

(o) Liens in the nature of trustees’ Liens granted pursuant to any indenture governing any Indebtedness permitted hereunder, in each case in favor of the trustee under such indenture and securing only obligations to pay compensation to such trustee, to reimburse its expenses and to indemnify it under the terms thereof;

(p) Liens on property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries at the time the Company or such Subsidiary acquired the property, including acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or such Subsidiary, or an acquisition of assets;

-18-

provided that such Liens (i) are not created, incurred or assumed in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition and (ii) may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or such Subsidiary;

(q) Liens on property or assets of any Foreign Subsidiary securing the Indebtedness of such Foreign Subsidiary; and

(r) Liens securing obligations under Hedge Agreements in an aggregate amount of such obligations not to exceed $100,000,000 at any time outstanding.

“Person” shall mean an individual, corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership, joint venture, trust or estate, an unincorporated organization, a government or any agency or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

“Plan” shall mean an employee benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA or any other employee benefit plan maintained for employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or ERISA Affiliates.

“Platform” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 6.6 hereof.

“Proposed Change” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.12(c) hereof.

“Register” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.4(c) hereof.

“REIT” shall mean a “real estate investment trust” as defined and taxed under Section 856-860 of the Code.

“Related Parties” means, with respect to any Person, such Person’s Affiliates and the partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such Person’s Affiliates.

“Replacement Lender” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 10.5 hereof.

“Request for Advance” shall mean a certificate designated as a “Request for Advance,” signed by an Authorized Signatory of the applicable Borrower requesting an Advance, Continuation or Conversion hereunder, which shall be in substantially the form of Exhibit A attached hereto.

“Restricted Payment” shall mean any direct or indirect distribution, dividend or other payment to any Person (other than to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) on account of any Ownership Interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (other than dividends payable solely in Ownership Interests of such Person or in warrants or other rights or options to acquire such Ownership Interests).

“Revaluation Date” shall mean (a) with respect to any Revolving Loan made as a LIBOR Advance, each of the following: (i) each date of a LIBOR Advance of such Revolving Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of a continuation of such LIBOR Advance of such Revolving Loan denominated in an Alternative Currency and (iii) such

-19-

additional dates as the Administrative Agent shall determine or the Majority Lenders shall reasonably require; and (b) with respect to any Letter of Credit, each of the following: (i) each date of issuance of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, (ii) each date of an amendment of any such Letter of Credit having the effect of increasing the amount thereof (solely with respect to the increased amount), (iii) each date of any payment by the relevant Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency and (iv) such additional dates as the Administrative Agent or the L/C Issuer shall determine or the Majority Lenders shall reasonably require.

“Revolving Loan Commitments” shall mean, as to each Lender its obligation to (a) make Revolving Loans to the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower pursuant to Section 2.1, (b) purchase participations in L/C Obligations, and (c) purchase participations in Swingline Loans, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount set forth (i) opposite such Lender’s name on Schedule 1, (ii) in the Assignment and Assumption pursuant to which such Lender becomes a party hereto, or (iii) opposite such New Lender’s name on the signature page executed by such New Lender, as applicable, as such amount may be adjusted from time to time in accordance with this Agreement. The aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments on the Agreement Date is $1,500,000,000.

“Revolving Loan Notes” shall mean, collectively, those certain revolving promissory notes in an aggregate original principal amount of up to the Revolving Loan Commitments, issued by the applicable Borrower to the Lenders having a Revolving Loan Commitment, each one substantially in the form of Exhibit C attached hereto, and any extensions, renewals or amendments to, or replacements of, the foregoing.

“Revolving Loan” and “Revolving Loans” shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in Section 2.1 hereof.

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” shall mean any arrangement, directly or indirectly, with any third party whereby the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall sell or transfer any property, real or personal, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, and whereby the Company or any of its Subsidiaries shall then or thereafter rent or lease as lessee such property or any part thereof or other property which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries intend to use for substantially the same purpose or purposes as the property sold or transferred, except for such arrangements for fair market value.

“Sanctioned Country” means a country that is subject to a sanctions program identified on the list maintained by OFAC and available at http://www.treas.gov/offices/enforcement/ofac/programs, or as otherwise published from time to time.

“Sanctions Laws and Regulations” means (i) any sanctions, prohibitions or requirements imposed by any executive order (an “Executive Order”) or by any sanctions program administered by the U.S. Department of the Treasury Office of Foreign Assets Control that apply to a Borrower; and (ii) any sanctions measures imposed by the United Nations Security Council, European Union or the United Kingdom that apply to a Borrower.

-20-

“Senior Secured Debt” shall mean, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of any date, the aggregate amount of secured Indebtedness plus Attributable Debt of such Persons as of such date (including, without limitation, Indebtedness under the SpectraSite ABS Facility and Indebtedness under any additional ABS Facilities entered into in accordance with Section 7.1(h) hereof).

“SPC” shall have the meaning ascribed thereto in Section 12.4(f) hereof.

“Special Notice Currency” means at any time an Alternative Currency, other than the currency of a country that is a member of the Organization for Economic Cooperation and Development at such time located in North America or Europe.

“SpectraSite ABS Facility” shall mean that certain mortgage loan more fully described in the Offering Memorandum dated March 6, 2013 regarding the $1,800,000,000 Secured Tower Revenue Securities, Series 2013-1A and Series 2013-2A.

“Spot Rate” for a currency shall mean the rate determined by the Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuing Bank, as applicable, to be the rate quoted by the Person acting in such capacity as the spot rate for the purchase by such Person of such currency with another currency through its principal foreign exchange trading office at approximately 11:00 a.m. on the date two (2) Business Days prior to the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made; provided that the Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuing Bank may obtain such spot rate from another financial institution designated by the Administrative Agent or the Issuing Bank if the Person acting in such capacity does not have as of the date of determination a spot buying rate for any such currency; and provided, further, that the relevant Issuing Bank may use such spot rate quoted on the date as of which the foreign exchange computation is made in the case of any Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency.

“Standard and Poor’s” shall mean Standard and Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, LLC, and its successors.

“Standby Letter of Credit” shall mean a letter of credit issued by an Issuing Bank in accordance with the terms hereof to support obligations of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries incurred in the ordinary course of business, and which is not a Commercial Letter of Credit.

“Sterling”, “GBP” and “£” shall mean the lawful currency of the United Kingdom.

“Subsidiary” shall mean, as applied to any Person, (a) any corporation, partnership or other entity of which no less than a majority of the Ownership Interests having ordinary voting power to elect a majority of its board of directors or other persons performing similar functions or such corporation, partnership or other entity, whether or not at the time any Ownership Interests of any other class or classes of such corporation, partnership or other entity shall or might have voting power by reason of the happening of any contingency, is at the time owned directly or indirectly by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; provided, however, that if such Person and/or such Person’s Subsidiaries directly or indirectly own less than a majority of such Subsidiary’s Ownership Interests, then such Subsidiary’s operating or governing documents

-21-

must require (i) such Subsidiary’s net cash after the establishment of reserves be distributed to its equity holders no less frequently than quarterly and (ii) the consent of such Person and/or such Person’s Subsidiaries to amend or otherwise modify the provisions of such operating or governing documents requiring such distributions, or (b) any other entity which is directly or indirectly controlled or capable of being controlled by such Person, or by one or more Subsidiaries of such Person, or by such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be a Subsidiary of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for the purposes of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.

“Subsidiary Borrower” shall mean any Subsidiary that becomes a party hereto pursuant to Section 12.6(a) until such time as such Subsidiary Borrower is removed as a party hereto pursuant to Section 12.6(b).

“Swingline Advance” means an Advance of a Swingline Loan pursuant to Section 2.17.

“Swingline Lender” means Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC in its capacity as provider of Swingline Loans, or any successor swingline lender hereunder.

“Swingline Loan” has the meaning specified in Section 2.17(a).

“Swingline Loan Notice” means a notice of a Swingline Advance pursuant to Section 2.17(b), which, if in writing, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit G.

“Swingline Sublimit” means an amount equal to the lesser of (a) $50,000,000 and (b) the Revolving Loan Commitments. The Swingline Sublimit is part of, and not in addition to, the Revolving Loan Commitments.

“Syndication Agent” shall mean Barclays Bank PLC, Citibank, N.A., and Bank of America, N.A..

“TARGET Day” shall mean any day on which TARGET2 is open for business.

“TARGET2” shall mean the Trans-European Automated Real Time Gross Settlement Express transfer payment system which utilizes a single shared platform and which was launched on 19 November 2007.

“Taxes” shall have the meaning assigned thereto in Section 10.3(b).

“Toronto Dominion” shall mean Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC or any of its affiliates that is a bank.

“Total Debt” shall mean, for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of any date, the sum (without duplication) of (i) the outstanding principal amount of the Loans as of such date, (ii) the aggregate amount of Indebtedness plus Attributable Debt of such Persons as of such date, (iii) the aggregate amount of all Guaranties by such Persons of Indebtedness as of such date, and (iv) to the extent payable by the Company, an amount equal to the aggregate exposure of the Company under any Hedge Agreements permitted pursuant to Section 7.1

-22-

hereof, as calculated on a marked to market basis as of the last day of the fiscal quarter being tested or the last day of the most recently completed fiscal quarter, as applicable.

“TV Azteca” shall mean TV Azteca, S.A. de C.V., a sociedad anónima de capital variable organized under the laws of the United Mexican States.

“UCP” means, with respect to any Letter of Credit, the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits, International Chamber of Commerce (“ICC”) Publication No. 600 (or such later version thereof as may be in effect at the time of issuance of such Letter of Credit).

“U.S. Person” shall mean a citizen or resident of the United States of America, a corporation, partnership or other entity created or organized in or under any laws of the United States of America, or any estate or trust that is subject to Federal income taxation regardless of the source of its income.

“Unreimbursed Amount” has the meaning specified in Section 2.13(c)(i).

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” shall mean any Subsidiary of the Company that is hereafter designated by the Company as an Unrestricted Subsidiary by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; provided that (a) no Material Subsidiary shall be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary without the prior written consent of the Majority Lenders, (b) the aggregate Adjusted EBITDA of the Unrestricted Subsidiaries (without duplication) shall not exceed 20% of consolidated Adjusted EBITDA of the Company and its subsidiaries, and (c) no Subsidiary of the Company may be designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary after the occurrence and during the continuance of a Default or an Event of Default; provided further that the designation by the Company of a Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary may be revoked by the Company at any time by notice to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders so long as no Default would be caused thereby, from and after which time such Subsidiary will no longer be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“Yen” and “¥” shall mean the lawful currency of Japan.

Section 1.2 Interpretation. Except where otherwise specifically restricted, reference to a party to this Agreement or any other Loan Document includes that party and its successors and assigns. All capitalized terms used herein which are defined in Article 9 of the Uniform Commercial Code in effect in the State of New York or other applicable jurisdiction on the date hereof and which are not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meanings herein as set forth therein. Whenever any agreement, promissory note or other instrument or document is defined in this Agreement, such definition shall be deemed to mean and include, from and after the date of any amendment, restatement, supplement, confirmation or modification thereof, such agreement, promissory note or other instrument or document as so amended, restated, supplemented, confirmed or modified, unless stated to be as in effect on a particular date. All terms defined in this Agreement in the singular shall have comparable meanings when used in the plural and vice versa. The words “hereof,” “herein” and “hereunder” and words of similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement.

-23-

Section 1.3 Cross References. Unless otherwise specified, references in this Agreement and in each other Loan Document to any Article or Section are references to such Article or Section of this Agreement or such other Loan Document, as the case may be, and, unless otherwise specified, references in any Article, Section or definition to any clause are references to such clause in such Article, Section or definition.

Section 1.4 Accounting Provisions. Unless otherwise expressly provided herein, all references in this Agreement to GAAP as in effect on the date of this Agreement. All accounting terms used in this Agreement and not defined expressly, completely or specifically herein shall have the respective meanings given to them, and shall be construed, in accordance with GAAP. All financial data (including financial ratios and other financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in accordance with GAAP applied in a manner consistent with that used to prepare the most recent audited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries. All financial or accounting calculations or determinations required pursuant to this Agreement shall be made, and all references to the financial statements of the Company, Adjusted EBITDA, Senior Secured Debt, Total Debt, Interest Expense, Consolidated Total Assets and other such financial terms shall be deemed to refer to such items, unless otherwise expressly provided herein, on a consolidated basis for the Company and its Subsidiaries.

Section 1.5 Letter of Credit Amounts. Unless otherwise specified herein, the amount of a Letter of Credit at any time shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the stated amount of such Letter of Credit in effect at such time; provided, however, that with respect to any Letter of Credit that, by its terms or the terms of any Issuer Document related thereto, provides for one or more automatic increases in the stated amount thereof, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be the Dollar Equivalent of the maximum stated amount of such Letter of Credit after giving effect to all such increases, whether or not such maximum stated amount is in effect at such time.

Section 1.6 Exchange Rates; Currency Equivalents.

(a) The Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuing Bank, as applicable, shall determine the Spot Rates as of each Revaluation Date to be used for calculating Dollar Equivalent amounts of Credit Extensions and Outstanding Amounts denominated in Alternative Currencies and shall promptly provide notice thereof to the Company. Such Spot Rates shall become effective as of such Revaluation Date and shall be the Spot Rates employed in converting any amounts between the applicable currencies until the next Revaluation Date to occur. Except for purposes of financial statements delivered by the Company hereunder or calculating financial covenants hereunder or except as otherwise provided herein, the applicable amount of any currency (other than Dollars) for purposes of the Loan Documents shall be such Dollar Equivalent amount as so determined by the Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuing Bank, as applicable.

(b) Wherever in this Agreement in connection with an LIBOR Advance, conversion, continuation or prepayment of Revolving Loan made as a LIBOR Advance or the issuance, amendment or extension of a Letter of Credit, an amount, such as a required minimum or multiple amount, is expressed in Dollars, but such Revolving Loan made as a LIBOR Advance

-24-

or Letter of Credit is denominated in an Alternative Currency, such amount shall be the relevant Alternative Currency Equivalent of such Dollar amount (rounded to the nearest unit of such Alternative Currency, with 0.5 of a unit being rounded upward), as determined by the Administrative Agent or the relevant Issuing Bank, as the case may be.

Section 1.7 Additional Alternative Currencies.

(a) The Company or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower, as the case may be, may from time to time request that LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans be made and/or Letters of Credit be issued in a currency other than those specifically listed in the definition of “Alternative Currency”; provided that such requested currency is a lawful currency (other than Dollars) that is readily available and freely transferable and convertible into Dollars. In the case of any such request with respect to the making of LIBOR Advances, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders; and in the case of any such request with respect to the issuance of Letters of Credit, such request shall be subject to the approval of the Administrative Agent and the relevant Issuing Bank.

(b) Any such request shall be made to the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m., ten (10) Business Days prior to the date of the desired Credit Extension (or such other time or date as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent and, in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the relevant Issuing Bank, in its or their sole discretion). In the case of any such request pertaining to LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender thereof; and in the case of any such request pertaining to Letters of Credit, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify the relevant Issuing Bank thereof. Each Lender (in the case of any such request pertaining to LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans) or the relevant Issuing Bank (in the case of a request pertaining to Letters of Credit) shall notify the Administrative Agent, not later than 11:00 a.m., five (5) Business Days after receipt of such request whether it consents, in its sole discretion, to the making of LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans or the issuance of Letters of Credit, as the case may be, in such requested currency.

(c) Any failure by a Lender or any Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to respond to such request within the time period specified in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be a refusal by such Lender or such Issuing Bank, as the case may be, to permit LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans to be made or Letters of Credit to be issued in such requested currency. If the Administrative Agent and all the Lenders consent to making LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the relevant Borrower and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans; and if the Administrative Agent and the relevant Issuing Bank consent to the issuance of Letters of Credit in such requested currency, the Administrative Agent shall so notify the Company and such currency shall thereupon be deemed for all purposes to be an Alternative Currency hereunder for purposes of any Letter of Credit issuances by such Issuing Bank. If the Administrative Agent shall fail to obtain consent to any request for an additional currency under this Section 1.7, the Administrative Agent shall promptly so notify the relevant Borrower.

-25-

ARTICLE 2 - LOANS

Section 2.1 The Revolving Loans. The Lenders agree severally, and not jointly, upon the terms and subject to the conditions of this Agreement, to make Loans (each such Loan, a “Revolving Loan” and, collectively, the “Revolving Loans”) to the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower in Dollars or in one or more Alternative Currencies from time to time prior to the Maturity Date in an aggregate Dollar Equivalent amount not to exceed, (i) in the aggregate at any one time outstanding, the Revolving Loan Commitments of all Lenders and, (ii) individually, such Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitment as in effect from time to time minus such Lender’s Commitment Ratio of the Swingline Loans and the Dollar Equivalent of the L/C Obligations then outstanding; provided, however, that neither the Company nor any Subsidiary Borrower may request (and the Lenders shall have no obligation to make) (x) an Advance under this Section 2.1 in excess of the Available Revolving Loan Commitment on such date or (y) an Advance denominated in any Alternative Currency to the extent that, after giving effect thereto, the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances and the outstanding amount of Letters of Credit, in each case denominated in any Alternative Currency, exceeds $1,000,000,000.

Section 2.2 Manner of Advance and Disbursement.

(a) Choice of Interest Rate, Etc. Any Advance hereunder denominated in Dollars shall, at the option of the relevant Borrower, be made as a Base Rate Advance or a LIBOR Advance and any Advance hereunder denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made as a LIBOR Advance; provided, however, that, in each case, at such time as there shall have occurred and be continuing a Default hereunder, no Borrower shall have the right to (i) in the case of Advances of Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars, receive or Continue a LIBOR Advance or to Convert a Base Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance or (ii) in the case of Advances of Revolving Loans denominated in Alternative Currencies, receive or Continue a LIBOR Advance, if the Majority Lenders so notify the relevant Borrower, and the Majority Lenders may demand that any or all of the then outstanding LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternate Currency be prepaid, or redenominated into Dollars in the Dollar Equivalent thereof, on the last day of the then current Interest Period with respect thereto. Any notice given to the Administrative Agent in connection with a requested LIBOR Advance hereunder shall be given to the Administrative Agent prior to 11:00 a.m. (New York, New York time) in order for such Business Day to count toward the minimum number of Business Days required. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, (i) a Swingline Loan may not be converted to a LIBOR Advance and (ii) the borrowing procedures with respect to Swingline Loans shall be governed by Section 2.17.

(b) Base Rate Advances.

(i) Advances. The relevant Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent in the case of Base Rate Advances irrevocable prior telephonic notice followed immediately by a Request for Advance by 9:00 A.M. (New York, New York time) on the date of such proposed Base Rate Advance; provided, however, that the relevant Borrower’s failure to confirm any telephonic notice with a Request for Advance shall not invalidate any notice so given if acted upon by the Administrative Agent. Upon

-26-

receipt of such notice from the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender by telephone, followed promptly by written notice or telecopy of the contents thereof.

(ii) Conversions. The relevant Borrower may, without regard to the applicable Payment Date and upon at least three (3) Business Days’ irrevocable prior telephonic notice followed by a Request for Advance, Convert all or a portion of the principal of a Base Rate Advance to a LIBOR Advance. On the date indicated by the relevant Borrower, such Base Rate Advance shall be so Converted. The failure to give timely notice hereunder with respect to the Payment Date of any Base Rate Advance shall be considered a request to Continue such a Base Rate Advance as a Base Rate Advance for a subsequent Interest Period.

(c) LIBOR Advances. Upon request, the Administrative Agent, whose determination in absence of manifest error shall be conclusive, shall determine the available LIBOR Basis and shall notify the relevant Borrower of such LIBOR Basis to apply for the applicable LIBOR Advance.

(i) Advances. The relevant Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent (A) in the case of LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars at least three (3) Business Days’ irrevocable prior telephonic notice followed immediately by a Request for Advance, (B) in the case of LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency at least four (4) Business Days (or five (5) Business Days in the case of a Special Notice Currency) irrevocable prior telephonic notice followed immediately by a Request for Advance or (C) in the case of LIBOR Advances of Revolving Loans denominated in Canadian Dollars or Australian Dollars at least five (5) Business Days’ irrevocable prior telephonic notice followed immediately by a Request for Advance; provided, however, that, in each case, the relevant Borrower’s failure to confirm any telephonic notice with a Request for Advance shall not invalidate any notice so given if acted upon by the Administrative Agent. Upon receipt of such notice from the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender by telephone or telecopy of the contents thereof.

(ii) Conversions and Continuations. At least three (3) Business Days prior to the Payment Date for each LIBOR Advance of Revolving Loans denominated in Dollars and at least four (4) Business Days prior to the Payment Date for each LIBOR Advance of Revolving Loans denominated in an Alternative Currency, the relevant Borrower shall give the Administrative Agent telephonic notice followed by written notice specifying whether all or a portion of such LIBOR Advance (A) is to be Continued in whole or in part as one or more LIBOR Advances, (B) is to be Converted in whole or in part to a Base Rate Advance, or (C) is to be repaid. If the relevant Borrower fails to give such notice, such Advance shall automatically be Continued on its Payment Date as a LIBOR Advance with an Interest Period of one month. Upon such Payment Date such LIBOR Advance will, subject to the provisions hereof, be so Continued, Converted or repaid, as applicable. No LIBOR Advance of Revolving Loans may be Continued as or Converted into a LIBOR Advance of Revolving Loans denominated in a different currency, but instead must be prepaid or repaid in the original currency of such

-27-

LIBOR Advance of Revolving Loans and may thereafter be reborrowed in the other currency.

(d) Notification of Lenders. Upon receipt of irrevocable prior telephonic notice in accordance with Section 2.2(b) or (c) hereof or a Request for Advance, or a notice of Conversion or Continuation from the relevant Borrower with respect to any outstanding Advance prior to the Payment Date for such Advance, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender having the applicable Commitment by telephone, followed promptly by written notice or telecopy, of the contents thereof and the amount (and currency) of such Lender’s portion of the Advance. Each Lender having the applicable Commitment shall, not later than 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) on the date of borrowing specified in such notice, make available to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, or at such account as the Administrative Agent shall designate, the amount of its portion of any Advance that represents an additional borrowing hereunder in immediately available funds in the applicable currency.

(e) Disbursement.

(i) Prior to 2:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the date of an Advance hereunder, the Administrative Agent shall, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth in Article 3 hereof, disburse the amounts made available to the Administrative Agent by the Lenders in like funds by (A) transferring the amounts so made available by wire transfer pursuant to the relevant Borrower’s instructions, or (B) in the absence of such instructions, crediting the amounts so made available to the account of the relevant Borrower maintained with the Administrative Agent.

(ii) Unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice from a Lender having an applicable Commitment prior to 12:00 noon (New York, New York time) on the date of any Advance that such Lender will not make available to the Administrative Agent such Lender’s ratable portion of such Advance, the Administrative Agent may assume that such Lender has made or will make such portion available to the Administrative Agent on the date of such Advance and the Administrative Agent may in its sole discretion and in reliance upon such assumption, make available to the requesting Borrower on such date a corresponding amount. If and to the extent an applicable Lender does not make such ratable portion available to the Administrative Agent, such Lender agrees to repay to the Administrative Agent on demand such corresponding amount together with interest thereon, for each day from the date such amount is made available to the requesting Borrower until the date such amount is repaid to the Administrative Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate reasonably determined by the Administrative Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Administrative Agent in connection with the foregoing.

(iii) If such Lender shall repay to the Administrative Agent such corresponding amount, such amount so repaid shall constitute such Lender’s portion of the applicable Advance for purposes of this Agreement. If such Lender does not repay such corresponding amount immediately upon the Administrative Agent’s demand

-28-

therefor and the Administrative Agent has made such corresponding amount available to the relevant Borrower, the Administrative Agent shall notify the relevant Borrower, and the relevant Borrower shall immediately pay such corresponding amount to the Administrative Agent, with interest at (A) the Federal Funds Rate in the case of Advances denominated in Dollars or (B) the cost of funds incurred by the Administrative Agent in respect of such amount in the case of Advances denominated in Alternative Currencies, in each case from the date the Administrative Agent made such amount available to the relevant Borrower. The relevant Borrower shall not be obligated to pay, and such amount shall not accrue, any interest or fees on such amount other than as provided in the immediately preceding sentence. The failure of any Lender to fund its portion of any Advance shall not relieve any other Lender of its obligation, if any, hereunder to fund its respective portion of the Advance on the date of such borrowing, but no Lender shall be responsible for any such failure of any other Lender.

Section 2.3 Interest.

(a) On Base Rate Advances. Interest on each Base Rate Advance, including Swingline Loans, computed pursuant to clause (b) of the definition of Base Rate, shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365/366 days and interest on each Base Rate Advance, including Swinline Loans, computed pursuant to clause (a) of the definition of Base Rate shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year, in each case for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable at the Base Rate Basis for such Advance, in arrears on the applicable Payment Date. Interest on Base Rate Advances then outstanding shall also be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

(b) On LIBOR Advances. Interest on each LIBOR Advance shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year (or, in each case of Advances denominated in Alternative Currencies where market practice differs, in accordance with market practice) for the actual number of days elapsed and shall be payable at the LIBOR Basis for such Advance, in arrears on the applicable Payment Date, and, in addition, if the Interest Period for a LIBOR Advance exceeds three (3) months, interest on such LIBOR Advance shall also be due and payable in arrears on every three (3) month anniversary of the beginning of such Interest Period. Interest on LIBOR Advances then outstanding shall also be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

(d) Interest Upon Event of Default. Immediately upon the occurrence of an Event of Default under Section 8.1(b), (f) or (g) hereunder and following a request from the Majority Lenders upon the occurrence of any other Event of Default hereunder, the outstanding principal balance of the Loans shall bear interest at the Default Rate. Such interest shall be payable on demand by the Majority Lenders and shall accrue until the earlier of (i) waiver or cure of the applicable Event of Default, (ii) agreement by the Majority Lenders (or, if applicable to the underlying Event of Default, the Lenders) to rescind the charging of interest at the Default Rate or (iii) payment in full of the Obligations.

-29-

(e) LIBOR Contracts. At no time may the number of outstanding LIBOR Advances hereunder exceed ten (10).

(f) Applicable Margin.

(i) With respect to any Loans, the Applicable Margin shall be a percentage per annum determined by reference to the Applicable Debt Rating (as such Applicable Debt Rating is determined pursuant to Section 2.3(f)(ii)) in effect on such date as set forth below:


	Applicable Debt Rating	LIBOR Advance Applicable Margin			Base Rate Advance Applicable Margin
A.	> BBB+ or Baa1		1.125	%		0.125	%
B.	BBB or Baa2		1.250	%		0.250	%
C.	BBB- or Baa3		1.375	%		0.375	%
D.	BB+ or Ba1		1.625	%		0.625	%
E.	< BB or Ba2		2.000	%		1.000	%

(ii) Changes in Applicable Margin; Determination of Debt Rating. Changes to the Applicable Margin shall be effective as of the next Business Day after the day on which the Debt Rating changes. Any change to any Debt Rating established by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch shall be effective as of the date on which such change is first announced publicly by the applicable rating agency making such change and on and after that day the changed Debt Rating shall be the Debt Rating of such rating agency for purposes of this Agreement. If none of Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch shall have in effect a Debt Rating, the Applicable Margin shall be set in accordance with part E of the table set forth in Section 2.3(f)(i). If Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch shall change the basis on which ratings are established, each reference to the Debt Rating announced by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be, shall refer to the then equivalent rating by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be.

Section 2.4 Commitment and Letter of Credit Fees.

(a) Commitment Fees.

(i) Subject to Section 2.16(a)(iii), the Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of each of the Lenders having a Revolving Loan Commitment in accordance with such Lender’s applicable Commitment Ratio, a commitment fee, in Dollars, on the unused portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment of such Lender (and any portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment of a Lender corresponding to the Dollar Equivalent amount of an outstanding Letter of Credit (whether drawn or not) shall be deemed used) for each day from the Agreement Date through and including the Maturity Date at the applicable rate set forth below, based upon the Applicable Debt Rating (as such Applicable Debt Rating is determined pursuant to Section 2.4(a)(ii)) in effect on such date as set forth below:

-30-


	Applicable Debt Rating	Rate per Annum
A.	> BBB+ or Baa1		0.125	%
B.	BBB or Baa2		0.150	%
C.	BBB- or Baa3		0.200	%
D.	BB+ or Ba1		0.300	%
E.	< BB or Ba2		0.400	%

Such commitment fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for the actual number of days elapsed, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the third Business Day after the end of each fiscal quarter commencing June 30, 2013, and shall be fully earned when due and non-refundable when paid. A final payment of any commitment fee then payable with respect to the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date. For the avoidance of doubt, the Outstanding Amount of Swingline Loans shall not be counted towards or considered usage of the Revolving Loan Commitment for purposes of calculating the commitment fee.

(ii) Changes in Commitment Fee; Determination of Debt Rating. Changes to the commitment fee shall be effective as of the next Business Day after the day on which the Debt Rating changes. Any change to any Debt Rating established by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch shall be effective as of the date on which such change is first announced publicly by the applicable rating agency making such change and on and after that day the changed Debt Rating for such rating agency shall be the Debt Rating of such rating agency for purposes of this Agreement. If none of Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch shall have in effect a Debt Rating, the Commitment Fee shall be set in accordance with part E of the table set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i). If Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch shall change the basis on which ratings are established, each reference to the Debt Rating announced by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be, shall refer to the then equivalent rating by Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s or Fitch, as the case may be.

(b) Letter of Credit Fees.

(i) The Company agrees to pay directly to the applicable Issuing Bank for its own account a fronting fee, in Dollars, with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank from the date of issuance through and including the expiration date of each such Letter of Credit at a rate agreed in writing between the Company and such Issuing Bank, which fee shall be computed on the daily amount available to be drawn under such Letter of Credit on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for the actual number of days elapsed, shall be payable quarterly in arrears on the third Business Day after the end of each fiscal quarter commencing June 30, 2013, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand (provided, that if such day is not a Business Day, such Letter of Credit fee shall be payable on the next Business Day), and shall be fully earned when due and non-refundable when paid. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount

-31-

of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.5. In addition, the Company shall pay directly to the applicable Issuing Bank for its own account the customary issuance, presentation, amendment and other processing fees, and other standard costs and charges, of such Issuing Bank relating to letters of credit as from time to time in effect. Such customary fees and standard costs and charges are due and payable on demand and are nonrefundable.

(ii) The Company agrees to pay to the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders having a Revolving Loan Commitment in accordance with their respective Commitment Ratios for the Revolving Loans (and the Administrative Agent shall promptly pay to the Lenders having a Revolving Loan Commitment), a fee (the “Letter of Credit Fee”), in Dollars, on the stated amount (reduced by the amount of any draws) of any outstanding Letters of Credit for each day from the date of issuance thereof through the expiration date for each such Letter of Credit at a rate equal to the Applicable Margin for LIBOR Advances under the Revolving Loan Commitments; provided, however, that (x) any Letter of Credit Fees otherwise payable for the account of a Defaulting Lender with respect to any Letter of Credit as to which such Defaulting Lender or the Company has not provided Cash Collateral reasonably satisfactory to the Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.15(a) shall be payable, to the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law, to the other Lenders in accordance with the upward adjustments in their respective Commitment Ratios allocable to such Letter of Credit pursuant to Section 2.16(a)(iv), with the balance of such fee, if any, payable to the applicable Issuing Bank for its own account and (y) no Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue or be payable under an outstanding Letter of Credit to the extent that the Company has provided Cash Collateral sufficient to eliminate the applicable Fronting Exposure of a Defaulting Lender. For purposes of computing the daily amount available to be drawn under any Letter of Credit, the amount of such Letter of Credit shall be determined in accordance with Section 1.5. Such Letter of Credit Fee shall be computed on the basis of a year of 365/366 days for the actual number of days elapsed, shall be payable quarterly in arrears for each quarter on the third Business Day after the end of each fiscal quarter commencing June 30, 2013, on the Letter of Credit Expiration Date and thereafter on demand, and shall be fully earned when due and non-refundable when paid. The Letter of Credit Fee set forth in this Section 2.4(b)(ii) shall be subject to increase and decrease on the dates and in the amounts set forth in Section 2.3(f)(i) hereof in the same manner as the adjustment of the Applicable Margin with respect to LIBOR Advances. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, upon the request of the Majority Lenders, while any Event of Default exists, all Letter of Credit Fees shall accrue at the Default Rate.

Section 2.5 Voluntary Commitment Reductions. The Company shall have the right, at any time and from time to time after the Agreement Date and prior to the Maturity Date, upon at least three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice to the Administrative Agent, without premium or penalty, to cancel or reduce permanently all or a portion of the Revolving Loan Commitments; provided, however, that any such partial reduction shall be made in an amount not less than $5,000,000.00 and in an integral multiple of $1,000,000.00. As of the date of cancellation or reduction set forth in such notice, the Revolving Loan Commitments shall be permanently reduced to the amount stated in such notice for all purposes herein, and the

-32-

Company and any relevant Subsidiary Borrower shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the applicable Lenders the amount necessary to reduce the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate principal amount of all Revolving Loans, all Swingline Loans and all L/C Obligations then outstanding under the Revolving Loan Commitments to not more than the amount of Revolving Loan Commitments as so reduced, together with accrued interest on the amount so prepaid and any commitment fees accrued through the date of the reduction with respect to the amount reduced.

Section 2.6 Prepayments and Repayments.

(a) Prepayment. (i) Optional. The principal amount of any Base Rate Advance, including any Swingline Loan, may be prepaid in full or ratably in part at any time, without premium or penalty and without regard to the Payment Date for such Advance. The principal amount of any LIBOR Advance may be prepaid in full or ratably in part, upon three (3) Business Days’ prior written notice (in the case of any LIBOR Advance denominated in Dollars) or upon four (4) Business Days (or five, in the case of prepayment of Loans denominated in Special Notice Currencies) prior written notice (in the case of any LIBOR Advance denominated in an Alternative Currency), or telephonic notice followed immediately by written notice, to the Administrative Agent, without premium or penalty; provided, however, that, to the extent prepaid prior to the applicable Payment Date for such LIBOR Advance, the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower shall reimburse the applicable Lenders, on the earlier of demand by the applicable Lender or the Maturity Date, for any loss or out-of-pocket expense incurred by any such Lender in connection with such prepayment, as set forth in Section 2.9 hereof; and provided further, however, that (i) the Company’s or any relevant Subsidiary Borrower’s failure to confirm any telephonic notice with a written notice shall not invalidate any notice so given if acted upon by the Administrative Agent and (ii) any notice of prepayment given hereunder may be revoked by the relevant Borrower at any time. Any prepayment hereunder shall be in amounts of not less than $2,000,000.00 and in an integral multiple of $1,000,000.00. Amounts prepaid pursuant to this Section 2.6(a), with respect to the Revolving Loans or Swingline Loans, shall be fully revolving and accordingly may be reborrowed, subject to the terms and conditions hereof. Amounts prepaid shall be paid together with accrued interest on the amount so prepaid.

(ii) Mandatory. (x) If, on any date, the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that, on any interest payment date, the sum of (A) the aggregate principal amount of all Advances denominated in Dollars plus the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding denominated in Dollars plus (B) the Equivalent in Dollars (determined on the third Business Day prior to such interest payment date) of the aggregate principal amount of all Advances denominated in Alternative Currencies plus the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding denominated in Alternative Currencies then outstanding exceeds 105% of the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments of the Lenders on such date, the Borrowers shall, as soon as practicable and in any event within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, prepay the outstanding principal amount of any Advances owing by the Borrowers in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such sum to an amount not to exceed 100% of the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments of the Lenders on such date, together with any accrued interest and fees with respect thereto; provided that if the Borrowers have Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.15(a), the amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been reduced by the amount of such Cash Collateral. (y) If, on

-33-

any date, the Administrative Agent notifies the Company that, on any interest payment date, the Equivalent in Dollars (determined on the third Business Day prior to such interest payment date) of the aggregate principal amount of all Advances denominated in Alternative Currencies plus the aggregate amount of all Letters of Credit then outstanding denominated in Alternative Currencies then outstanding exceeds $1,000,000,000, the Borrowers shall, as soon as practicable and in any event within two Business Days after receipt of such notice, prepay the outstanding principal amount of any such Advances owing by the Borrowers in an aggregate amount sufficient to reduce such sum to an amount not to exceed $1,000,000,000, together with any accrued interest and fees with respect thereto; provided that if the Borrowers have Cash Collateralized Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.15(a), the amount of the outstanding Letters of Credit shall be deemed to have been reduced by the amount of such Cash Collateral.

The Administrative Agent shall give prompt notice of any prepayment required under this Section 2.6(b)(ii) to the Company and the Lenders, and shall provide prompt notice to the Company of any such notice of required prepayment received by it from any Lender.

(b) Repayments. The Borrowers shall repay the Loans as follows:

(i) Swingline Loans. The relevant Borrower shall repay each Swingline Loan on the earlier to occur of (i) the date ten (10) Business Days after such Swingline Loan is made and (ii) the Maturity Date.

(ii) Maturity Date. In addition to the foregoing, a final payment of all Loans, together with accrued interest and fees with respect thereto, shall be due and payable on the Maturity Date.

Section 2.7 Notes; Loan Accounts.

(a) The Loans shall be repayable in accordance with the terms and provisions set forth herein. If requested by a Lender, one (1) Revolving Loan Note duly executed and delivered by one or more Authorized Signatories of the relevant Borrower, shall be issued by the relevant Borrower and payable to such Lender in accordance with such Lender’s applicable Commitment Ratio for Revolving Loans.

(b) Each Lender may open and maintain on its books in the name of the relevant Borrower a loan account with respect to its portion of the Loans and interest thereon. Each Lender which opens such a loan account shall debit such loan account for the principal amount of its portion of each Advance made by it and accrued interest thereon, and shall credit such loan account for each payment on account of principal of or interest on its Loans. The records of a Lender with respect to the loan account maintained by it shall be prima facie evidence of its portion of the Loans and accrued interest thereon absent manifest error, but the failure of any Lender to make any such notations or any error or mistake in such notations shall not affect the relevant Borrower’s repayment obligations with respect to such Loans.

Section 2.8 Manner of Payment.

-34-

(a) Each payment (including, without limitation, any prepayment) by any Borrower (except with respect to principal of and interest on, Advances denominated in an Alternative Currency) shall be made not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the date specified for payment under this Agreement to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, for the account of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in lawful money of the United States of America in immediately available funds. Each payment (including, without limitation, any prepayment) by any Borrower with respect to principal of and interest on, Advances denominated in an Alternative Currency shall be made not later than 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on the date specified for payment under this Agreement to the Administrative Agent at the Administrative Agent’s Office, for the account of the Lenders or the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, in such Alternative Currency in same day funds. Any payment received by the Administrative Agent after 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) shall be deemed received on the next Business Day. Receipt by the Administrative Agent of any payment intended for any Lender or Lenders hereunder prior to 1:00 p.m. (New York, New York time) on any Business Day shall be deemed to constitute receipt by such Lender or Lenders on such Business Day. In the case of a payment for the account of a Lender, the Administrative Agent will promptly, but no later than the close of business on the date such payment is deemed received, thereafter distribute the amount so received in like funds to such Lender. If the Administrative Agent shall not have received any payment from the relevant Borrower as and when due, the Administrative Agent will promptly notify the applicable Lenders accordingly. In the event that the Administrative Agent shall fail to make distribution to any Lender as required under this Section 2.8, the Administrative Agent agrees to pay such Lender interest from the date such payment was due until paid at the Federal Funds Rate.

(b) Each Borrower agrees to pay principal, interest, fees and all other amounts due hereunder or under the Notes without set-off or counterclaim or any deduction whatsoever, except as provided in Section 10.3 hereof.

(c) Prior to the acceleration of the Loans under Section 8.2 hereof, if some but less than all amounts due from any Borrower are received by the Administrative Agent with respect to the Obligations, the Administrative Agent shall distribute such amounts in the following order of priority, all on a pro rata basis to the Lenders: (i) to the payment on a pro rata basis of any fees or expenses then due and payable to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks, or any of them or expenses then due and payable to the Lenders; (ii) to the payment of interest then due and payable on the Loans on a pro rata basis and of fees then due and payable to the Lenders on a pro rata basis; (iii) to the payment of all other amounts not otherwise referred to in this Section 2.8(c) then due and payable to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, or any of them, hereunder or under the Notes or any other Loan Document; and (iv) to the payment of principal then due and payable on the Loans on a pro rata basis.

(d) Subject to any contrary provisions in the definition of Interest Period, if any payment under this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents is specified to be made on a day which is not a Business Day, it shall be made on the next Business Day, and such extension of time shall in such case be included in computing interest and fees, if any, in connection with such payment.

-35-

Section 2.9 Reimbursement.

(a) Whenever any Lender shall sustain or incur any losses or reasonable out-of-pocket expenses in connection with (i) the failure by any Borrower to borrow, Continue, Convert or prepay any LIBOR Advance after having given notice of its intention to borrow, Continue, Convert or prepay such Advance in accordance with Section 2.2 or 2.6 hereof (whether by reason of the relevant Borrower’s election not to proceed or the non-fulfillment of any of the conditions set forth in Article 3 hereof, but not as a result of a failure of such Lender to make a Loan in accordance with the terms of this Agreement), or (ii) the prepayment other than on the applicable Payment Date (or failure to prepay after giving notice thereof) of any LIBOR Advance in whole or in part for any reason, the relevant Borrower agrees to pay to such Lender, upon such Lender’s demand, an amount sufficient to compensate such Lender for all such losses and out-of-pocket expenses. Such Lender’s good faith determination of the amount of such losses or out-of-pocket expenses, as set forth in writing and accompanied by calculations in reasonable detail demonstrating the basis for its demand, shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error.

(b) Losses subject to reimbursement hereunder shall include, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred by any Lender or any participant of such Lender permitted hereunder in connection with the re-employment of funds prepaid, paid, repaid, not borrowed, or not paid, as the case may be, but not losses resulting from lost Applicable Margin or other margin. Losses subject to reimbursement will be payable whether the Maturity Date is changed by virtue of an amendment hereto (unless such amendment expressly waives such payment) or as a result of acceleration of the Loans.

(c) Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.9 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the relevant Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any losses or expenses incurred more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the relevant Borrower of the circumstances giving rise to such losses or expenses and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor.

Section 2.10 Pro Rata Treatment.

(a) Advances. Each Advance under the Revolving Loan Commitments from the Lenders hereunder (other than Swingline Advances) shall be made pro rata on the basis of the applicable Commitment Ratios of the Lenders having a Revolving Loan Commitment.

(b) Payments. Except as provided in Section 2.16 hereof and Article 10 hereof, each payment and prepayment of principal of, and interest on, the Loans shall be made to the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective unpaid principal amounts outstanding under the applicable Loans immediately prior to such payment or prepayment.

(c) Sharing of Payments by Lenders. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any

-36-

principal of or interest on any of the Loans made by it or the participations in Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations held by it resulting in such Lender’s receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate amount of such Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its pro rata share thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify the Administrative Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans and subparticipations in the Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations of the other Lenders, or make such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with their respective Commitment Ratios, provided that:

(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such recovery, without interest; and

(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to (x) any payment made by or on behalf of any Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement (including the application of funds arising from the existence of a Defaulting Lender), (y) the application of Cash Collateral provided for in Section 2.15, or (z) any payment obtained by a Lender as consideration for the assignment of or sale of a participation in any of its Loans or subparticipations in the Swingline Loans or L/C Obligations to any assignee or participant.

Each Borrower agrees that any Lender so purchasing a participation from another Lender pursuant to this Section 2.10(b) may, to the fullest extent permitted by law, exercise all its rights of payment (including, without limitation, the right of set-off) with respect to such participation as fully as if such purchasing Lender were the direct creditor of such Borrower in the amount of such participation.

(d) Commitment Reductions. Any reduction of the Revolving Loan Commitments required or permitted hereunder shall reduce the Revolving Loan Commitment of each Lender having a Revolving Loan Commitment on a pro rata basis based on the Commitment Ratio of such Lender for the Revolving Loan Commitment.

Section 2.11 Capital Adequacy. If after the date hereof, the adoption of any Applicable Law regarding the capital adequacy or liquidity of banks or bank holding companies, or any change in Applicable Law (whether adopted before or after the Agreement Date) or any change in the interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, including any such change resulting from the enactment or issuance of any regulation or regulatory interpretation affecting existing Applicable Law, or compliance by such Lender (or the bank holding company of such Lender) with any directive regarding capital adequacy or liquidity (whether or not having the force of law) of any such governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency, has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on any Lender’s capital as a consequence of its obligations hereunder with respect to the Loans and the Commitments to a level below that which it could have achieved but for such adoption, change or compliance (taking into consideration such Lender’s policies with respect to capital adequacy

-37-

or liquidity immediately before such adoption, change or compliance and assuming that such Lender’s (or the bank holding company of such Lender) capital was fully utilized prior to such adoption, change or compliance) by an amount reasonably deemed by such Lender to be material, then, upon demand by such Lender, the relevant Borrower shall promptly pay to such Lender such additional amounts as shall be sufficient to compensate such Lender (on an after-tax basis and without duplication of amounts paid by the relevant Borrower pursuant to Section 10.3) for such reduced return which is reasonably allocable to this Agreement, together with interest on such amount from the fourth (4th) Business Day after the date of demand or the Maturity Date, as applicable, until payment in full thereof at the Default Rate; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be enacted, adopted or issued after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued. A certificate of such Lender setting forth the amount to be paid to such Lender by the relevant Borrower as a result of any event referred to in this paragraph and supporting calculations in reasonable detail shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 2.11, no Lender shall demand compensation for any increased cost or reduction referred to above if it shall not at the time be the general policy or practice of such Lender to demand such compensation in similar circumstances under comparable provisions of other credit agreements. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.11 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that the relevant Borrower shall not be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the relevant Borrower of the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the circumstances giving rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the six (6) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).

Section 2.12 Lender Tax Forms.

(a) On or prior to the Agreement Date and on or prior to the first Business Day of each calendar year thereafter, to the extent it may lawfully do so at such time, each Lender which is a Non-U.S. Person shall provide each of the Administrative Agent, the Company and any relevant Subsidiary Borrower (other than a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) (a) if such Lender is a “bank” under Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, with a properly executed original of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN or W-8ECI (or any successor form) prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service or other documents satisfactory to the Borrower and the Administrative Agent, as the case may be, certifying (i) as to such Lender’s status as exempt from United States withholding taxes with respect to all payments to be made to such Lender hereunder and under the Notes or (ii) that all payments to be made to such Lender hereunder and under the Notes are subject to such taxes at a rate reduced to zero by an applicable tax treaty, or (b) if such Lender is not a “bank” within the meaning of Section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code and intends to claim exemption from U.S. Federal withholding tax under Section 871(h) or 881(c) of

-38-

the Code with respect to payments of “portfolio interest”, a Form W-8BEN, or any subsequent versions thereof or successors thereto (and, if such Lender delivers a Form W-8BEN, a certificate representing that such Lender is not a bank for purposes of Section 881(c) of the Code, is not a ten-percent (10%) shareholder (within the meaning of Section 871(h)(3)(B) of the Code and is not a controlled foreign corporation related to the Company or any relevant Subsidiary Borrower (within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code)), properly completed and duly executed by such Lender, indicating that such Lender is entitled to receive payments under this Agreement without deduction or withholding of any United States Federal income taxes as permitted by the Code. If a payment made to a Lender under this Agreement would be subject to withholding Tax imposed under FATCA if such Lender fails to comply with the applicable reporting requirements of FATCA (including those contained in Section 1471(b) or 1472(b) of the Code, as applicable), such Lender shall deliver to the Administrative Agent, the Company and any relevant Subsidiary Borrower (other than a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower), at the time or times prescribed by law and at such time or times reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Company or any relevant Subsidiary Borrower, such documentation prescribed by Applicable Law (included as prescribed by Section 1471(b)(3)(C)(i) of the Code) and such additional documentation reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent, the Company or any relevant Subsidiary Borrower as may be necessary for the Administrative Agent, the Company or any relevant Subsidiary Borrower to comply with its obligations under FATCA, to determine that such Lender has complied with such Lender’s obligations under FATCA, or to determine the amount to deduct and withhold from such payment. Each such Lender agrees to provide the Administrative Agent, the Company and any relevant Subsidiary Borrower (other than a Foreign Subsidiary Borrower) with new forms prescribed by the Internal Revenue Service upon the expiration or obsolescence of any previously delivered form, or after the occurrence of any event requiring a change in the most recent forms delivered by it to the Administrative Agent, the Company and any relevant Subsidiary Borrower, in any case, to the extent it may lawfully do so at such time.

(b) On or prior to the Agreement Date, and to the extent permitted by applicable U.S. Federal law, on or prior to the first (1^st) Business Day of each calendar year thereafter, each Lender which is a U.S. Person shall provide the Administrative Agent, the Company and any relevant Subsidiary Borrower a duly completed and executed copy of the Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or successor form to the effect that it is a U.S. Person.

Section 2.13 Letters of Credit.

(a) The Letter of Credit Commitments.

(i) Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, (A) each Issuing Bank agrees, in reliance upon the agreements of the Lenders set forth in this Section 2.13 and within the limits of its L/C Commitment, (1) from time to time on any Business Day until the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, to issue Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars or one or more Alternative Currencies for the account of the Company or its Subsidiaries, and to amend or extend Letters of Credit previously issued by it, in accordance with subsection (b) below, and (2) to honor drawings under the Letters of Credit; and (B) the Lenders severally agree to participate in Letters of Credit issued for the account of the Company or its Subsidiaries and any drawings thereunder;

-39-

provided that after giving effect to any L/C Credit Extension with respect to any Letter of Credit, (1) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Loans and L/C Obligations shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments, (2) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Commitment Ratio of the Dollar Equivalent of the Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations plus such Lender’s Commitment Ratio of the Swingline Loans then outstanding shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (3) the Dollar Equivalent of the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations in respect of Letters of Credit issued by such Issuing Bank shall not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of such Issuing Bank’s L/C Commitment, (4) the Dollar Equivalent of the Outstanding Amount of the L/C Obligations shall not exceed the Letter of Credit Sublimit and (5) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate outstanding principal amount of Advances and the Outstanding Amount of Letters of Credit, in each case denominated in any Alternative Currency, exceeds $1,000,000,000. Each request by the Company for the issuance or amendment of a Letter of Credit shall be deemed to be a representation by the Company that the L/C Credit Extension so requested complies with the conditions set forth in the proviso to the preceding sentence. Each letter of credit listed on Schedule 2 shall be deemed to constitute a Letter of Credit issued hereunder, and each Lender that is an issuer of such a Letter of Credit shall, for purposes of this Section 2.13, be deemed to be an Issuing Bank for each such letter of credit, provided than any renewal or replacement of any such letter of credit shall be issued by an Issuing Bank pursuant to the terms of this Agreement. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Company’s ability to obtain Letters of Credit shall be fully revolving, and accordingly the Company may obtain Letters of Credit to replace Letters of Credit that have expired or that have been drawn upon and reimbursed.

(ii) No Issuing Bank shall issue any Letter of Credit, if:

(1) subject to Section 2.13(b)(iii), the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur more than twelve months after the date of issuance or last extension, unless the Majority Lenders have approved such expiry date; provided that each Auto-Extension Letter of Credit shall not be deemed to have an expiry date longer than twelve (12) months after the date of its issuance; or

(2) the expiry date of the requested Letter of Credit would occur after the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, unless all the Lenders have approved such expiry date.

(iii) No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to issue any Letter of Credit if:

(1) any order, judgment or decree of any governmental authority or arbitrator shall by its terms purport to enjoin or restrain such Issuing Bank from issuing the Letter of Credit, or any law applicable to such Issuing Bank or any request or directive (whether or not having the force of law) from any governmental authority with jurisdiction over such Issuing Bank shall prohibit, or request that such Issuing Bank refrain from, the issuance of letters of credit generally or the Letter of Credit in particular

-40-

or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank with respect to the Letter of Credit any restriction, reserve or capital or liquidity requirement (for which such Issuing Bank is not otherwise compensated hereunder) not in effect on the date hereof, or shall impose upon such Issuing Bank any unreimbursed loss, cost or expense which was not applicable on the Agreement Date and which such Issuing Bank in good faith deems material to it; provided, however, that any such circumstance shall not affect such Lender’s obligations pursuant to Section 2.13(c);

(2) the issuance of the Letter of Credit would violate one or more policies of such Issuing Bank applicable to letters of credit generally;

(3) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank, the Letter of Credit is in an initial stated amount less than $100,000, in the case of a Commercial Letter of Credit, or $500,000, in the case of a standby Letter of Credit;

(4) except as otherwise agreed by the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank, the Letter of Credit is to be denominated in a currency other than Dollars or an Alternative Currency;

(5) any Lender is at that time a Defaulting Lender, unless such Issuing Bank has entered into arrangements, including the delivery of Cash Collateral, satisfactory to such Issuing Bank (in its sole discretion) with the Company or such Lender to eliminate such Issuing Bank’s actual or potential Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv)) with respect to the Defaulting Lender arising from either the Letter of Credit then proposed to be issued or that Letter of Credit and all other L/C Obligations as to which such Issuing Bank has actual or potential Fronting Exposure, as it may elect in its sole discretion; or

(6) the Letter of Credit contains any provisions for automatic reinstatement of the stated amount after any drawing thereunder.

(i) No Issuing Bank shall amend any Letter of Credit if such Issuing Bank would not be permitted at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof.

(ii) No Issuing Bank shall be under any obligation to amend any Letter of Credit if (A) such Issuing Bank would have no obligation at such time to issue the Letter of Credit in its amended form under the terms hereof, or (B) the beneficiary of the Letter of Credit does not accept the proposed amendment to the Letter of Credit.

(iii) Each Issuing Bank shall act on behalf of the Lenders with respect to any Letters of Credit issued by it and the documents associated therewith, and each Issuing Bank shall have all of the benefits and immunities (A) provided to the Administrative Agent in Article 9 with respect to any acts taken or omissions suffered by such Issuing Bank in connection with Letters of Credit issued by it or proposed to be issued by it and Issuer Documents pertaining to such Letters of Credit as fully as if the

-41-

term “Administrative Agent” as used in Article 9 included such Issuing Bank with respect to such acts or omissions, and (B) as additionally provided herein with respect to the Issuing Banks.

(b) Procedures for Issuance and Amendment of Letters of Credit; Auto-Extension Letters of Credit.

(i) Each Letter of Credit shall be issued or amended, as the case may be, upon the request of the Company delivered to the applicable Issuing Bank (with a copy to the Administrative Agent) in the form of a Letter of Credit Application, appropriately completed to the reasonable satisfaction of the applicable Issuing Bank and signed by a responsible officer of the Company. Such Letter of Credit Application must be received by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. at least, in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in Dollars, two (2) Business Days and, in the case of Letters of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, four (4) Business Days (or, in each case, such later date and time as the Administrative Agent and such Issuing Bank may agree in a particular instance in their sole discretion) prior to the proposed issuance date or date of amendment, as the case may be. In the case of a request for an initial issuance of a Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank: (A) the proposed issuance date of the requested Letter of Credit (which shall be a Business Day); (B) the amount and currency thereof; (C) the expiry date thereof; (D) the name and address of the beneficiary thereof; (E) the documents to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (F) the full text of any certificate to be presented by such beneficiary in case of any drawing thereunder; (G) the purpose and nature of the requested Letter of Credit; and (H) such other matters as such Issuing Bank may require. In the case of a request for an amendment of any outstanding Letter of Credit, such Letter of Credit Application shall specify in form and detail satisfactory to the applicable Issuing Bank (A) the Letter of Credit to be amended; (B) the proposed date of amendment thereof (which shall be a Business Day); (C) the nature of the proposed amendment; and (D) such other matters as such Issuing Bank may require. Additionally, the Company shall furnish to the applicable Issuing Bank and the Administrative Agent such other documents and information pertaining to such requested Letter of Credit issuance or amendment, including any Issuer Documents, as such Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent may require.

(ii) Promptly after receipt of any Letter of Credit Application, the applicable Issuing Bank will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has received a copy of such Letter of Credit Application from the Company and, if not, such Issuing Bank will provide the Administrative Agent with a copy thereof. Unless the applicable Issuing Bank has received written notice from any Lender, the Administrative Agent or the Company, at least one (1) Business Day prior to the requested date of issuance or amendment of the applicable Letter of Credit, that one or more applicable conditions contained in Article 3 shall not then be satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, such Issuing Bank shall, on the requested date, issue a Letter of Credit for the account of the Company (or the applicable Subsidiary) or enter into the applicable amendment, as the case may be,

-42-

in each case in accordance with such Issuing Bank’s usual and customary business practices. Immediately upon the issuance of each Letter of Credit, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the applicable Issuing Bank a risk participation in such Letter of Credit in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Commitment Ratio times the amount of such Letter of Credit.

(iii) If the Company so requests in any applicable Letter of Credit Application, the applicable Issuing Bank may, in its sole discretion, agree to issue a Letter of Credit that has automatic extension provisions (each, an “Auto-Extension Letter of Credit”); provided that any such Auto-Extension Letter of Credit must permit such Issuing Bank to prevent any such extension at least once in each twelve-month period (commencing with the date of issuance of such Letter of Credit) by giving prior notice to the beneficiary thereof not later than a day (the “Non-Extension Notice Date”) in each such twelve-month period to be agreed upon at the time such Letter of Credit is issued. Unless otherwise directed by the applicable Issuing Bank, the Company shall not be required to make a specific request to such Issuing Bank for any such extension. Once an Auto-Extension Letter of Credit has been issued, the Lenders shall be deemed to have authorized (but may not require) the applicable Issuing Bank to permit the extension of such Letter of Credit at any time to an expiry date not later than the Letter of Credit Expiration Date; provided, however, that such Issuing Bank shall not permit any such extension if (A) such Issuing Bank has determined that it would not be permitted, or would have no obligation, at such time to issue such Letter of Credit in its revised form (as extended) under the terms hereof (by reason of the provisions of clause (ii) or (iii) of Section 2.13(a) or otherwise), or (B) it has received notice (which may be by telephone or in writing) on or before the day that is seven (7) Business Days before the Non-Extension Notice Date (1) from the Administrative Agent that the Majority Lenders have elected not to permit such extension or (2) from the Administrative Agent, any Lender or the Company that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Section 3.4 is not then satisfied, and in each such case directing such Issuing Bank not to permit such extension.

(iv) Promptly after its delivery of any Letter of Credit or any amendment to a Letter of Credit to an advising bank with respect thereto or to the beneficiary thereof, the applicable Issuing Bank will also deliver to the Company and the Administrative Agent a true and complete copy of such Letter of Credit or amendment.

(i) Upon receipt from the beneficiary of any Letter of Credit of any notice of a drawing under such Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Company and the Administrative Agent thereof. Not later than 11:00 a.m. on the date of any payment by the applicable Issuing Bank under a Letter of Credit (each such date, an “Honor Date”), the Company shall reimburse such Issuing Bank through the Administrative Agent in an amount equal to the amount of such drawing; provided, however, that in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency, the Company shall reimburse such Issuing Bank in Dollars, and such Issuing Bank shall

-43-

notify the Company of the Dollar Equivalent of the amount of the drawing promptly following the determination thereof. If the Company fails to so reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank by such time, the Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Honor Date, the amount of the unreimbursed drawing (expressed in Dollars in the amount of the Dollar Equivalent thereof in the case of a Letter of Credit denominated in an Alternative Currency) (the “Unreimbursed Amount”), and the amount of such Lender’s Commitment Ratio thereof. In such event, the Company shall be deemed to have requested an Advance of Base Rate Advances to be disbursed on the Honor Date in an amount equal to the Unreimbursed Amount, without regard to the minimum and multiples for the principal amount of Base Rate Advances, but subject to the amount of the Available Revolving Loan Commitments and the conditions set forth in Section 3.3 (other than the delivery of a Request for Advance). Any notice given by an Issuing Bank or the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 2.13(c)(i) may be given by telephone if immediately confirmed in writing; provided that the lack of such an immediate confirmation shall not affect the conclusiveness or binding effect of such notice.

(ii) Each Lender shall upon any notice pursuant to Section 2.13(c)(i) make funds available (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral provided for this purpose) for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank at the Administrative Agent’s Office in an amount equal to its Commitment Ratio of the Unreimbursed Amount not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day specified in such notice by the Administrative Agent, whereupon, subject to the provisions of Section 2.13(c)(iii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Base Rate Advances to the Company in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the applicable Issuing Bank.

(iii) With respect to any Unreimbursed Amount that is not fully refinanced by an Advance of Base Rate Advances because the conditions set forth in Section 3.3 cannot be satisfied or for any other reason, the Company shall be deemed to have incurred from the applicable Issuing Bank an L/C Advance in the amount of the Unreimbursed Amount that is not so refinanced, which L/C Advance shall be due and payable on demand (together with interest) and shall bear interest at the Default Rate. In such event, each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the applicable Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.13(c)(ii) shall be deemed payment in respect of its participation in such L/C Advance and shall constitute an L/C Loan from such Lender in satisfaction of its participation obligation under this Section 2.13.

(iv) Until each Lender funds its Revolving Loan or L/C Loan pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for any amount drawn under any Letter of Credit issued by it, interest in respect of such Lender’s Commitment Ratio of such amount shall be solely for the account of such Issuing Bank.

(v) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or L/C Loans to reimburse an Issuing Bank for amounts drawn under Letters of Credit, as contemplated by this Section 2.13(c), shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against such Issuing Bank, the

-44-

Company or any other Person for any reason whatsoever; (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.13(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.3 (other than delivery by the Company of a Request for Advance). No such making of an L/C Loan shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the Company to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank for the amount of any payment made by such Issuing Bank under any Letter of Credit issued by it, together with interest as provided herein.

(vi) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuing Bank any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.13(c) by the time specified in Section 2.13(c)(ii), then, without limiting the other provisions of this Agreement, such Issuing Bank shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment is immediately available to such Issuing Bank at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by such Issuing Bank in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by such Issuing Bank in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in the relevant Advance or L/C Loan in respect of the relevant L/C Advance, as the case may be. A certificate of the applicable Issuing Bank submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (vi) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after an Issuing Bank has made a payment under any Letter of Credit issued by it and has received from any Lender such Lender’s L/C Loan in respect of such payment in accordance with Section 2.13(c), if the Administrative Agent receives for the account of such Issuing Bank any payment in respect of the related Unreimbursed Amount or interest thereon (whether directly from the Company or otherwise, including proceeds of Cash Collateral applied thereto by the Administrative Agent), the Administrative Agent will distribute to such Lender its applicable pro rata share thereof in the same funds as those received by the Administrative Agent.

(ii) If any payment received by the Administrative Agent for the account of an Issuing Bank pursuant to Section 2.13(c)(i) is required to be returned because it is invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by such Issuing Bank in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party in connection with any proceeding under any debtor relief law or otherwise, each Lender shall pay to the Administrative Agent for the account of such Issuing Bank its Commitment Ratio thereof on demand of

-45-

the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned by such Lender, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Obligations Absolute. The obligation of the Company to reimburse each Issuing Bank for each drawing under each Letter of Credit issued by it and to repay each L/C Loan shall be absolute, unconditional and irrevocable, and shall be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement under all circumstances, including the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of such Letter of Credit, this Agreement, or any other Loan Document;

(ii) the existence of any claim, counterclaim, setoff, defense or other right that the Company or any Subsidiary may have at any time against any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit (or any Person for whom any such beneficiary or any such transferee may be acting), such Issuing Bank or any other Person, whether in connection with this Agreement, the transactions contemplated hereby or by such Letter of Credit or any agreement or instrument relating thereto, or any unrelated transaction;

(iii) any draft, demand, certificate or other document presented under such Letter of Credit proving to be forged, fraudulent, invalid or insufficient in any respect or any statement therein being untrue or inaccurate in any respect; or any loss or delay in the transmission or otherwise of any document required in order to make a drawing under such Letter of Credit;

(iv) any payment by such Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit against presentation of a draft or certificate that does not strictly comply with the terms of such Letter of Credit; or any payment made by such Issuing Bank under such Letter of Credit to any Person purporting to be a trustee in bankruptcy, debtor-in-possession, assignee for the benefit of creditors, liquidator, receiver or other representative of or successor to any beneficiary or any transferee of such Letter of Credit, including any arising in connection with any proceeding under any bankruptcy or other debtor relief law; or

(v) any other circumstance or happening whatsoever, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing, including any other circumstance that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, the Company or any Subsidiary.

The Company shall promptly examine a copy of each Letter of Credit and each amendment thereto that is delivered to it and, in the event of any claim of noncompliance with the Company’s instructions or other irregularity, the Company will immediately notify the applicable Issuing Bank. The Company shall be conclusively deemed to have waived any such claim against such Issuing Bank and its correspondents unless such notice is given as aforesaid.

-46-

(f) Role of Issuing Bank. Each Lender and the Company agree that, in paying any drawing under a Letter of Credit, the Issuing Bank that issued such Letter of Credit shall not have any responsibility to obtain any document (other than any sight draft, certificates and documents expressly required by the Letter of Credit) or to ascertain or inquire as to the validity or accuracy of any such document or the authority of the Person executing or delivering any such document. None of the Issuing Banks, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of an Issuing Bank shall be liable to any Lender for (i) any action taken or omitted in connection herewith at the request or with the approval of the Lenders or the Majority Lenders, as applicable; (ii) any action taken or omitted in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct; or (iii) the due execution, effectiveness, validity or enforceability of any document or instrument related to any Letter of Credit or Issuer Document. The Company hereby assumes all risks of the acts or omissions of any beneficiary or transferee with respect to its use of any Letter of Credit; provided, however, that this assumption is not intended to, and shall not, preclude the Company’s pursuing such rights and remedies as it may have against the beneficiary or transferee at law or under any other agreement. None of the Issuing Banks, the Administrative Agent, any of their respective Related Parties nor any correspondent, participant or assignee of an Issuing Bank shall be liable or responsible for any of the matters described in clauses (i) through (v) of Section 2.13(e); provided, however, that anything in such clauses to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company may have a claim against an Issuing Bank, and an Issuing Bank may be liable to the Company, to the extent, but only to the extent, of any direct, as opposed to consequential or exemplary, damages suffered by the Company which the Company proves were caused by such Issuing Bank’s willful misconduct or gross negligence or such Issuing Bank’s willful failure to pay under any Letter of Credit after the presentation to it by the beneficiary of a sight draft and certificate(s) strictly complying with the terms and conditions of a Letter of Credit. In furtherance and not in limitation of the foregoing, an Issuing Bank may accept documents that appear on their face to be in order, without responsibility for further investigation, regardless of any notice or information to the contrary, and no Issuing Bank shall be responsible for the validity or sufficiency of any instrument transferring or assigning or purporting to transfer or assign a Letter of Credit or the rights or benefits thereunder or proceeds thereof, in whole or in part, which may prove to be invalid or ineffective for any reason.

(g) Applicability of ISP and UCP. Unless otherwise expressly agreed by the applicable Issuing Bank and the Company when a Letter of Credit is issued, (i) the rules of the ISP shall apply to each standby Letter of Credit, and (ii) the rules of the UCP, as most recently published by the International Chamber of Commerce at the time of issuance shall apply to each Commercial Letter of Credit.

(h) Conflict with Issuer Documents. In the event of any conflict between the terms hereof and the terms of any Issuer Document, the terms hereof shall control.

(i) Letters of Credit Issued for Subsidiaries. Notwithstanding that a Letter of Credit issued or outstanding hereunder is in support of any obligations of, or is for the account of, a Subsidiary, the Company shall be obligated to reimburse the applicable Issuing Bank hereunder for any and all drawings under such Letter of Credit. The Company hereby acknowledges that the issuance of Letters of Credit for the account of Subsidiaries inures to the

-47-

benefit of the Company, and that the Company’s business derives substantial benefits from the businesses of such Subsidiaries.

(j) Company Indemnity. The Company will indemnify and hold harmless the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender and each of the foregoing Person’s respective employees, representatives, officers and directors from and against any and all claims, liabilities, obligations, losses (other than loss of profits), damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, but excluding Taxes, which shall be governed exclusively by Section 10.3) which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any such Lender in any way relating to or arising out of the issuance of a Letter of Credit, except that the Company shall not be liable to the Administrative Agent, any such Issuing Bank or any such Lender for any portion of such claims, liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, costs, expenses, or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Person seeking indemnification as determined by a non-appealable judicial order. This Section 2.13(l) shall survive termination of this Agreement.

(k) Letter of Credit Reports. Within two (2) Business Days after the issuance of a Letter of Credit, the applicable Issuing Bank shall send a written notice to the Administrative Agent setting forth the face amount, the expiration date and the name of the beneficiary with respect to such Letter of Credit. Upon any cancellation or termination of a Letter of Credit prior to its stated expiration date, the applicable Issuing Bank shall notify the Administrative Agent of such termination or cancellation in writing. On the second (2nd) Business Day of each month, each Issuing Bank shall deliver a report to the Administrative Agent identifying (i) each Letter of Credit issued by it during the prior month, and (ii) with respect to each Letter of Credit issued by it that remains outstanding, (A) the face amount thereof as of the end of the prior month and the maximum potential face amount thereof (b) the amount thereof that was drawn in the prior month and (C) the amount thereof that remains undrawn as of the last Business Day of the prior month.

Section 2.14 Incremental Commitments. The Company may, upon five (5) Business Days’ notice to the Administrative Agent, increase the Revolving Loan Commitment amount by adding one or more lenders or increasing the Revolving Loan Commitment of a Lender, determined by the Company in its sole discretion, subject to the consent of the Administrative Agent, Swingline Lender and Issuing Banks (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld), which lender or lenders are willing to commit to such increase (each such lender, a “New Lender,” and such commitment, the “Incremental Commitment”); provided, however, that (i) the Company may not elect any Incremental Commitment after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, including, without limitation, any Event of Default that would result after giving effect to any Incremental Commitment, (ii) each Incremental Commitment shall be in an amount not less than $10,000,000 or an integral multiple of $5,000,000 in excess thereof, (iii) the aggregate amount of all Incremental Commitments shall not exceed the Dollar Equivalent of $500,000,000.00 and (iv) on the effective date of the Incremental Commitment, each New Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase at par that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Loans and funded and

-48-

unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held pro rata by the Lenders in accordance with the Revolving Loan Commitments. An Incremental Commitment shall become effective upon the execution by each applicable New Lender of a counterpart of this Agreement and delivering such counterpart to the Administrative Agent. Over the term of the Agreement the Company shall increase the Revolving Loan Commitments no more than four (4) times. Any Incremental Commitment made pursuant to this Section 2.14 may be effected by adding one or more tranches of Revolving Loan Commitments that are denominated in an Alternative Currency. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Lender shall be required to increase its Commitment pursuant to this Section 2.14.

Section 2.15 Cash Collateral.

(a) Certain Credit Support Events. Upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Issuing Bank (i) if such Issuing Bank has honored any full or partial drawing request under any Letter of Credit and such drawing has resulted in an L/C Advance, or (ii) if, as of the Letter of Credit Expiration Date, any L/C Obligation for any reason remains outstanding, the Company shall, in each case, immediately Cash Collateralize the then Outstanding Amount of all L/C Obligations. At any time that there shall exist a Defaulting Lender, immediately upon the request of the Administrative Agent or the applicable Issuing Bank, the Company shall deliver to the Administrative Agent Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to cover all Fronting Exposure (after giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv) and any Cash Collateral provided by the Defaulting Lender).

(b) Grant of Security Interest. All Cash Collateral (other than credit support not constituting funds subject to deposit) shall be maintained in blocked, non-interest bearing deposit accounts at Toronto Dominion. The Company, and to the extent provided by any Lender, such Lender, hereby grants to (and subjects to the control of) the Administrative Agent, for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders, and agrees to maintain, a first priority security interest in all such cash, deposit accounts and all balances therein, and all other property so provided as collateral pursuant hereto, and in all proceeds of the foregoing, all as security for the obligations to which such Cash Collateral may be applied pursuant to Section 2.15(c). If at any time the Administrative Agent reasonably determines that the total amount of such Cash Collateral is less than the applicable Fronting Exposure and other obligations secured thereby, the Company or the relevant Defaulting Lender will, promptly upon demand by the Administrative Agent, pay or provide to the Administrative Agent additional Cash Collateral in an amount sufficient to eliminate such deficiency.

(c) Application. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Cash Collateral provided under any of this Section 2.15 or Sections 2.6, 2.13, 2.16 or 8.2 in respect of Letters of Credit shall be held and applied to the satisfaction of the specific L/C Obligations, obligations to fund participations therein (including, as to Cash Collateral provided by a Defaulting Lender, any interest accrued on such obligation) and other obligations for which the Cash Collateral was so provided, prior to any other application of such property as may be provided for herein.

(d) Release. Cash Collateral (or the appropriate portion thereof) provided to reduce Fronting Exposure or other obligations shall be released promptly following

-49-

(i) the elimination of the applicable Fronting Exposure or other obligations giving rise thereto (including by the termination of Defaulting Lender status of the applicable Lender (or, as appropriate, its assignee following compliance with Section 12.4(b)(vi))) or (ii) the Administrative Agent’s good faith determination that there exists excess Cash Collateral; provided, however, (x) that Cash Collateral furnished by or on behalf of the Company shall not be released after acceleration of the Loans as provided in Section 8.2(a) or (b) until all amounts due in accordance with Section 8.2(a) or (b), as applicable, are paid, and (y) the Company or the applicable Defaulting Lender providing Cash Collateral, as applicable, on the one hand, and the applicable Issuing Bank, on the other hand, may agree that Cash Collateral shall not be released but instead held to support future anticipated Fronting Exposure or other obligations.

Section 2.16 Defaulting Lenders. (a) Adjustments. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, if any Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, then, until such time as that Lender is no longer a Defaulting Lender, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law:

(i) Waivers and Amendments. That Defaulting Lender’s right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent with respect to this Agreement shall be restricted as set forth in Section 12.12.

(ii) Reallocation of Payments. Any payment of principal, interest, fees or other amounts received by the Administrative Agent for the account of that Defaulting Lender under this Agreement (whether voluntary or mandatory, at maturity, pursuant to Article 8 or otherwise), shall be applied at such time or times as may be determined by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the payment of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent hereunder; second, to the payment on a pro rata basis of any amounts owing by that Defaulting Lender to the Issuing Banks or Swingline Lender hereunder; third, to repay any Cash Collateral contributed by the Company; fourth, as the Company may request (so long as no Default has occurred and is continuing), to fund any Loan in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, or to reimburse the Company for any amounts paid by it in satisfaction of that Defaulting Lender’s liabilities under this Agreement in connection with a written agreement between the Company and an assignee of that Defaulting Lender’s interests, rights and obligations in accordance with Section 10.5; fifth, if so determined by the Administrative Agent or requested any Issuing Bank, to be held as Cash Collateral for future funding obligations of that Defaulting Lender of any participation in any Letter of Credit; sixth, as the Company may request (so long as no Default exists), to the funding of any Advance in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has failed to fund its portion thereof as required by this Agreement, as determined by the Administrative Agent; seventh, if so determined by the Administrative Agent and the Company, to be held in a non-interest bearing deposit account and released in order to satisfy obligations of that Defaulting Lender to fund Loans under this Agreement; eighth, to the payment of any amounts owing to the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or this Issuing Banks as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by any Lender or Issuing Bank against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; ninth, so long as no Default exists, to the payment of any amounts owing

-50-

to the Company as a result of any judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction obtained by the Company against that Defaulting Lender as a result of that Defaulting Lender’s breach of its obligations under this Agreement; and tenth, to that Defaulting Lender or as otherwise directed by a court of competent jurisdiction; provided that if (x) such payment is a payment of the principal amount of any Advances or L/C Advances in respect of which that Defaulting Lender has not fully funded its appropriate share and (y) such Advances or L/C Advances were made at a time when the conditions set forth in Section 3.3 were satisfied or waived, such payment shall be applied solely to pay the Loans of, and L/C Loans owed to, all non-Defaulting Lenders on a pro rata basis prior to being applied to the payment of any Loans of, or L/C Loans owed to, that Defaulting Lender. Any payments, prepayments or other amounts paid or payable to a Defaulting Lender that are applied (or held) to pay amounts owed by a Defaulting Lender or to post Cash Collateral pursuant to this Section 2.16(a)(ii) shall be deemed paid to and redirected by that Defaulting Lender, and each Lender irrevocably consents hereto.

(iii) Certain Fees. That Defaulting Lender (x) shall not be entitled to receive any commitment fee pursuant to Section 2.4(a) for any period during which that Lender is a Defaulting Lender (and the Company shall not be required to pay any such fee that otherwise would have been required to have been paid to that Defaulting Lender) and (y) shall be limited in its right to receive Letter of Credit Fees as provided in Section 2.4(b)(ii).

(iv) Reallocation of Commitment Ratios to Reduce Fronting Exposure. During any period in which there is a Defaulting Lender, for purposes of computing the amount of the obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit pursuant to Sections 2.13 or Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.17, the “Commitment Ratio” of each non-Defaulting Lender shall be reallocated by computing such “Commitment Ratio” without giving effect to the Revolving Loan Commitment of that Defaulting Lender; provided, that, (i) each such reallocation shall be given effect only if, at the date the applicable Lender becomes a Defaulting Lender, no Default exists; and (ii) the aggregate obligation of each non-Defaulting Lender to acquire, refinance or fund participations in Letters of Credit or Swingline Loans shall not exceed the positive difference, if any, of (1) the Revolving Loan Commitment of that non-Defaulting Lender minus (2) the Dollar Equivalent of the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of that Lender.

(b) Defaulting Lender Cure. If the Company, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank agree in writing in their sole discretion that a Defaulting Lender should no longer be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender, the Administrative Agent will so notify the parties hereto, whereupon as of the effective date specified in such notice and subject to any conditions set forth therein (which may include arrangements with respect to any Cash Collateral), that Lender will, to the extent applicable, purchase that portion of outstanding Loans of the other Lenders or take such other actions as the Administrative Agent may determine to be necessary to cause the Revolving Loans and funded and unfunded participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans to be held on a pro rata basis by the Lenders in accordance with their Commitment Ratios (without giving effect to Section 2.16(a)(iv)), whereupon that Lender will cease to be a Defaulting Lender; provided that no

-51-

adjustments will be made retroactively with respect to fees accrued or payments made by or on behalf of the Company while that Lender was a Defaulting Lender; and provided, further, that except to the extent otherwise expressly agreed by the affected parties, no change hereunder from Defaulting Lender to Lender will constitute a waiver or release of any claim of any party hereunder arising from that Lender’s having been a Defaulting Lender.

Section 2.17 Swingline Loans

(a) The Swingline. Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, the Swingline Lender, in reliance upon the agreements of the other Lenders set forth in this Section, shall make loans (each such loan, a “Swingline Loan”) from time to time on any Business Day until the Maturity Date. Each such Swingline Loan may be made, subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, to the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower, in Dollars in an aggregate amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of the Swingline Sublimit, notwithstanding the fact that such Swingline Loans, when aggregated with the Commitment Ratio of the Outstanding Amount of Revolving Loans and L/C Obligations of the Swingline Lender, may exceed the amount of such Lender’s Revolving Loan Commitments; provided, however, that (i) after giving effect to any Swingline Loan, (A) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of all Revolving Loans, Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations shall not exceed the aggregate Revolving Loan Commitments, and (B) the aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Revolving Loans of any Lender, plus such Lender’s Commitment Ratio of all Swingline Loans and L/C Obligations shall not exceed such Lender’s Commitment, (ii) no Borrower shall use the proceeds of any Swingline Loan to refinance any outstanding Swingline Loan, and (iii) the Swingline Lender shall not be under any obligation to make any Swingline Loan if it shall determine (which determination shall be conclusive and binding absent manifest error) that it has, or by such borrowing may have, Fronting Exposure. Within the foregoing limits, and subject to the other terms and conditions hereof, a Borrower’s ability to obtain Swingline Loans shall be fully revolving, and accordingly any Borrower may borrow under this Section, prepay under Section 2.6, and reborrow under this Section. Each Swingline Advance shall be a Base Rate Advance. Immediately upon the making of a Swingline Loan, each Lender shall be deemed to, and hereby irrevocably and unconditionally agrees to, purchase from the Swingline Lender a risk participation in such Swingline Loan in an amount equal to the product of such Lender’s Commitment Ratio times the amount of such Swingline Loan.

(b) Swingline Loan Advance Procedures. Each Swingline Advance shall be made upon the relevant Borrower’s irrevocable notice to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent not later than 1:00 p.m. on the requested borrowing date, and shall specify (i) the amount to be borrowed, and (ii) the requested date of the Swingline Advance (which shall be a Business Day). Each such telephonic notice must be confirmed promptly by delivery to the Swingline Lender and the Administrative Agent of a written Swingline Loan Notice; provided, however, that the relevant Borrower’s failure to confirm any telephonic notice with a written Swingline Loan Notice shall not invalidate any notice so given if acted upon by the Swingline Lender. Promptly after receipt by the Swingline Lender of any telephonic Swingline Loan Notice, the Swingline Lender will confirm with the Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) that the Administrative Agent has also received such Swingline Loan Notice and, if not, the Swingline Lender will notify the

-52-

Administrative Agent (by telephone or in writing) of the contents thereof. Unless the Swingline Lender has received notice (by telephone or in writing) from the Administrative Agent (including at the request of any Lender) prior to 2:00 p.m. on the date of the proposed Swingline Advance (A) directing the Swingline Lender not to make such Swingline Loan as a result of the limitations set forth in the first proviso to the first sentence of Section 2.17(a), or (B) that one or more of the applicable conditions specified in Article 3 is not then satisfied, then, subject to the terms and conditions hereof, the Swingline Lender will, not later than 3:00 p.m. on the borrowing date specified in such Swingline Loan Notice, make the amount of its Swingline Loan available to the relevant Borrower.

(i) The Swingline Lender at any time in its sole discretion may request, on behalf of the relevant Borrower (which hereby irrevocably authorizes the Swingline Lender to so request on its behalf), that each Lender make a Revolving Loan (in the form of a Base Rate Advance) in an amount equal to such Lender’s Commitment Ratio multiplied by the amount of Swingline Loans then outstanding. Such request shall be made in writing (which written request shall be deemed to be a Request for Advance for purposes hereof) and in accordance with the requirements of Section 2.02, subject to the unutilized portion of the Revolving Loan Commitment and the conditions set forth in Section 3.2. The Swingline Lender shall furnish the relevant Borrower with a copy of the applicable Request for Advance promptly after delivering such notice to the Administrative Agent. Each Lender shall make an amount equal to its Commitment Ratio multiplied by the amount specified in such Request for Advance available to the Administrative Agent in immediately available funds (and the Administrative Agent may apply Cash Collateral available with respect to the applicable Swingline Loan) for the account of the Swingline Lender at the Administrative Agent’s Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the day specified in such Request for Advance, whereupon, subject to Section 2.17(c)(ii), each Lender that so makes funds available shall be deemed to have made a Revolving Loan (in the form of a Base Rate Advance) to the relevant Borrower in such amount. The Administrative Agent shall remit the funds so received to the Swingline Lender.

(ii) If for any reason any Swingline Loan cannot be refinanced by such an Advance in accordance with Section 2.17(c)(i), the request for a Revolving Loan submitted by the Swingline Lender as set forth herein shall be deemed to be a request by the Swingline Lender that each of the Lenders fund its risk participation in the relevant Swingline Loan and each Lender’s payment to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender pursuant to Section 2.17(c)(i) shall be deemed payment in respect of such participation.

(iii) If any Lender fails to make available to the Administrative Agent for the account of the Swingline Lender any amount required to be paid by such Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 2.17(c) by the time specified in Section 2.17(c)(i), the Swingline Lender shall be entitled to recover from such Lender (acting through the Administrative Agent), on demand, such amount with interest thereon for the period from the date such payment is required to the date on which such payment

-53-

is immediately available to the Swingline Lender at a rate per annum equal to the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate determined by the Swingline Lender in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by the Swingline Lender in connection with the foregoing. If such Lender pays such amount (with interest and fees as aforesaid), the amount so paid shall constitute such Lender’s Revolving Loan included in the relevant funded participation in the relevant Swingline Loan. A certificate of the Swingline Lender submitted to any Lender (through the Administrative Agent) with respect to any amounts owing under this clause (iii) shall be conclusive absent manifest error.

(iv) Each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans or to purchase and fund risk participations in Swingline Loans pursuant to this Section 2.17(c) shall be absolute and unconditional and shall not be affected by any circumstance, including (A) any setoff, counterclaim, recoupment, defense or other right which such Lender may have against the Swingline Lender, the relevant Borrower or any other Person for any reason whatsoever, (B) the occurrence or continuance of a Default, or (C) any other occurrence, event or condition, whether or not similar to any of the foregoing; provided, however, that each Lender’s obligation to make Revolving Loans pursuant to this Section 2.17(c) is subject to the conditions set forth in Section 3.2 (other than delivery by the relevant Borrower of a Request for Advance). No such funding of risk participations shall relieve or otherwise impair the obligation of the relevant Borrower to repay Swingline Loans, together with interest as provided herein.

(d) Repayment of Participations.

(i) At any time after any Lender has purchased and funded a risk participation in a Swingline Loan, if the Swingline Lender receives any payment on account of such Swingline Loan, the Swingline Lender will distribute to such Lender its Commitment Ratio thereof in the same funds as those received by the Swingline Lender.

(ii) If any payment received by the Swingline Lender in respect of principal or interest on any Swingline Loan is required to be returned by the Swingline Lender because it is invalidated, declared to be fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other party in connection with any proceeding under any debtor relief law or otherwise (including pursuant to any settlement entered into by the Swingline Lender in its discretion), each Lender shall pay to the Swingline Lender its Commitment Ratio thereof on demand of the Administrative Agent, plus interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such amount is returned, at a rate per annum equal to the Federal Funds Rate. The Administrative Agent will make such demand upon the request of the Swingline Lender. The obligations of the Lenders under this clause shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the termination of this Agreement.

(e) Interest for Account of Swingline Lender. The Swingline Lender shall be responsible for invoicing the relevant Borrower for interest on the Swingline Loans. Until each Lender funds its Revolving Loan (in the form of a Base Rate Advance) or risk

-54-

participation pursuant to this Section to refinance such Lender’s Commitment Ratio of any Swingline Loan, interest in respect of such Commitment Ratio shall be solely for the account of the Swingline Lender.

(f) Payments Directly to Swingline Lender. The relevant Borrower shall make all payments of principal and interest in respect of the Swingline Loans directly to the Swingline Lender.

Section 2.18 Maturity Date Extension.

The Company may request that the Lenders’ Revolving Loan Commitments be renewed for up to two additional one year periods by providing notice of such request to the Administrative Agent (which shall give prompt notice to the Lenders) no later than the third anniversary of the Agreement Date and no more than once per year, and shall specify the date upon which such extension will become effective (the “Extension Date”). If a Lender agrees, in its individual and sole discretion, to renew its Revolving Loan Commitment (an “Extending Lender”), it will notify the Administrative Agent, in writing, of its decision to do so no later than 20 days after receipt of such extension notice. The Administrative Agent shall notify the Company, in writing, of the Lenders’ decisions no later than five days after the date the Lenders are required to respond to such extension notice. As of the Extension Date, the Extending Lenders’ Revolving Loan Commitment will be renewed for an additional one year from the Maturity Date at that time, provided that more than 50% of the Revolving Loan Commitments are extended or otherwise committed to by Extending Lenders and any new Lenders. Any Lender that declines the Company’s request, or does not respond to the Company’s request for a commitment renewal (a “Non-Extending Lender”) will have its Revolving Loan Commitment terminated on the Maturity Date then in effect (without regard to any extensions by other Lenders). The Company will have the right to accept commitments from third party financial institutions acceptable to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Swingline Lender in an amount equal to the amount of the Revolving Loan Commitment of any Non-Extending Lender. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, the Maturity Date shall not extend beyond the fifth anniversary of the Extension Date.

ARTICLE 3 - CONDITIONS PRECEDENT

Section 3.1 Conditions Precedent to Effectiveness of this Agreement. The effectiveness of this Agreement is subject to the prior or contemporaneous fulfillment (in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent) or, if applicable, receipt by the Administrative Agent (in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) of each of the following:

(a) this Agreement duly executed by all relevant parties;

(b) a loan certificate of the Company dated as of the Agreement Date, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit D, including a certificate of incumbency with respect to each Authorized Signatory of the Company, together with the following items: (i) a true, complete and correct copy of the articles of incorporation and by-laws of the Company as in effect on the Agreement Date, (ii) a certificate of good standing for the Company issued by the

-55-

Secretary of State of Delaware, and (iii) a true, complete and correct copy of the resolutions of the Company authorizing it to execute, deliver and perform each of the Loan Documents to which it is a party;

(c) legal opinions of (i) Goodwin Procter LLP, special counsel to the Company and (ii) Edmund DiSanto, Esq., General Counsel of the Company, addressed to each Lender and the Administrative Agent and dated as of the Agreement Date;

(d) receipt by the Company of all Necessary Authorizations, other than Necessary Authorizations the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Materially Adverse Effect, including all necessary consents to the closing of this Agreement, that have been obtained or made, are in full force and effect and are not subject to any pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened reversal or cancellation;

(e) each of the representations and warranties in Article 4 hereof are true and correct in all material respects, except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Materially Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct, as of the Agreement Date, and no Default then exists;

(f) the documentation that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders are required to obtain from the Company under Section 326 of the USA PATRIOT ACT (P.L. 107-56, 115 Stat. 272 (2001)) and under any other provision of the Patriot Act, the Bank Secrecy Act (P.L. 91-508, 84 Stat. 1118 (1970)) or any regulations under such Act or the Patriot Act that contain document collection requirements that apply to the Administrative Agent;

(g) all fees and expenses required to be paid in connection with this Agreement to the Administrative Agent, the Syndication Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall have been (or shall be simultaneously) paid in full;

(h) audited consolidated financial statements for the three years ended December 31, 2012, in each case of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

(i) a certificate of the president, chief financial officer or treasurer of the Company as to the financial performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries, substantially in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, and, to the extent applicable, using information contained in the financial statements delivered pursuant to clause (h) of this Section 3.1 in respect of the 2012 financial year; and

(j) receipt by the Administrative Agent of evidence that all amounts due in respect of the Existing Indebtedness shall have been repaid in full (or that such amounts shall be paid with proceeds from Advances hereunder) and that the commitments of the lenders under the 2011 Loan Agreement have been terminated (or will be terminated simultaneously with the effectiveness of this Agreement) and each of the Lenders that is a party to such Existing Indebtedness hereby waives any requirement of prior notice in respect of the termination of commitments or prepayment of advances under such Existing Indebtedness.

-56-

Section 3.2 Conditions Precedent to Initial Advance to Each Subsidiary Borrower. The obligation of each Lender to make an initial Loan to each Subsidiary Borrower is subject to the prior or contemporaneous fulfillment (in the reasonable opinion of the Administrative Agent) or, if applicable, receipt by the Administrative Agent (in each case in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders) of each of the following:

(a) Certified copies of the resolutions of the Board of Directors of such Subsidiary Borrower (with a certified English translation if the original thereof is not in English) approving this Agreement and the Notes to be delivered by it, and of all documents evidencing other necessary corporate action and governmental approvals, if any, with respect to this Agreement.

(b) A certificate of a proper officer of such Subsidiary Borrower certifying the names and true signatures of the officers of such Subsidiary Borrower authorized to sign its Designation Agreement and the other documents to be delivered by it hereunder.

(c) A certificate signed by a duly authorized officer of the Company, certifying that such Subsidiary Borrower has obtained all governmental and third party authorizations, consents, approvals (including exchange control approvals) and licenses required under applicable laws and regulations necessary for such Subsidiary Borrower to execute and deliver its Designation Agreement and to perform its obligations hereunder other than governmental and third party authorizations, consents, approvals and licenses the absence of which would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Materially Adverse Effect.

(d) A Designation Agreement duly executed by such Subsidiary Borrower and the Company.

(e) Favorable opinions of counsel (which may be in-house counsel) to such Subsidiary Borrower as to such matters as any Lender through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

(f) Such other approvals, opinions or documents as any Lender, through the Administrative Agent may reasonably request.

Section 3.3 Conditions Precedent to Each Advance. The obligation of the Lenders to make each Advance on or after the Agreement Date is subject to the fulfillment of each of the following conditions immediately prior to or contemporaneously with such Advance:

(a) (i) all of the representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (other than those set forth in Section 4.1(i) hereof), which, pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof, are made at and as of the time of such Advance, and additionally, if such Advance shall have been requested by a Subsidiary Borrower, the representations and warranties of such Subsidiary Borrower contained in its Designation Agreement, in each case shall be true and correct at such time in all material respects, except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Materially Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct, both before and after giving effect to the application of

-57-

the proceeds of such Advance, and after giving effect to any updates to information provided to the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement except to the extent stated to have been made as of the Agreement Date, and (ii) no Default hereunder shall then exist or be caused thereby;

(b) the Administrative Agent shall have received a duly executed Request for Advance for Revolving Loans or, in the case of an Advance of Swingline Loans, the Swingline Lender shall have received a duly executed Swingline Loan Notice for Swingline Loans;

(c) the incumbency of the Authorized Signatories shall be as stated in the applicable certificate of incumbency contained in the certificate of the Company delivered to the Administrative Agent prior to or on the Agreement Date or as subsequently modified and reflected in a certificate of incumbency delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders having a Revolving Loan Commitment;

(d) if such Advance shall have been requested by a Subsidiary Borrower, such Subsidiary Borrower shall not be the subject of any proceeding or action described in Section 8.1(f) or (g); and

(e) if such Advance consists of an Alternative Currency, there shall not have occurred any change in national or international financial, political or economic conditions or currency exchange rates or exchange controls that would make it impracticable for such Advance to be denominated in such Alternative Currency.

Section 3.4 Conditions Precedent to Issuance of Letters of Credit. The obligation of the Issuing Banks to issue any Letter of Credit hereunder is subject to the fulfillment of each of the following conditions immediately prior to or contemporaneously with such issuance:

(a) all of the representations and warranties of the Company under this Agreement (other than those set forth in Section 4.1(i) hereof), which, in accordance with Section 4.2 hereof, are made at and as of the time of an Advance, and additionally, if such Letter of Credit shall have been requested by a Subsidiary Borrower, the representations and warranties of such Subsidiary Borrower contained in its Designation Agreement, in each case shall be true and correct at such time in all material respects, except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Materially Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct in all material respects, except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Materially Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct, both before and after giving effect to the issuance of such Letter of Credit and after giving effect to any updates to information provided to the Lenders in accordance with the terms of this Agreement except to the extent stated to have been made as of the Agreement Date;

(b) the Administrative Agent and the applicable Issuing Bank shall have received a duly executed Letter of Credit Application;

(c) the incumbency of the Authorized Signatories shall be as stated in the applicable certificate of incumbency contained in the certificate of the Company delivered to

-58-

the Administrative Agent prior to or on the Agreement Date or as subsequently modified and reflected in a certificate of incumbency delivered to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders having a Revolving Loan Commitment;

(d) there shall not exist, on the date of the issuance of such Letter of Credit and after giving effect thereto, a Default or an Event of Default hereunder; and

(e) if such Letter of Credit shall have been requested by a Subsidiary Borrower, such Subsidiary Borrower shall not be the subject of any proceeding or action described in Section 8.1(f) or (g).

ARTICLE 4 - REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

Section 4.1 Representations and Warranties. The Company hereby represents and warrants in favor of the Administrative Agent and each Lender that:

(a) Organization; Ownership; Power; Qualification. The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation. The Company has the power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being and as proposed hereafter to be conducted. The Subsidiaries of the Company and the direct and indirect ownership thereof as of the Agreement Date are as set forth on Schedule 3 attached hereto. As of the Agreement Date and except as would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect, each Subsidiary of the Company is a corporation, limited liability company, limited partnership or other legal entity duly organized or formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation and has the power and authority to own its properties and to carry on its business as now being and as proposed hereafter to be conducted.

(b) Authorization; Enforceability. The Company has the corporate power, and has taken all necessary action, to authorize it to borrow hereunder, to execute, deliver and perform this Agreement and each of the other Loan Documents to which it is a party in accordance with their respective terms, and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby. This Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and is, and each of the other Loan Documents to which the Company is party is, a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and similar laws affecting creditors’ rights and remedies generally and subject, as to enforceability, to general principles of equity.

(c) Compliance with Other Loan Documents and Contemplated Transactions. The execution, delivery and performance, in accordance with their respective terms, by the Company of this Agreement, the Notes, and each of the other Loan Documents, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby, do not (i) require any consent or approval, governmental or otherwise, not already obtained, (ii) violate any Applicable Law respecting the Company, (iii) conflict with, result in a breach of, or constitute a default under the articles of incorporation or by-laws, as amended, of the Company, or under any indenture, agreement, or other instrument, including without limitation the Licenses, to which the

-59-

Company is a party or by which the Company or its respective properties is bound that is material to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or (iv) result in or require the creation or imposition of any Lien upon or with respect to any property now owned or hereafter acquired by the Company or any of the Material Subsidiaries, except for Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.

(d) Compliance with Law. The Company and its Subsidiaries are in compliance with all Applicable Law, except where the failure to be in compliance therewith would not individually or in the aggregate have a Materially Adverse Effect.

(e) Title to Assets. As of the Agreement Date, the Company and its Subsidiaries have good title to, or a valid leasehold interest in, all of their respective assets, except for such exceptions as would not reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Materially Adverse Effect. None of the properties or assets of the Company or any Material Subsidiary is subject to any Liens, except for Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof.

(f) Litigation. There is no action, suit, proceeding or investigation pending against, or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, including without limitation the Licenses, in any court or before any arbitrator of any kind or before or by any governmental body (including, without limitation, the FCC) that (i) calls into question the validity of this Agreement or any other Loan Document or (ii) as of the Agreement Date, would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect, other than as may be disclosed in the public filings of the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Agreement Date.

(g) Taxes. All Federal income, other material Federal and material state and other tax returns of the Company and its Material Subsidiaries required by law to be filed have been duly filed and all Federal income, other material Federal and material state and other taxes, including, without limitation, withholding taxes, assessments and other governmental charges or levies required to be paid by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, income, profits or assets, which are due and payable, have been paid, except any such taxes (i) (x) the payment of which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is diligently contesting in good faith by appropriate proceedings, (y) for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP have been provided on the books of such Person, and (z) as to which no Lien other than a Lien permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof has attached, or (ii) which may result from audits not yet conducted, or (iii) as to which the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

(h) Financial Statements. As of the Agreement Date, the Company has furnished or caused to be furnished to the Administrative Agent and the Lenders as of the Agreement Date, the audited financial statements for the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, and the Consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at March 31, 2013, and the related Consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the three months then ended, duly certified by the chief financial officer of the Company, all of which have been

-60-

prepared in accordance with GAAP and present fairly, subject, in the case of said balance sheet as at March 31, 2013, and said statements of income and cash flows for the three months then ended, to year-end audit adjustments, in all material respects the financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, on and as at such dates and the results of operations for the periods then ended. As of the date of this Agreement, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries has any liabilities, contingent or otherwise, on the Agreement Date, that are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis other than as disclosed in the financial statements referred to in the preceding sentence or in the reports filed by the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Agreement Date or the Obligations.

(i) No Material Adverse Change. Other than as may be disclosed in the public filings of the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Agreement Date, there has occurred no event since December 31, 2012 which has had or which would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

(j) ERISA. The Company and its Subsidiaries and, to the best of their knowledge, their ERISA Affiliates have fulfilled their respective obligations under the minimum funding standards of ERISA and the Code with respect to each Plan and are in compliance in all material respects with the currently applicable provisions of ERISA and the Code except where any failure or non-compliance would not reasonably be expected to result in a Materially Adverse Effect.

(k) Compliance with Regulations U and X. The Company does not own or presently intend to own an amount of “margin stock” as defined in Regulations U and X (12 C.F.R. Parts 221 and 224) of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“margin stock”) representing twenty-five percent (25%) or more of the total assets of the Company, as measured on both a consolidated and unconsolidated basis. Neither the making of the Loans nor the use of proceeds thereof will violate, or be inconsistent with, the provisions of any of the above-mentioned regulations.

(l) Investment Company Act. The Company is not required to register under the provisions of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(m) Solvency. As of the Agreement Date and after giving effect to the transactions contemplated by the Loan Documents (i) the assets and property of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, at a fair valuation, will exceed the total amount of liabilities, including contingent liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis; (ii) the capital of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not be unreasonably small to conduct its business as such business is now conducted and expected to be conducted following the Agreement Date; (iii) the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will not have incurred debts, or have intended to incur debts, beyond their ability to pay such debts as they mature; and (iv) the present fair salable value of the assets and property of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis will be greater than the amount that will be required to pay their probable liabilities (including debts) as they become absolute and matured. For purposes of this Section, the amount of contingent liabilities at any

-61-

time will be computed as the amount that, in light of all the facts and circumstances existing as such time, can reasonably be expected to become an actual or matured liability.

(n) Designated Persons. No Borrowers or any of their respective Subsidiaries nor, to the knowledge of the Borrowers, any of their respective directors, officers, brokers or other agents is a Designated Person.

Section 4.2 Survival of Representations and Warranties, Etc. All representations and warranties made under this Agreement and any other Loan Document (other than those set forth in Section 4.1(f)(ii) hereof and Section 4.1(i) hereof) shall be deemed to be made, and shall be true and correct in all material respects, except for those representations and warranties that are qualified by materiality or Materially Adverse Effect, which shall be true and correct, at and as of the Agreement Date and on the date the making of each Advance or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, except to the extent stated to have been made as of the Agreement Date. All representations and warranties made under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall survive, and not be waived by, the execution hereof by the Lenders and the Administrative Agent, any investigation or inquiry by any Lender or the Administrative Agent, or the making of any Advance under this Agreement.

ARTICLE 5 - GENERAL COVENANTS

Section 5.1 Preservation of Existence and Similar Matters. Except as permitted under Section 7.3 hereof or to the extent required for the Company or any of its Subsidiaries maintain its status as a REIT, the Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, preserve and maintain its existence, and its material rights, franchises, licenses and privileges in the jurisdiction of its incorporation or formation, including, without limitation, the Licenses and all other Necessary Authorizations, except where the failure to do so would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect. Until such time as the board of directors of the Company deems it in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders not to remain qualified as a REIT, the Company will be organized in conformity with the requirements for qualification as a REIT under the Code, and its proposed method of operation will enable it to meet the requirements for qualification and taxation as a REIT under the Code.

Section 5.2 Compliance with Applicable Law. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to comply in all respects with the requirements of all Applicable Law, except when the failure to comply therewith would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

Section 5.3 Maintenance of Properties. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, maintain or cause to be maintained in the ordinary course of business in good repair, working order and condition (reasonable wear and tear excepted) all properties then used or useful in their respective businesses (whether owned or held under lease) that,

-62-

individually or in the aggregate, are material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, except where the failure to maintain would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

Section 5.4 Accounting Methods and Financial Records. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries on a consolidated and consolidating basis to, maintain a system of accounting established and administered in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, keep adequate records and books of account in which complete entries will be made in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and reflecting all transactions required to be reflected by generally accepted accounting principles, and keep accurate and complete records of their respective properties and assets.

Section 5.5 Insurance. The Company will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, maintain insurance (including self-insurance) with respect to its properties and business that are material to the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis from responsible companies in such amounts and against such risks as are customary for companies engaged in the same or similar business, with all premiums thereon to be paid by the Company and the Material Subsidiaries.

Section 5.6 Payment of Taxes and Claims. The Company will, and will cause each of its Subsidiaries to, pay and discharge all Federal income, other material Federal and material state and other material taxes required to be paid by them or imposed upon them or their income or profits or upon any properties belonging to them, prior to the date on which penalties attach thereto, which, if unpaid, might become a Lien or charge upon any of their properties (other than Liens permitted pursuant to Section 7.2 hereof); provided, however, that no such tax, assessment, charge, levy or claim need be paid which is being diligently contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP shall have been set aside on the appropriate books or where the failure to pay would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

Section 5.7 Visits and Inspections. The Company will, and will cause each Material Subsidiary to, permit representatives of the Administrative Agent and any of the Lenders, upon reasonable notice, to (a) visit and inspect the properties of the Company or any Material Subsidiary during business hours, (b) inspect and make extracts from and copies of their respective books and records, and (c) discuss with their respective principal officers and accountants (with representatives of the Company participating in such discussions with their accountants) their respective businesses, assets, liabilities, financial positions, results of operations and business prospects, all at such reasonable times and as often as reasonably requested.

Section 5.8 Use of Proceeds. Each Borrower will use the aggregate proceeds of all Advances under the Loans (together with other funds or borrowing capacity, if necessary) directly or indirectly to refinance, in whole, on the Agreement Date, the Existing Indebtedness, for working capital needs, to finance acquisitions and other general corporate purposes of such Borrower and its Subsidiaries (including, without limitation, to refinance or repurchase Indebtedness and to purchase issued and outstanding Ownership Interests of such Borrower).

-63-

Section 5.9 Maintenance of REIT Status. The Company will, at all times, conduct its affairs in a manner so as to continue to qualify as a REIT and elect to be treated as a REIT under all Applicable Laws, rules and regulations until such time as the board of directors of the Company deems it in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders not to remain qualified as a REIT.

Section 5.10 Senior Credit Facility. If the provisions of Articles 7 (Negative Covenants) and/or 8 (Default) (and the definitions of defined terms used therein) of (i) the Loan Agreement, dated as of January 31, 2012, as amended on or prior to and in effect on the Agreement Date (the “January 2012 Agreement”), among the Company and certain agents and lenders from time to time party thereto or (ii) the Loan Agreement, dated as of June 29, 2012, as amended on or prior to and in effect on the Agreement Date (the “June 2012 Agreement” and together with the January 2012 Agreement, the “Existing Credit Agreements”), among the Company and certain agents and lenders from time to time party thereto are proposed, in either case, to be amended or otherwise modified in a manner that is more restrictive from the Company’s perspective (a “Restrictive Change”), the Company covenants and agrees that it shall (a) provide the Lenders with written notice describing such proposed Restrictive Change promptly and in any event prior to the effectiveness of such Restrictive Change, and (b) upon fifteen (15) Business Days prior written notice from the Majority Lenders requesting that such Restrictive Change be effected with respect to this Agreement, take such steps as are necessary to effect a Restrictive Change with respect to this Agreement that is acceptable to the Majority Lenders and the Company; provided, that, in the event the Company fails to effect such equivalent Restrictive Change within such fifteen (15) Business Day period, then, such Restrictive Change to either of the Existing Credit Agreements shall automatically be applied to this Agreement; provided, further that (i) no default or event of default would occur solely by reason of such amendment to this Agreement or any other debt agreement of the Company, and (ii) such Restrictive Change shall not be made if doing so would cause the Company to fail to maintain, or prevent it from being able to elect, REIT status. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any such Restrictive Change made to this Agreement hereunder shall remain in effect until such time as the Existing Credit Agreements have matured or otherwise been terminated, at which point, unless the Company’s Debt Ratings (or their related outlooks) have declined since the date this Agreement was executed, the Administrative Agent, Lenders and the Company will take such steps as are necessary to amend this Agreement to remove entirely any such amendments made under this Section 5.10 to this Agreement; provided, however, that in the event that (A) either of the Existing Credit Agreements has matured or otherwise been terminated, and (B) the Company’s Debt Ratings (or their related outlooks) have declined since the date this Agreement was executed, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Company shall negotiate in good faith to modify such Restrictive Change with respect to its application for the remainder of this Agreement.

Section 5.11 Designated Persons. None of the proceeds of any Loan will, to the Company’s knowledge, be used, and to the Company’s knowledge, none of the proceeds of any Loan have been used, to fund any operations in, finance any investments or activities in, or make any payments to a Designated Person or a Sanctioned Country.

ARTICLE 6 - INFORMATION COVENANTS

-64-

So long as any of the Obligations are outstanding and unpaid or the Lenders have an obligation to fund Advances hereunder or any Issuing Bank has an obligation to issue Letters of Credit hereunder (in each case, whether or not the conditions to borrowing or to issuing a Letter of Credit, as applicable, have been or can be fulfilled), the Company will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Administrative Agent (with the Administrative Agent to make the same available to the Lenders) at its office:

Section 6.1 Quarterly Financial Statements and Information. Within forty-five (45) days after the last day of each of the first three (3) quarters of each fiscal year of the Company, the consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries at the end of such quarter and as of the end of the preceding fiscal year, and the related consolidated statement of operations and the related consolidated statement of cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for such quarter and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such quarter, which shall set forth in comparative form such figures as at the end of and for such quarter and appropriate prior period and shall be certified by the chief financial officer of the Company to have been prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and to present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such period and the results of operations for such period, and for the elapsed portion of the year ended with the last day of such period, subject only to normal year-end and audit adjustments; provided that in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Company shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7, a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP; provided, further, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 6.1, no financial statements delivered pursuant to this Section 6.1 shall be required to include footnotes.

Section 6.2 Annual Financial Statements and Information. As soon as available, but in any event not later than the earlier of (a) the date such deliverables are required (if at all) by the Securities and Exchange Commission and (b) one hundred twenty (120) days after the end of each fiscal year of the Company, the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the end of such fiscal year and the related audited consolidated statement of operations for such fiscal year and for the previous fiscal year, the related audited consolidated statements of cash flow and stockholders’ equity for such fiscal year and for the previous fiscal year, which shall be accompanied by an opinion of Deloitte & Touche, LLP, or other independent certified public accountants of recognized national standing reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, together with a statement of such accountants (unless the giving of such statement is contrary to accounting practice for the continuing independence of such accountant) that in connection with their audit, nothing came to their attention that caused them to believe that the Company was not in compliance with Sections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7 hereof insofar as they relate to accounting matters; provided that in the event of any change in generally accepted accounting principles used in the preparation of such financial statements, the Company shall also provide, if necessary for the determination of compliance with Section 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7 a statement of reconciliation conforming such financial statements to GAAP.

Section 6.3 Performance Certificates. At the time the financial statements are furnished pursuant to Sections 6.1 and 6.2 hereof, a certificate of the president, chief financial

-65-

officer or treasurer of the Company as to the financial performance of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit E:

(a) setting forth as and at the end of such quarterly period or fiscal year, as the case may be, the arithmetical calculations required to establish whether or not the Company was in compliance with Sections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7 hereof; and

(b) stating that, to the best of his or her knowledge, no Default has occurred and is continuing as at the end of such quarterly period or year, as the case may be, or, if a Default has occurred, disclosing each such Default and its nature, when it occurred, whether it is continuing and the steps being taken by the Company with respect to such Default.

Section 6.4 Copies of Other Reports.

(a) Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of the management letter prepared in connection with the annual audit referred to in Section 6.2 hereof.

(b) Promptly upon receipt thereof, copies of any adverse notice or report regarding any License that would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

(c) From time to time and promptly upon each request, such data, certificates, reports, statements, documents or further information regarding the business, assets, liabilities, financial position, projections, results of operations or business prospects of the Company and its Subsidiaries, as the Administrative Agent or any Lender may reasonably request.

(d) Promptly after the sending thereof, copies of all statements, reports and other information which the Company sends to public security holders of the Company generally or publicly files with the Securities and Exchange Commission, but solely in the event that any such statement, report or information has not been made publicly available by the Securities and Exchange Commission on the EDGAR or similar system or by the Company on its internet website.

Section 6.5 Notice of Litigation and Other Matters. Unless previously disclosed in the public filings of the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission, notice specifying the nature and status of any of the following events, promptly, but in any event not later than fifteen (15) days after the occurrence of any of the following events becomes known to the Company:

(a) the commencement of all proceedings and investigations by or before any governmental body and all actions and proceedings in any court or before any arbitrator against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or, to the extent known to the Company, threatened in writing against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, which would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect;

(b) any material adverse change with respect to the business, assets, liabilities, financial position, results of operations or business prospects of the Company and its

-66-

Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, other than changes which have not had and would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect and other than changes in the industry in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries operates or the economy or business conditions in general;

(d) the commencement or threatened commencement of any litigation regarding any Plan or naming it or the trustee of any such Plan with respect to such Plan or any action taken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate of the Company to withdraw or partially withdraw from any Plan or to terminate any Plan, that in each case would reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect.

Section 6.6 Certain Electronic Delivery; Public Information. Documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Section 6 (to the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission) may be delivered electronically and if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the Company posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the Company’s website on the Internet at the website address listed on Schedule 4; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the Company’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and the Administrative Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by the Administrative Agent); provided that the Administrative Agent shall receive notice (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and shall be provided access (by electronic mail) to electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.

The Company hereby acknowledges that (a) the Administrative Agent will make available to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Company hereunder (collectively, “Borrower Materials”) by posting the Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders (each, a “Public Lender”) may have personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information with respect to the Company or its Affiliates, or the respective securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related activities with respect to such Persons’ securities. The Company hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials “PUBLIC,” the Company shall be deemed to have authorized the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material non-public information with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials constitute confidential information, they shall be treated as set forth in Section 12.19); (y) all Borrower Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform designated “Public Side Information;” and (z) the Administrative Agent and the Arranger shall be entitled to treat any Borrower Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Side

-67-

Information.” Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall be under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials “PUBLIC.”

Section 6.7 Know Your Customer Information. Upon a merger or consolidation pursuant to Section 7.3(b), the Company (or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower) or the surviving corporation into which the Company (or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower) is merged or consolidated shall deliver for the benefit of the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent, such other documents as may reasonably be requested in connection with such merger or consolidation, including, without limitation, information in respect of “know your customer” and similar requirements, an incumbency certificate and an opinion of nationally recognized independent counsel, or other independent counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, to the effect that all agreements or instruments effecting the assumption of the Obligations of the Company (or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower) under the Notes, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents pursuant to the terms of Section 7.3(b) are enforceable in accordance with their terms and comply with the terms hereof.

ARTICLE 7 - NEGATIVE COVENANTS

Section 7.1 Indebtedness; Guaranties of the Company and its Subsidiaries. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or otherwise become or remain obligated in respect of, or permit to be outstanding, any Indebtedness (including, without limitation, any Guaranty) except:

(a) Indebtedness existing on the date hereof and disclosed in the public filings of the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission and any refinancing, extensions, renewals and replacements (including through open market purchases and tender offers) of any such Indebtedness that do not (i) increase the outstanding principal amount and any existing commitments not utilized thereunder, or accreted value thereof (or, in the case of open market purchases and tender offers, exceed the current market value thereof) plus any accrued interest thereon, the amount of any premiums and any costs and expenses incurred to effect such refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement, (ii) result in an earlier maturity date or decrease the weighted average life thereof or (iii) change the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto;

(b) Indebtedness owed to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

(c) Indebtedness existing at the time a Subsidiary of the Company (not having previously been a Subsidiary) (i) becomes a Subsidiary of the Company or (ii) is merged or consolidated with or into a Subsidiary of the Company and any refinancing, extensions, renewals and replacements (including through open market purchases and tender offers) of any such Indebtedness that do not (x) increase the outstanding principal amount, including any existing commitments not utilized thereunder, or accreted value thereof (or, in the case of open

-68-

market purchases and tender offers, exceed the current market value thereof) plus any accrued interest thereon, the amount of any premiums and any costs and expenses incurred to effect such refinancing, extension, renewal or replacement or (y) result in an earlier maturity date or decrease the weighted average life thereof; provided that such Indebtedness is not created in contemplation of such merger or consolidation;

(d) Indebtedness secured by Permitted Liens;

(e) Capitalized Lease Obligations;

(f) obligations under Hedge Agreements; provided that such Hedge Agreements shall not be speculative in nature;

(g) Indebtedness of Subsidiaries of the Company, so long as (i) no Default exists or would be caused thereby and (ii) the principal outstanding amount of such Indebtedness at the time of its incurrence does not exceed (when taken together with the principal outstanding amount at such time of Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.1(i) hereof (or portion thereof) that is guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company) $800,000,000 in the aggregate;

(h) Indebtedness under (i) the SpectraSite ABS Facility and (ii) any additional ABS Facilities entered into by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including any increase of the SpectraSite ABS Facility) so long as, in each case after giving pro forma effect to such ABS Facility, the Company is in compliance with Sections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7 hereof;

(i) (i) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents and (ii) other Indebtedness of the Company so long as, in each case after giving pro forma effect to such other Indebtedness, the Company is in compliance with Sections 7.5, 7.6 and 7.7 hereof;

(j) Guaranties by the Company of any of the foregoing except for the Indebtedness set forth under Section 7.1(h) hereof; and

(k) Guaranties by any Subsidiary of the Company of any of the foregoing except for the Indebtedness set forth under Section 7.1(h) hereof; provided that there shall be no prohibition against Guaranties by any Subsidiaries of the Company that (i) are special purposes entities directly involved in any ABS Facilities and (ii) have no material assets other than the direct or indirect Ownership Interests in special purpose entities directly involved in such ABS Facilities; provided further that the principal outstanding amount of any Indebtedness set forth in Section 7.1(i) hereof (or portion thereof) that is guaranteed by any Subsidiary of the Company shall not exceed (when taken together with the principal outstanding amount at such time of Indebtedness incurred under Section 7.1(g) hereof) $800,000,000 in the aggregate.

For purposes of determining compliance with this Section 7.1, (A) if an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, the Company, in its sole discretion, shall classify such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of such clauses, although the Company may divide and classify an item of Indebtedness in one or more of the types of Indebtedness and may later re-divide or reclassify all or a portion of such item of Indebtedness in any manner that complies

-69-

with this Section 7.1 and (B) the amount of Indebtedness issued at a price that is less than the principal amount thereof shall be equal to the amount of the liability in respect thereof determined in conformity with GAAP.

Section 7.2 Limitation on Liens. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, create, assume, incur or permit to exist or to be created, assumed, incurred or permitted to exist, directly or indirectly, any Lien on any of its properties or assets, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, except for (i) Liens securing the Obligations (if any), (ii) Permitted Liens, and (iii) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Section 7.1(a) (but only if and to the extent such Indebtedness (or the Indebtedness which was refinanced, extended, renewed or replaced) is secured as of the date hereof), Section 7.1(c) (but only if and to the extent such Indebtedness (or the Indebtedness which was refinanced, extended, renewed or replaced) is secured as of the date the Subsidiary that incurred such Indebtedness became a Subsidiary of the Company), Section 7.1(g), Section 7.1(h) or Section 7.1(k).

Section 7.3 Liquidation, Merger or Disposition of Assets.

(a) Disposition of Assets. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time sell, lease, abandon, or otherwise dispose of any assets (other than assets disposed of in the ordinary course of business), except for (i) the transfer of assets among the Company and its Subsidiaries (excluding Subsidiaries of such Persons described in clause (b) of the definition of “Subsidiary” if the requirements of clause (a) thereof are not otherwise met) or the transfer of assets between or among the Company’s Subsidiaries (excluding Subsidiaries of such Persons described in clause (b) of the definition of “Subsidiary” if the requirements of clause (a) thereof are not otherwise met), (ii) the transfer of assets by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to Unrestricted Subsidiaries representing an amount not to exceed, in any given fiscal year, fifteen percent (15%) of Adjusted EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year, but in aggregate for the period commencing on the Agreement Date and ending of the date of such transfer, not more than twenty-five percent (25%) of Adjusted EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis as of the last day of the fiscal year immediately preceding the date of such transfer, or (iii) the disposition of assets for fair market value so long as no Default exists or will be caused to occur as a result of such disposition; provided that, in respect of this clause (iii), the fair market value of all such assets disposed of by the Company and its Subsidiaries during any fiscal year shall not exceed fifteen percent (15%) of Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the immediately preceding fiscal year. For the avoidance of doubt, cash and cash equivalents shall not be considered assets subject to the provisions of this Section 7.3(a).

(b) Liquidation or Merger. Neither Company nor any Subsidiary Borrower shall, at any time, liquidate or dissolve itself (or suffer any liquidation or dissolution) or otherwise wind up, or enter into any merger or consolidation, other than (i) a merger or consolidation among the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower and one or more of its Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower is the surviving Person, (ii) in connection with an Acquisition permitted hereunder effected by a merger in which the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower is the surviving Person, or (iii) a merger or consolidation (including, without limitation, in connection with an Acquisition

-70-

permitted hereunder) among the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower, on the one hand, and any other Person (including, without limitation, an Affiliate), on the other hand, where the surviving Person (if other than the Company or a Subsidiary Borrower) (A) is a corporation, partnership, or limited liability company organized and existing under the laws of the United States of America, any State thereof or the District of Columbia and (B) on the effective date of such merger or consolidation expressly assumes, by supplemental agreement, executed and delivered to the Administrative Agent, for itself and on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Majority Lenders, all the Obligations of the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower under the Notes, this Agreement and the other Loan Documents; provided, however, that, in each case, no Default exists or would be caused thereby.

Section 7.4 Restricted Payments. The Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, make any Restricted Payments; provided, however that the Company and its Subsidiaries may make any Restricted Payments so long as no Default exists or would be caused thereby, and, provided, further that, (a) for so long as the Company is a REIT, during the continuation of a Default, the Company and its Subsidiaries may make any Restricted Payments provided they do not exceed in the aggregate for any four consecutive fiscal quarters of the Company occurring from and after March 31, 2013, (i) 95% of Funds From Operations for such four fiscal quarter period, or (ii) such greater amount as may be required to comply with Section 5.9 or to avoid the imposition of income or excise taxes on the Company, and (b) the Company may make any Restricted Payment required to comply with section 5.9, including, for the avoidance of doubt, any Restricted Payment necessary to satisfy the requirements of section 857(a)(2)(B) of the Code, or any successor provision.

Section 7.5 Senior Secured Leverage Ratio. As of the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company shall not permit the ratio of (i) Senior Secured Debt on such calculation date to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, to be greater than 3.00 to 1.00.

Section 7.6 Total Company Leverage Ratio. As of the end of each fiscal quarter, the Company shall not permit the ratio of (i) Total Debt on such calculation date to (ii) Adjusted EBITDA, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, to be greater than 6.00 to 1.00.

Section 7.7 Interest Coverage Ratio. So long as the Debt Rating received from each of Standard and Poor’s, Moody’s and Fitch is lower than BBB-, Baa3, or BBB-, respectively, as of the end of each fiscal quarter, based upon the financial statements delivered pursuant to Section 6.1 or 6.2 hereof for such quarter, the Company shall maintain a ratio of (a) Adjusted EBITDA as of the end of such fiscal quarter to (b) Interest Expense for the twelve (12) month period then ending, of not less than 2.50 to 1.00.

Section 7.8 Affiliate Transactions. Except (i) as specifically provided herein (including, without limitation, Sections 7.1, 7.3 and 7.4 hereof), (ii) investments of cash and cash equivalents in Unrestricted Subsidiaries, and (iii) as may be disclosed in the public filings of the Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Agreement Date, the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of its Subsidiaries to, at any time engage in any transaction with an Affiliate, other than between or among the Company and/or any Subsidiaries of the Company or in the ordinary course of business, or make an assignment or other transfer of

-71-

any of its properties or assets to any Affiliate, in each case on terms less advantageous in any material respect to the Company or such Subsidiary than would be the case if such transaction had been effected with a non-Affiliate.

Section 7.9 Restrictive Agreements. The Company shall not, nor shall the Company permit any of its Material Subsidiaries to, directly or indirectly, enter into, incur or permit to exist any agreement or other arrangement that prohibits, restricts or imposes any condition upon the ability of any Material Subsidiary of the Company to pay dividends or other distributions with respect to any shares of its capital stock or to make or repay loans or advances to the Company or any other Material Subsidiary of the Company; provided that (i) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by Applicable Law or by any Loan Document, (ii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions contained in agreements relating to the sale of a Material Subsidiary of the Company pending such sale; provided that such restrictions and conditions apply only to the Material Subsidiary that is to be sold and such sale is permitted hereunder, (iii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions contained in any instrument governing Indebtedness or Ownership Interests of a Person acquired by the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries as in effect at the time of such acquisition (except to the extent such Indebtedness was incurred, or such Ownership Interests were issued, in connection with or in contemplation of such acquisition), which encumbrance or restriction is not applicable to any Person, or the properties or assets of any Person, other than the Person or the property or assets of the Person so acquired, and any amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings of those instruments; provided that the encumbrances or restrictions contained in any such amendments, modifications, restatements, renewals, increases, supplements, refundings, replacements or refinancings, taken as whole, are not materially more restrictive than the encumbrances or restrictions contained in instruments as in effect on the date of acquisition, (iv) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions on cash or other deposits or net worth imposed by customers or lessors under contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business, (v) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed on the transfer of copyrighted or patented materials or other intellectual property and customary provisions in agreements that restrict the assignment of such agreements or any rights thereunder, (vi) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed by contracts or leases entered into in the ordinary course of business by the Company or any of its Material Subsidiaries with such Person’s customers, lessors or suppliers and (vii) the foregoing shall not apply to restrictions and conditions imposed upon the “borrower”, “issuer”, “guarantor”, “pledgor” or “lender” entities under ABS Facilities permitted under Section 7.1(h) hereof or which arise in connection with any payment default regarding Indebtedness otherwise permitted under Section 7.1 hereof.

ARTICLE 8 - DEFAULT

Section 8.1 Events of Default. Each of the following shall constitute an Event of Default, whatever the reason for such event and whether it shall be voluntary or involuntary or be effected by operation of law or pursuant to any judgment or order of any court or any order, rule or regulation of any governmental or non-governmental body:

-72-

(a) any representation or warranty made under this Agreement shall prove to be incorrect in any material respect when made or deemed to be made pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof;

(b) the Company or any Subsidiary Borrower shall default in the payment of (i) any interest hereunder or under any of the Notes or fees or other amounts payable to the Lenders and the Administrative Agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any of them, when due, and such Default shall not be cured by payment in full within five (5) Business Days from the due date or (ii) any principal hereunder or under any of the Notes when due;

(c) the Company or any Material Subsidiary, as applicable, shall default in the performance or observance of any agreement or covenant contained in Sections 5.1 (as to the existence of the Company), 5.8, 5.10, 7.1, 7.2, 7.3, 7.4, 7.5, 7.6, 7.7 and 7.9 hereof;

(d) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, as applicable, shall default in the performance or observance of any other agreement or covenant contained in this Agreement not specifically referred to elsewhere in this Section 8.1, and such default shall not be cured within a period of thirty (30) days (or with respect to Sections 5.3, 5.4, 5.5, 5.6, 6.4, 6.5 and 7.8 hereof, such longer period not to exceed sixty (60) days if such default is curable within such period and the Company is proceeding in good faith with all diligent efforts to cure such default) from the later of (i) occurrence of such Default and (ii) the date on which such Default became known to the Company;

(e) there shall occur any default in the performance or observance of any agreement or covenant or breach of any representation or warranty contained in any of the Loan Documents (other than this Agreement or as otherwise provided in this Section 8.1) by the Company, which shall not be cured within a period of thirty (30) days (or such longer period not to exceed sixty (60) days if such default is curable within such period and the Company is proceeding in good faith with all diligent efforts to cure such default) from the date on which such default became known to the Company;

(f) there shall be entered and remain unstayed a decree or order for relief in respect of the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy law or other similar law, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or similar official of the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group, or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation of the affairs of the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group; or an involuntary petition shall be filed against the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group, and (i) such petition shall not be diligently contested, or (ii) any such petition shall continue undismissed or unstayed for a period of ninety (90) consecutive days;

(g) the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group shall file a petition, answer or consent seeking relief under Title 11 of the United States Code, as now constituted or hereafter amended, or any other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy law or other similar law, or the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group shall consent to the institution of proceedings thereunder or to the filing of any such petition or to the appointment or

-73-

taking of possession of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar official of the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group or of any substantial part of their respective properties, or the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group shall fail generally to pay their respective debts as they become due or shall be adjudicated insolvent; or the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group shall take any action in furtherance of any such action;

(h) a judgment not covered by insurance or indemnification, where the indemnifying party has agreed to indemnify and is financially able to do so, shall be entered by any court against the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group for the payment of money which exceeds singly, or in the aggregate with other such judgments, $250,000,000.00, or a warrant of attachment or execution or similar process shall be issued or levied against property of the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group which, together with all other such property of the Company or any Material Subsidiary Group subject to other such process, exceeds in value $250,000,000.00 in the aggregate, and if, within thirty (30) days after the entry, issue or levy thereof, such judgment, warrant or process shall not have been paid or discharged or stayed pending appeal or removed to bond, or if, after the expiration of any such stay, such judgment, warrant or process, shall not have been paid or discharged or removed to bond;

(i) except to the extent that would not reasonably be expected to have a Materially Adverse Effect collectively or individually, (i) there shall be at any time any “accumulated funding deficiency,” as defined in ERISA or in Section 412 of the Code, with respect to any Plan maintained by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate, or to which the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate has any liabilities, or any trust created thereunder; (ii) a trustee shall be appointed by a United States District Court to administer any such Plan; (iii) PBGC shall institute proceedings to terminate any such Plan; (iv) the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate shall incur any liability to PBGC in connection with the termination of any such Plan; or (v) any Plan or trust created under any Plan of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate shall engage in a “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code) which would subject any such Plan, any trust created thereunder, any trustee or administrator thereof, or any party dealing with any such Plan or trust to material tax or penalty on “prohibited transactions” imposed by Section 502 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code;

(j) there shall occur (i) any acceleration of the maturity of any Indebtedness of the Company or any Material Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $250,000,000.00, or, as a result of a failure to comply with the terms thereof, such Indebtedness shall otherwise have become due and payable prior to its scheduled maturity; or (ii) any failure to make any payment when due (after any applicable grace period) with respect to any Indebtedness of the Company or any Material Subsidiary (other than the Obligations) in an aggregate principal amount exceeding $250,000,000.00;

(k) any material Loan Document or any material provision thereof, shall at any time and for any reason be declared by a court of competent jurisdiction to be null and void, or a proceeding shall be commenced by the Company seeking to establish the invalidity or unenforceability thereof (exclusive of questions of interpretation of any provision thereof), or the Company shall deny that it has any liability or obligation for the payment of

-74-

principal or interest purported to be created under any Loan Document (other than in accordance with its terms);

(l) there shall occur any Change of Control; or

(m) so long as any Subsidiary of the Company is a Subsidiary Borrower, any provision of Article11 shall for any reason cease to be valid and binding on or enforceable against the Company, or the Company shall so state in writing.

Section 8.2 Remedies.

(a) If an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1 (other than an Event of Default under Section 8.1(f) or (g) hereof) shall have occurred and shall be continuing, the Administrative Agent, at the request of the Majority Lenders but subject to Section 9.3 hereof, shall (i) (A) terminate the Revolving Loan Commitments and/or (B) declare the principal of and interest on the Loans and the Notes, if any, and all other amounts owed to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, the Notes and any other Loan Documents to be forthwith due and payable without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived, anything in this Agreement, the Notes or any other Loan Document to the contrary notwithstanding, and the Revolving Loan Commitments shall thereupon forthwith terminate, and (ii) require the Company to, and the Company shall thereupon, deposit in an interest bearing account with the Administrative Agent, as Cash Collateral for the Obligations, an amount equal to the maximum amount currently or at any time thereafter available to be drawn on all outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.15.

(b) Upon the occurrence and continuance of an Event of Default specified in Section 8.1(f) or (g) hereof, all principal, interest and other amounts due hereunder and under the Notes, and all other Obligations, shall thereupon and concurrently therewith become due and payable and the Revolving Loan Commitments shall forthwith terminate and the principal amount of the Loans outstanding hereunder shall bear interest at the Default Rate, and the Company shall thereupon forthwith deposit in an interest bearing account with the Administrative Agent, as Cash Collateral for the Obligations, an amount equal to the maximum amount currently or at any time thereafter available to be drawn on all outstanding Letters of Credit in accordance with Section 2.15, all without any action by the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Majority Lenders, the Issuing Banks, or any of them, and without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are expressly waived, anything in this Agreement or in the other Loan Documents to the contrary notwithstanding; provided, that in the case of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief under the Federal Bankruptcy Code with respect to any Subsidiary Borrower, all principal, interest and other amounts due hereunder and under the Notes, and all other Obligations of such Subsidiary Borrower, shall thereupon and concurrently therewith become due and payable and the principal amount of the Loans outstanding hereunder shall bear interest at the Default Rate.

(c) Upon acceleration of the Loans, as provided in Section 8.2(a) or (b) hereof, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall have all of the

-75-

post-default rights granted to them, or any of them, as applicable under the Loan Documents and under Applicable Law.

(d) The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders hereunder shall be cumulative, and not exclusive.

(e) In the event that the Administrative Agent establishes a cash collateral account as contemplated by this Section 8.2, the Administrative Agent shall invest all funds in such account in such investments as the Administrative Agent, in its sole and absolute discretion, in good faith deems appropriate. The Company hereby acknowledges and agrees that any interest earned on such funds shall be retained by the Administrative Agent as additional collateral for the Obligations. Upon satisfaction in full of all Obligations and the termination of the Commitments, the Administrative Agent shall pay any amounts then held in such account to the Company.

Section 8.3 Payments Subsequent to Declaration of Event of Default. Subsequent to the acceleration of the Loans under Section 8.2 hereof, payments and prepayments (but, for the avoidance of doubt, not Cash Collateral) under this Agreement made to the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders or otherwise received by any of such Persons shall be paid over to the Administrative Agent (if necessary) and distributed by the Administrative Agent as follows: first, to the Administrative Agent’s, Lenders’ and Issuing Banks’ reasonable costs and expenses, if any, incurred in connection with the collection of such payment or prepayment, including, without limitation, all amounts under Section 12.2(b) hereof; second, to the Administrative Agent and the Issuing Banks for any fees hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents then due and payable; third, to the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective unpaid principal amounts (except as provided in Section 2.2(e) hereof), for the payment of any unpaid interest which may have accrued on the Obligations and any fees hereunder or under any of the other Loan Documents then due and payable; fourth, to the Lenders pro rata until all Loans have been paid in full and participations in the Letters of Credit purchased by the Lenders pursuant to Section 2.13(d) hereof shall be paid on a pro rata basis with the Loans), for the payment of the Loans (including the aforementioned obligations under Hedge Agreements and participations in the Letters of Credit); fifth, to the Lenders pro rata on the basis of their respective unpaid amounts, for the payment of any other unpaid Obligations; and sixth, to the Company or as otherwise required by Applicable Law.

ARTICLE 9 - THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

Section 9.1 Appointment and Authorization. Each of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereby irrevocably appoints Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC to act on its behalf as the Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes the Administrative Agent to take such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to the Administrative Agent by the terms hereof or thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto. The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks, and the Borrowers shall not have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such provisions.

-76-

Section 9.2 Rights as a Lender. The Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as though it were not the Administrative Agent and the term “Lender” or “Lenders” shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as the Administrative Agent hereunder in its individual capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of business with the Company or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not the Administrative Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to the Lenders.

Section 9.3 Exculpatory Provisions. The Administrative Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Administrative Agent:

(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a Default has occurred and is continuing;

(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan Documents that the Administrative Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the other Loan Documents), provided that the Administrative Agent shall not be required to take any action that, in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose the Administrative Agent to liability or that is contrary to any Loan Document or Applicable Law, including for the avoidance of doubt any action that may be in violation of the automatic stay under any debtor relief law or that may effect a forfeiture, modification or termination of property of a Defaulting Lender in violation of any debtor relief law; and

(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to the Company or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as the Administrative Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity.

The Administrative Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or at the request of the Majority Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be necessary, or as the Administrative Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances as provided in Sections 12.12 and 8.2) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or willful misconduct. The Administrative Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until notice describing such Default is given to the Administrative Agent by the Company, a Lender, the Swingline Lender or an Issuing Bank.

The Administrative Agent shall not be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the contents of any certificate, report or other

-77-

document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants, agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any condition set forth in Article 3 or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items expressly required to be delivered to the Administrative Agent.

Section 9.4 Reliance by Administrative Agent. The Administrative Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement, instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. The Administrative Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to the making of a Loan, or the issuance of a Letter of Credit, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender or an Issuing Bank, the Administrative Agent may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender or such Issuing Bank unless the Administrative Agent shall have received notice to the contrary from such Lender or such Issuing Bank prior to the making of such Loan or the issuance of such Letter of Credit. The Administrative Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be counsel for the Company), independent accountants and other experts selected by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.

Section 9.5 Resignation of Administrative Agent. (a) The Administrative Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and the Company. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Majority Lenders shall have the right to appoint a successor, which shall (i) be a bank with (A) an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of a bank with an office in the United States, and (B) combined capital and reserves in excess of $250,000,000 (clauses (A) and (B) together, the “Agent Qualifications”) and (ii) so long as no Event of Default is continuing, be reasonably acceptable to Company. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days after the retiring Administrative Agent gives notice of its resignation (the “Resignation Effective Date”), then the retiring Administrative Agent may (but shall not be obligated to), on behalf of the Lenders and the Issuing Banks and in consultation with the Company, appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the Agent Qualifications. Whether or not a successor has been appointed, such resignation shall become effective in accordance with such notice on the Resignation Effective Date.

(b) If the Person serving as Administrative Agent is a Defaulting Lender pursuant to clause (v) of the definition thereof, the Majority Lenders may, to the extent permitted by Applicable Law, by notice in writing to the Company and such Person remove such Person as Administrative Agent and appoint a successor Administrative Agent meeting the Agent Qualifications and which, so long as no Event of Default is continuing, is reasonably acceptable to Company. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Majority Lenders and shall have accepted such appointment within thirty (30) days (or such earlier day as shall be

-78-

agreed by the Majority Lenders) (the “Removal Effective Date”), then such removal shall nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice on the Removal Effective Date.

(c) With effect from, as applicable, the Resignation Effective Date or the Removal Effective Date (1) the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except that in the case of any collateral security held by the Administrative Agent on behalf of the Lenders or the Issuing Banks under any of the Loan Documents, the retiring Administrative Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time as a successor Administrative Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided to be made by, to or through the Administrative Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender and each Issuing Bank directly, until such time as the Majority Lenders appoint a successor Administrative Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired) Administrative Agent, and the retiring Administrative Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this Section). The fees payable by the Company to a successor Administrative Agent shall be the same as those payable to its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between the Company and such successor. After the retiring Administrative Agent’s resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article and Sections 12.2 and 12.5 shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Administrative Agent, its sub-agents and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.

(d) Any resignation by Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC as Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section shall also constitute the resignation of Toronto Dominion as an Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender. If Toronto Dominion resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Revolving Loans (in the form of Base Rate Advances) or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.17(c). Upon the acceptance of a successor’s appointment as Administrative Agent hereunder, (i) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as applicable, (ii) the retiring Issuing Bank and Swingline Lender shall be discharged from all of their respective duties and obligations hereunder or under the other Loan Documents, and (iii) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to the retiring Issuing Bank to effectively assume the obligations of the retiring Issuing Bank with respect to such Letters of Credit.

Section 9.6 Non-Reliance on Administrative Agent and Other Lenders. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank acknowledges that it has, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender and each Issuing Bank also acknowledges that it will, independently and without reliance upon the Administrative Agent or any other

-79-

Lender or any of their Related Parties and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate, continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or thereunder.

Section 9.7 Indemnification. The Lenders agree to indemnify the Administrative Agent (to the extent not reimbursed by the Company but without effecting the Company’s obligations with respect thereto) pro rata according to their respective Commitment Ratios, from and against any and all liabilities, obligations, losses (other than the loss of principal, interest and fees hereunder in the event of a bankruptcy or out-of-court ‘work-out’ of the Loans), damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, or reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses (including, without limitation, fees and disbursements of experts, agents, consultants and counsel), or disbursements of any kind or nature whatsoever which may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Administrative Agent in any way relating to or arising out of this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement or any other Loan Document or any action taken or omitted by the Administrative Agent under this Agreement, any other Loan Document, or any other document contemplated by this Agreement, except that no Lender shall be liable to the Administrative Agent for any portion of such liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, penalties, actions, judgments, suits, or reasonable out-of-pocket costs, expenses or disbursements resulting from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of the Administrative Agent as determined by a final, non-appealable judicial order of a court having jurisdiction over the subject matter.

Section 9.8 No Responsibilities of the Agents. Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary contained elsewhere herein or in any other Loan Document, the Syndication Agent, the Co-Arrangers and the Joint Bookrunners (as set forth on the cover page hereof) shall not have any duties or responsibilities, nor shall the Syndication Agent or any of the Co-Arrangers or Joint Bookrunners have or be deemed to have any fiduciary relationship with any Lender or participant, and no implied covenants, functions, responsibilities, duties, obligations or liabilities shall be read into this Agreement or any other Loan Document or otherwise exist against the Syndication Agent or any of the Co-Arrangers or Joint Bookrunners.

ARTICLE 10 - CHANGES IN CIRCUMSTANCES

AFFECTING LIBOR ADVANCES AND INCREASED COSTS

Section 10.1 LIBOR Basis Determination Inadequate or Unfair. If with respect to any proposed LIBOR Advance for any Interest Period, (a) the Majority Lenders notify the Administrative Agent that the Eurocurrency Rate for any Interest Period for such Advance will not adequately reflect the cost to such Lenders of making, funding or maintaining their LIBOR Advances for such Interest Period, or (b) the Administrative Agent determines after consultation with the Lenders that adequate and fair means do not exist for determining the LIBOR Basis, the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the Borrowers and the Lenders, whereupon until the Administrative Agent notifies the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such situation no longer exist, the obligations of any affected Lender to make its portion of such LIBOR Advances shall be suspended and each affected Lender shall make its portion of such LIBOR Advance as a Base Rate Advance.

-80-

Section 10.2 Illegality. If, after the date hereof, the adoption of any Applicable Law, or any change in any Applicable Law (whether adopted before or after the Agreement Date), or any change in interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof, or compliance by any Lender with any directive (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency, shall make it unlawful or impossible for any Lender to make, maintain or fund its portion of LIBOR Advances, such Lender shall so notify the Administrative Agent, and the Administrative Agent shall forthwith give notice thereof to the other Lenders and the Borrowers. Before giving any notice to the Administrative Agent pursuant to this Section 10.2, such Lender shall designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for giving such notice and will not, in the sole reasonable judgment of such Lender, be otherwise materially disadvantageous to such Lender. Upon receipt of such notice, notwithstanding anything contained in Article 2 hereof, the relevant Borrowers shall repay in full the then outstanding principal amount of such Lender’s portion of each affected LIBOR Advance, together with accrued interest thereon, on either (a) the last day of the then current Interest Period applicable to such affected LIBOR Advances if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain and fund its portion of such LIBOR Advance to such day or (b) immediately if such Lender may not lawfully continue to fund and maintain its portion of such affected LIBOR Advances to such day. Concurrently with repaying such portion of each affected LIBOR Advance, any Borrower may borrow a Base Rate Advance from such Lender, whether or not it would have been entitled to effect such borrowing, and such Lender shall make such Advance, if so requested, in an amount such that the outstanding principal amount of the Advance shall equal the outstanding principal amount of the affected LIBOR Advance of such Lender immediately prior to such repayment.

Section 10.3 Increased Costs and Additional Amounts.

(a) If after the date hereof, the adoption of any Applicable Law, or any change in any Applicable Law (whether adopted before or after the Agreement Date), or any interpretation or change in interpretation or administration thereof by any governmental authority, central bank or comparable agency charged with the interpretation or administration thereof or compliance by any Lender with any directive issued after the Agreement Date (whether or not having the force of law) of any such authority, central bank or comparable agency:

(i) shall subject any Lender to any Tax with respect to its obligation to make its portion of LIBOR Advances, or its portion of other Advances, or shall change the basis of taxation of payments to any Lender of the principal of or interest on its portion of LIBOR Advances or in respect of any other amounts due under this Agreement, or its obligation to make its portion of Advances (except for changes with respect to Taxes imposed on the revenues or net income of such Lender, and except for any Taxes referred to in Section 10.3(b) hereof); or

(ii) shall impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve (including, without limitation, any imposed by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, but excluding any included in an applicable Eurocurrency Reserve Percentage), special deposit, capital adequacy or liquidity, assessment or other

-81-

requirement or condition against assets of, deposits with or for the account of, or commitments or credit extended by, any Lender or shall impose on any Lender or the London interbank borrowing market any other condition affecting its obligation to make its portion of such LIBOR Advances or its portion of existing Advances;

and the result of any of the foregoing is to increase the cost to such Lender of making or maintaining any of its portion of LIBOR Advances, or to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender under this Agreement or under its Note, if any, with respect thereto, then, within ten (10) days after demand by such Lender, the relevant Borrowers agree to pay to such Lender such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender on an after-tax basis for such increased costs; provided that notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, (x) the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and all requests, rules, guidelines or directives thereunder or issued in connection therewith and (y) all requests, rules, guidelines or directives promulgated by the Bank for International Settlements, the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision (or any successor or similar authority) or the United States or foreign regulatory authorities, in each case pursuant to Basel III, shall in each case be deemed to be enacted, adopted or issued after the date hereof, regardless of the date enacted, adopted or issued.

(b) All payments made by any Borrower under this Agreement shall be made free and clear of, and without deduction or withholding for or on account of, any present or future income or other similar taxes, levies, imposts, duties, charges, fees, deductions or withholdings (“Taxes”), now or hereafter imposed, levied, collected, withheld or assessed by any governmental authority, excluding any Taxes imposed on a Lender by reason of any connection between the Lender and the taxing jurisdiction other than executing, delivering, performing or enforcing this Agreement and receiving payments hereunder. If any such non-excluded Taxes (collectively, the “Non-Excluded Taxes”) are required to be withheld or deducted from any such payment, the relevant Borrower shall pay such additional amounts as may be necessary to ensure that the net amount actually received by a Lender after such withholding or deduction is equal to the amount that the Lender would have received had no such withholding or deduction been required; provided, however, that the relevant Borrower shall not be required to increase any such amounts payable to any Lender if such Lender may lawfully comply with the requirements of Section 2.12 hereof and fails to do so and, provided, further, that the relevant Borrower shall not be required to pay any additional amounts in respect of Taxes imposed under FATCA. Whenever any Non-Excluded Taxes are payable by the relevant Borrower, as promptly as possible thereafter the relevant Borrower shall send to the Administrative Agent for its own account or for the account of such Lender, as the case may be, a certified copy of an original official receipt received by the relevant Borrower showing payment thereof. If the relevant Borrower fails to pay any Non-Excluded Taxes when due to the appropriate taxing authority or fail to remit to the Administrative Agent the required receipts or other documentary evidence, the relevant Borrower shall indemnify the Administrative Agent and the Lenders for any incremental taxes, interest or penalties that may become payable by the Administrative Agent or any Lender as result of any such failure. The relevant Borrower shall make any payments required pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence within thirty (30) days after receipt of written demand therefor from the Administrative Agent or any Lender, as the case may be. The agreements set forth in this Section 10.3 shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment of the Obligations. Each Lender will promptly notify the

-82-

Borrowers and the Administrative Agent of any event of which it has knowledge, occurring after the date hereof, which will entitle such Lender to compensation pursuant to this Section 10.3 and will designate a different lending office if such designation will avoid the need for, or reduce the amount of, such compensation and will not, in the reasonable judgment of such Lender made in good faith, be otherwise disadvantageous to such Lender. Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, no Borrower shall have any obligation to pay to any Lender any amount which such Borrower is liable to withhold due to the failure of such Lender to file any statement of exemption required under the Code in order to permit such Borrower to make payments to such Lender without such withholding.

(c) Any Lender claiming compensation under this Section 10.3 shall provide the relevant Borrower with a written certificate setting forth the additional amount or amounts to be paid to it hereunder and calculations therefor in reasonable detail. Such certificate shall be presumptively correct absent manifest error. In determining such amount, such Lender may use any reasonable averaging and attribution methods. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section 10.3 shall not constitute a waiver of such Lender’s right to demand such compensation, provided that, other than in respect of Taxes, no Borrower shall be required to compensate a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section if the circumstances giving rise to such compensation occurred more than six (6) months prior to the date that such Lender notifies the Borrowers of such circumstances and of such Lender’s intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if such circumstances are retroactive, then the six (6) month period referred to above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof). If any Lender demands compensation under this Section 10.3, the relevant Borrowers may at any time, upon at least five (5) Business Days’ prior notice to such Lender, prepay in full such Lender’s portion of the then outstanding LIBOR Advances, together with accrued interest and fees thereon to the date of prepayment, along with any reimbursement required under Section 2.9 hereof and this Section 10.3. Concurrently with prepaying such portion of LIBOR Advances the relevant Borrower may, whether or not then entitled to make such borrowing, borrow a Base Rate Advance, or a LIBOR Advance not so affected, from such Lender, and such Lender shall, if so requested, make such Advance in an amount such that the outstanding principal amount of such Advance shall equal the outstanding principal amount of the affected LIBOR Advance of such Lender immediately prior to such prepayment.

(d) The relevant Borrowers shall pay any present or future stamp, transfer or documentary Taxes or any other excise or property Taxes that may be imposed in connection with the execution, delivery or registration of this Agreement or any other Loan Documents.

Section 10.4 Effect On Other Advances. If notice has been given pursuant to Section 10.1, 10.2 or 10.3 hereof suspending the obligation of any Lender to make its portion of any type of LIBOR Advance, or requiring such Lender’s portion of LIBOR Advances to be repaid or prepaid, then, unless and until such Lender notifies the Borrowers that the circumstances giving rise to such repayment no longer apply, all amounts which would otherwise be made by such Lender as its portion of LIBOR Advances shall be instead as Base Rate Advances, unless otherwise notified by the relevant Borrowers.

-83-

Section 10.5 Claims for Increased Costs and Taxes; Replacement Lenders. In the event that any Lender shall (v) decline to make LIBOR Advances pursuant to Sections 10.1 and 10.2 hereof, (w) have notified the Borrowers that it is entitled to claim compensation pursuant to Section 10.3, 2.8, 2.9 or 2.11 hereof or is unable to complete the form required or is subject to withholding on account of any Tax, (x) not consent to any request for an extension of the Maturity Date pursuant to Section 2.18 hereof or (y) become a Defaulting Lender (each such lender being an “Affected Lender”), the relevant Borrower at its own cost and expense may designate a replacement lender (a “Replacement Lender”) to assume the Revolving Loan Commitments and the obligations of any such Affected Lender hereunder, and to purchase the outstanding Loans of such Affected Lender and such Affected Lender’s rights hereunder and with respect thereto, and within ten (10) Business Days of such designation the Affected Lender shall (a) sell to such Replacement Lender, without recourse upon, warranty by or expense to such Affected Lender, by way of an Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form of Exhibit F attached hereto, for a purchase price equal to (unless such Lender agrees to a lesser amount) the outstanding principal amount of the Loans of such Affected Lender, plus all interest accrued and unpaid thereon and all other amounts owing to such Affected Lender hereunder, including without limitation, payment by the relevant Borrower of any amount which would be payable to such Affected Lender pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof (provided that the administrative fee set forth in Section 12.4(b)(iv) shall not apply to an assignment described in this clause (a)), and (b) assign the Revolving Loan Commitments of such Affected Lender and upon such assumption and purchase by the Replacement Lender, such Replacement Lender shall be deemed to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and such Affected Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and shall no longer have any obligations or rights hereunder (other than any obligations or rights which according to this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments); provided that the relevant Borrower shall not replace any Defaulting Lender during the continuance of any Default.

ARTICLE 11 - GUARANTY

Section 11.1 Unconditional Guaranty.

The Company hereby absolutely, unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment when due, whether at scheduled maturity or on any date of a required prepayment or by acceleration, demand or otherwise, of all obligations of each other Borrower now or hereafter existing under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents (including, without limitation, any extensions, modifications, substitutions, amendments or renewals of any or all of the foregoing obligations), whether direct or indirect, absolute or contingent, and whether for principal, interest, premiums, fees, indemnities, contract causes of action, costs, expenses or otherwise (such obligations being the “Guaranteed Obligations”), and agrees to pay any and all documented out-of-pocket expenses (including, without limitation, reasonable and documented fees and out-of-pocket expenses of counsel) incurred by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in enforcing any rights under this Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company’s liability shall extend to all amounts that constitute part of the Guaranteed Obligations and would be owed by such Borrower to the Administrative Agent or any Lender under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents but for the fact that they are unenforceable or not allowable due to the existence of a

-84-

bankruptcy, reorganization or similar proceeding involving such Borrower. This is a guaranty of payment and not collection.

Section 11.2 Guaranty Absolute. (a) The Company guarantees that the Guaranteed Obligations will be paid strictly in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, regardless of any law, regulation or order now or hereafter in effect in any jurisdiction affecting any of such terms or the rights of the Administrative Agent or any Lender with respect thereto. The obligations of the Company under or in respect of this Guaranty are independent of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any other Borrower under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and a separate action or actions may be brought and prosecuted against the Company to enforce this Guaranty, irrespective of whether any action is brought against any Borrower or whether any Borrower is joined in any such action or actions. The liability of the Company under this Guaranty shall be irrevocable, absolute and unconditional irrespective of, and the Company hereby irrevocably waives any defenses it may now have or hereafter acquire in any way relating to, any or all of the following:

(i) any lack of validity or enforceability of this Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument relating thereto;

(ii) any change in the time, manner or place of payment of, or in any other term of, all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any Borrower under or in respect of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or any other amendment or waiver of or any consent to departure from this Agreement or any other Loan Document, including, without limitation, any increase in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from the extension of additional credit to any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries or otherwise;

(iii) any taking, exchange, release or non-perfection of any collateral, or any taking, release or amendment or waiver of, or consent to departure from, any other guaranty, for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations;

(iv) any manner of application of any collateral, or proceeds thereof, to all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations, or any manner of sale or other disposition of any collateral for all or any of the Guaranteed Obligations or any other obligations of any Borrower under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any other assets of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(v) any change, restructuring or termination of the corporate structure or existence of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries;

(vi) any failure of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to disclose to the Company any information relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Borrower now or hereafter

-85-

known to the Administrative Agent or such Lender (the Company waiving any duty on the part of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders to disclose such information);

(vii) the failure of any other Person to execute or deliver any other guaranty or agreement or the release or reduction of liability of the Company or other guarantor or surety with respect to the Guaranteed Obligations; or

(viii) any other circumstance (including, without limitation, any statute of limitations) or any existence of or reliance on any representation by the Administrative Agent or any Lender that might otherwise constitute a defense available to, or a discharge of, any Borrower or any other guarantor or surety.

(b) This Guaranty shall continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time any payment of any of the Guaranteed Obligations is rescinded or must otherwise be returned by the Administrative Agent or any Lender or any other Person upon the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Borrower or otherwise, all as though such payment had not been made.

Section 11.3 Waivers and Acknowledgments. To the maximum extent permitted by Applicable Law:

(a) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives promptness, diligence, notice of acceptance, presentment, demand for performance, notice of nonperformance, default, acceleration, protest or dishonor and any other notice with respect to any of the Guaranteed Obligations and this Guaranty and any requirement that the Administrative Agent or any Lender protect, secure, perfect or insure any Lien or any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against any Borrower or any other Person or any collateral.

(b) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any right to revoke this Guaranty and acknowledges that this Guaranty is continuing in nature and applies to all Guaranteed Obligations, whether existing now or in the future.

(c) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives (i) any defense arising by reason of any claim or defense based upon an election of remedies by the Administrative Agent or any Lender that in any manner impairs, reduces, releases or otherwise adversely affects the subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification rights of the Company or other rights of the Company to proceed against any Borrower, any other guarantor or any other Person or any collateral and (ii) any defense based on any right of set-off or counterclaim against or in respect of the obligations of the Company hereunder.

(d) The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably waives any duty on the part of the Administrative Agent or any Lender to disclose to the Company any matter, fact or thing relating to the business, condition (financial or otherwise), operations, performance, properties or prospects of any Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries now or hereafter known by the Administrative Agent or such Lender.

-86-

(e) The Company acknowledges that it will receive substantial direct and indirect benefits from the financing arrangements contemplated by this Agreement and the Notes and that the waivers set forth in Section 11.2 and this Section 11.3 are knowingly made in contemplation of such benefits.

Section 11.4 Subrogation. The Company hereby unconditionally and irrevocably agrees not to exercise any rights that it may now have or hereafter acquire against any Borrower or any other insider guarantor that arise from the existence, payment, performance or enforcement of the Company’s obligations under or in respect of this Guaranty, including, without limitation, any right of subrogation, reimbursement, exoneration, contribution or indemnification and any right to participate in any claim or remedy of the Administrative Agent or any Lender against any Borrower or any other insider guarantor or any collateral, whether or not such claim, remedy or right arises in equity or under contract, statute or common law, including, without limitation, the right to take or receive from any Borrower or any other insider guarantor, directly or indirectly, in cash or other property or by set-off or in any other manner, payment or security on account of such claim, remedy or right, unless and until all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated and the Commitments shall have expired or been terminated. If any amount shall be paid to the Company in violation of the immediately preceding sentence at any time prior to the latest of (a) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (b) the latest Maturity Date and (c) the latest date of expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, such amount shall be received and held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent and the Lenders, shall be segregated from other property and funds of the Company and shall forthwith be paid or delivered to the Administrative Agent in the same form as so received (with any necessary endorsement or assignment) to be credited and applied to the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, whether matured or unmatured, in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, or to be held as collateral for any Guaranteed Obligations or other amounts payable under this Guaranty thereafter arising. If (i) the Company shall make payment to the Administrative Agent or any Lender of all or any part of the Guaranteed Obligations, (ii) all of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty shall have been paid in full in cash, (iii) the latest Maturity Date shall have occurred and (iv) all Letters of Credit shall have expired or been terminated, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders will, at the Company’s request and expense, execute and deliver to the Company appropriate documents, without recourse and without representation or warranty, necessary to evidence the transfer by subrogation to the Company of an interest in the Guaranteed Obligations resulting from such payment made by the Company pursuant to this Guaranty.

Section 11.5 Subordination. The Company hereby subordinates any and all debts, liabilities and other obligations owed to the Company by any Borrower (the “Subordinated Obligations”) to the Guaranteed Obligations to the extent and in the manner hereinafter set forth in this Section 11.5:

(a) Prohibited Payments, Etc. Except during the continuance of an Event of Default (including the commencement and continuation of any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law relating to such Borrower), and after notice from the Administrative Agent not

-87-

to accept such payments, the Company may receive regularly scheduled payments from such Borrower on account of the Subordinated Obligations. After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (including the commencement and continuation of any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law relating to such Borrower), however, unless the Majority Lenders otherwise agree, the Company shall not demand, accept or take any action to collect any payment on account of the Subordinated Obligations.

(b) Prior Payment of Guaranteed Obligations. In any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law relating to such Borrower, the Company agrees that the Administrative Agent and the Lenders shall be entitled to receive payment in full in cash of all Guaranteed Obligations (including all interest and expenses accruing after the commencement of a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law, whether or not constituting an allowed claim in such proceeding (“Post Petition Interest”)) before the Company receives payment of any Subordinated Obligations.

(c) Turn-Over. After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (including the commencement and continuation of any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law relating to such Borrower), the Company shall, if the Administrative Agent so requests, collect, enforce and receive payments on account of the Subordinated Obligations as trustee for the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and deliver such payments to the Administrative Agent on account of the Guaranteed Obligations (including all Post Petition Interest), together with any necessary endorsements or other instruments of transfer, but without reducing or affecting in any manner the liability of the Company under the other provisions of this Guaranty.

(d) Administrative Agent Authorization. After the occurrence and during the continuance of any Event of Default (including the commencement and continuation of any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law relating to such Borrower), the Administrative Agent is authorized and empowered (but without any obligation to so do), in its discretion, (i) in the name of the Company, to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and to apply any amounts received thereon to the Guaranteed Obligations (including any and all Post Petition Interest), and (ii) to require the Company (A) to collect and enforce, and to submit claims in respect of, Subordinated Obligations and (B) to pay any amounts received on such obligations to the Administrative Agent for application to the Guaranteed Obligations (including any and all Post Petition Interest) until the payment in full of the Guaranteed Obligations.

Section 11.6 Continuing Guaranty; Assignments. This Guaranty is a continuing guaranty and shall (a) remain in full force and effect until the latest of (i) the payment in full in cash of the Guaranteed Obligations and all other amounts payable under this Guaranty, (ii) the latest Maturity Date and (iii) the latest date of expiration or termination of all Letters of Credit, (b) be binding upon the Company, its successors and assigns and (c) inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by the Administrative Agent and the Lenders and their successors, transferees and assigns. Without limiting the generality of clause (c) of the immediately preceding sentence, the Administrative Agent or any Lender may assign or otherwise transfer all or any portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including, without limitation, all or any portion of its Commitments, the Advances owing to it and the Note or Notes held by it) to any other Person,

-88-

and such other Person shall thereupon become vested with all the benefits in respect thereof granted to the Administrative Agent or such Lender herein or otherwise, in each case as and to the extent provided in Section 12.4.

ARTICLE 12 - MISCELLANEOUS

Section 12.1 Notices.

(a) Notices Generally. Except in the case of notices and other communications expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:

(i) if to any Borrower, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified for such Person on Schedule 4; and

(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address or telephone number specified to the Administrative Agent (including, as appropriate, notices delivered solely to the Person designated by a Lender for the delivery of notices that may contain material non-public information relating to the Company).

Notices and other communications sent by hand or overnight courier service, or mailed by certified or registered mail, shall be deemed to have been given when received; notices and other communications sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been given at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices and other communications delivered through electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as provided in such subsection (b).

(b) Electronic Communications. Notices and other communications to the Lenders and the Issuing Banks hereunder may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by the Administrative Agent and the Company, provided that the foregoing shall not apply to notices to any Lender, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Banks pursuant to Article 2 if such Lender, Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank, as applicable, has notified the Administrative Agent and the Company that it is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. The Administrative Agent or the Company may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications.

-89-

Unless the Administrative Agent otherwise prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received upon the sender’s receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the “return receipt requested” function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement); provided that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.

(c) The Platform. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED “AS IS” AND “AS AVAILABLE.” THE AGENT PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM THE BORROWER MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH THE BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall the Administrative Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively, the “Agent Parties”) have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise) arising out of the Company’s or the Administrative Agent’s transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet, except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event shall any Agent Party have any liability to any Borrower, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any other Person for indirect, special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).

(d) Change of Address, Etc. Each of the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks. In addition, each Lender agrees to notify the Administrative Agent from time to time to ensure that the Administrative Agent has on record (i) an effective address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender. Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such Public Lender to at all times have selected the “Private Side Information” or similar designation on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its delegate, in accordance with such Public Lender’s compliance procedures and Applicable Law, including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials that are not made available through the “Public Side

-90-

Information” portion of the Platform and that may contain material non-public information with respect to the Company or its securities for purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.

(e) Reliance by Administrative Agent, Issuing Banks and Lenders. The Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders shall be entitled to rely and act upon any notices purportedly given by or on behalf of the Company even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. The Company shall indemnify the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, each Issuing Bank, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs, expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly given by or on behalf of the Company. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications with the Administrative Agent may be recorded by the Administrative Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such recording.

Section 12.2 Expenses. The Borrowers will promptly pay, or reimburse:

(a) all reasonable and documented out-of-pocket expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, negotiation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, and the transactions contemplated hereunder and thereunder any amendments, waivers and consents associated therewith, including, without limitation, the reasonable and documented fees and disbursements of Shearman & Sterling LLP, special counsel for the Administrative Agent; and

(b) all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks of enforcement under this Agreement or the other Loan Documents and all documented out-of-pocket costs and expenses of collection if an Event of Default occurs in the payment of the Notes, which in each case shall include, without limitation, reasonable fees and out-of-pocket expenses of one counsel for the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks and one counsel for all of the Lenders.

Section 12.3 Waivers. The rights and remedies of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks under this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall be cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies which they would otherwise have. No failure or delay by the Administrative Agent, the Majority Lenders, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks, or any of them, in exercising any right, shall operate as a waiver of such right. No waiver of any provision of this Agreement or consent to any departure by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries therefrom shall in any event be effective unless the same shall be permitted by Section 12.13, and then such waiver or consent shall be effective only in the specific instance and for the purpose for which given. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the making of a Loan or issuance of a Letter of Credit shall not be construed as a waiver of any Default, regardless of whether the Administrative Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of such Default at the time.

-91-

Section 12.4 Assignment and Participation.

(a) Successors and Assigns Generally. The provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, except that no Borrower may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, each Issuing Bank and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b) of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d) of this Section, (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section, or (iv) to an SPC in accordance with the provisions of subsection (g) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of the Administrative Agent, the Swingline Lender, the Issuing Banks and the Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.

(b) Assignments by Lenders. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and the Loans (including for purposes of this subsection (b), participations in L/C Obligations and Swingline Loans) at the time owing to it); provided that any such assignment shall be subject to the following conditions:

(i) Minimum Amounts.

(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the assigning Lender’s Commitment and the Loans at the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender, an Affiliate of a Lender, no minimum amount need be assigned; and

(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to such assignment is delivered to the Administrative Agent or, if “Trade Date” is specified in the Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000 unless each of the Administrative Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, the Company otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed).

(ii) Proportionate Amounts. Each partial assignment shall be made as an assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned except that

-92-

this clause (ii) shall not apply to the Swingline Lender’s rights and obligations in respect of Swingline Loans;

(iii) Required Consents. No consent shall be required for any assignment except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:

(A) the consent of the Company (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender;

(B) the consent of the Administrative Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required if such assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender or an Affiliate of such Lender; and

(C) the consent of each Issuing Bank and the Swingline Lender (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) shall be required for each assignment of Commitments.

(iv) Assignment and Assumption. The parties to each assignment shall execute and deliver to the Administrative Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and recordation fee in the amount of $3,500; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to the Administrative Agent an administrative questionnaire in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent.

(v) No Assignment to Certain Persons. No such assignment shall be made (A) to the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates, or (B) to any Defaulting Lender or any of its Subsidiaries, or any Person who, upon becoming a Lender hereunder, would constitute any of the foregoing Persons described in this clause (B), or (C) to a natural person.

(vi) Certain Additional Payments. In connection with any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder, no such assignment shall be effective unless and until, in addition to the other conditions thereto set forth herein, the parties to the assignment shall make such additional payments to the Administrative Agent in an aggregate amount sufficient, upon distribution thereof as appropriate (which may be outright payment, purchases by the assignee of participations or subparticipations, or other compensating actions, including funding, with the consent of the Company and the Administrative Agent, the applicable pro rata share of Loans previously requested but not funded by the Defaulting Lender, to each of which the applicable assignee and assignor hereby irrevocably consent), to (x) pay and satisfy in full all payment liabilities under this Agreement then due and owing by such Defaulting Lender to the Administrative Agent, any Issuing Bank or any Lender hereunder (and interest accrued thereon) and (y) acquire (and fund as appropriate) its full pro rata share of all Loans and participations in Letters of Credit and Swingline Loans in accordance

-93-

with its Commitment Ratio. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event that any assignment of rights and obligations of any Defaulting Lender hereunder shall become effective under Applicable Law without compliance with the provisions of this paragraph, then the assignee of such interest shall be deemed to be a Defaulting Lender for all purposes of this Agreement until such compliance occurs.

Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by the Administrative Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section, from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Sections 10.3, 10.2 and 10.5 with respect to facts and circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request, the relevant Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be treated for purposes of this Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance with subsection (d) of this Section.

(c) Register. The Administrative Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of the Company (and such agency being solely for tax purposes), shall maintain at the Administrative Agent’s Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments of, and principal amounts of the Loans and L/C Obligations owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time to time (the “Register”). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive absent manifest error, and the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent and the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the contrary. In addition, the Administrative Agent shall maintain on the Register information regarding the designation, and revocation of designation, of any Lender as a Defaulting Lender. The Register shall be available for inspection by any Borrower and any Lender, at any reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.

(d) Participations. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to, any Borrower or the Administrative Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person, a Defaulting Lender or the Company or any of the Company’s Affiliates) (each, a “Participant”) in all or a portion of such Lender’s rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans (including such Lender’s participations in L/C Obligations and/or Swing Line Loans) owing to it); provided that (i) such Lender’s obligations under this Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) the Borrowers, the Administrative Agent, the Lenders and the Issuing Banks shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement.

-94-

Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement; provided that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in clauses (ii)(A), (B) or (C) of Section 12.12(a) that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of this Section, the Borrowers agree that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of Section 10.3 to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section.

(e) Certain Pledges. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any) to secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a Federal Reserve Bank or other central banking authority; provided that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as a party hereto.

(f) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, any Lender (a “Granting Lender”) may grant to a special purpose funding vehicle (an “SPC”) sponsored by such Granting Lender, identified as such in writing from time to time by the Granting Lender to the Administrative Agent and the relevant Borrower, the option to provide to the relevant Borrower all or any part of any Advance that such Granting Lender would otherwise be obligated to make to the relevant Borrower pursuant to this Agreement; provided that (i) nothing herein shall constitute a commitment by any SPC to make any Advance and (ii) if an SPC elects not to exercise such option or otherwise fails to provide all or any part of such Advance, the Granting Lender shall be obligated to make such Advance pursuant to the terms hereof. The Loans by an SPC hereunder shall be Revolving Loans of the Granting Lender to the same extent, and as if, such Loans were made by such Granting Lender. Each party hereto hereby agrees that no SPC shall be liable for any indemnity or similar payment obligation under this Agreement (all liability for which shall remain with the Granting Lender). In furtherance of the foregoing, each party hereto hereby agrees (which agreement shall survive the termination of this Agreement) that, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the payment in full of all outstanding commercial paper or other senior indebtedness of any SPC, it, solely in its capacity as a party hereto and to any other Loan Document, will not institute against, or join any other person in instituting against, such SPC any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings under the laws of the United States or any State thereof. In addition, notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Section 12.4, any SPC may (i) with notice to, but without the prior written consent of, the relevant Borrower and the Administrative Agent and without paying any processing fee therefor, assign all or a portion of its interests in any Advances to the Granting Lender or to any financial institutions (consented to by the relevant Borrower and the Administrative Agent) providing liquidity and/or credit support to or for the account of such SPC to support the funding or maintenance of Advances and (ii) disclose on a confidential basis any non-public information relating to its Advances to any rating agency, commercial paper dealer or provider of any surety, guarantee or credit or liquidity enhancement to such SPC. This Section 12.4(f) may not be amended without the written consent of any SPC which has been designated in writing as provided in the first sentence hereof and holds any outstanding Loans. The designation by a Granting Lender of an SPC to fund Advances shall be

-95-

deemed to be a representation, warranty, covenant and agreement by such Granting Lender to the Borrowers and all other parties hereunder that (A) the funding and maintaining of such Advances by such SPC shall not constitute a “prohibited transaction” (as such term is defined in Section 406 of ERISA or Section 4975 of the Code), and (B) such designation, funding and maintenance would not result in any interest requiring registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or qualification under any state securities law. The SPC shall from time to time provide to the relevant Borrower the tax and other forms required pursuant to Section 2.12 hereof with respect to such SPC as though such SPC were a Lender hereunder. In no event shall any Borrower or any Lender other than the Granting Lender be obligated hereunder to pay any additional amounts under any provision of this Agreement (pursuant to Article 10 hereof or otherwise) by reason of a Granting Lender’s designation of an SPC or the funding or maintenance of Advances by such SPC, in excess of amounts which the relevant Borrower would have been obligated to pay if such Granting Lender had not made such designation and such Granting Lender were itself funding and maintaining such Advances. The Administrative Agent shall register the interest of any SPC in an Advance from time to time on the Register maintained pursuant to Section 12.4(c) hereof.

(g) Resignation as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender after Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, if at any time Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC assigns all of its Revolving Loan Commitment and Loans pursuant to subsection (b) above, Toronto Dominion may, (i) upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Company and the Lenders, resign as Issuing Bank and (ii) (i) upon thirty (30) days’ notice to the Company, resign as Swingline Lender. In the event of any such resignation as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, the Company shall be entitled to appoint from among the Lenders a successor Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender hereunder; provided, however, that no failure by the Company to appoint any such successor shall affect the resignation of Toronto Dominion as Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, as the case may be. If Toronto Dominion resigns as Issuing Bank, it shall retain all the rights, powers, privileges and duties of an Issuing Bank hereunder with respect to all Letters of Credit outstanding as of the effective date of its resignation as Issuing Bank and all L/C Obligations with respect thereto (including the right to require the Lenders to make Base Rate Advances or fund risk participations in Unreimbursed Amounts pursuant to Section 2.13(c)). If Toronto Dominion resigns as Swingline Lender, it shall retain all the rights of the Swingline Lender provided for hereunder with respect to Swingline Loans made by it and outstanding as of the effective date of such resignation, including the right to require the Lenders to make Revolving Loans (in the form of Base Rate Advances) or fund risk participations in outstanding Swingline Loans pursuant to Section 2.17(c). Upon the appointment of a successor Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, (a) such successor shall succeed to and become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring Issuing Bank or Swingline Lender, and (b) the successor Issuing Bank shall issue letters of credit in substitution for the Letters of Credit, if any, outstanding at the time of such succession or make other arrangements satisfactory to Toronto Dominion to effectively assume the obligations of Toronto Dominion with respect to such Letters of Credit.

Section 12.5 Indemnity. The Borrowers agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Lender, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks and each of their respective Affiliates, employees, representatives, shareholders, partners, agents, officers and directors (any of the foregoing shall be an “Indemnitee”) from and against any and all claims, liabilities, obligations,

-96-

losses, damages, actions, reasonable and documented external attorneys’ fees and expenses (as such fees and expenses are reasonably incurred), penalties, judgments, suits, reasonable and documented out-of-pocket costs and demands by any third party, including the costs of investigating and defending such claims, whether or not the Company or the Person seeking indemnification is the prevailing party (a) resulting from any breach or alleged breach by the Company of any representation or warranty made hereunder or under any Loan Document; or (b) otherwise arising out of (i) the Commitments or otherwise under this Agreement, any Loan Document or any transaction contemplated hereby or thereby, including, without limitation, the use of the proceeds of Loans hereunder in any fashion by any Borrower or the performance of its obligations under the Loan Documents, (ii) allegations of any participation by a Lender, the Administrative Agent, an Issuing Bank or any of them, in the affairs of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or allegations that any of them has any joint liability with the Company for any reason and (iii) any claims against the Lenders, the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks or any of them, by any shareholder or other investor in or lender to any Borrower, by any brokers or finders or investment advisers or investment bankers retained by such Borrower or by any other third party, arising out of the Commitments or otherwise under this Agreement, except to the extent that (A) the Person seeking indemnification hereunder is determined in such case to have acted with gross negligence or willful misconduct, in any case, by a final, non-appealable judicial order or (B) such claims are for lost profits, foreseeable and unforeseeable, consequential, special, incidental or indirect damages or punitive damages. Upon receipt of notice in writing of any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding for which indemnification is provided pursuant to the immediately preceding sentence (a “Relevant Proceeding”), the recipient shall promptly notify the Administrative Agent (which shall promptly notify the other parties hereto) thereof, and the Company and the Lenders agree to consult, to the extent appropriate, with a view to minimizing the cost to the Company of its obligations hereunder. The Company shall be entitled, to the extent feasible, to participate in any Relevant Proceeding and shall be entitled to assume the defense thereof with counsel of the Company’s choice; provided, however, that such counsel shall be reasonably satisfactory to such of the Indemnitees as are parties thereto; provided, further, however, that, after the Company has assumed the defense of any Relevant Proceeding, it will not settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any order adjudicating or otherwise disposing of any claims against any Indemnitee (1) if such settlement, compromise or order involves the payment of money damages, except if the Company agrees, as between the Company and such Indemnitee, to pay such money damages, and, if not simultaneously paid, to furnish such Indemnitee with satisfactory evidence of its ability to pay the same, and (2) if such settlement, compromise or order involves any relief against such Indemnitee other than the payment of money damages, except with the prior written consent of such Indemnitee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). Notwithstanding the Company’s election to assume the defense of such Relevant Proceeding, such of the Indemnitees as are parties thereto shall have the right to employ separate counsel and to participate in the defense of such action or proceeding at the expense of such Indemnitee. The obligations of the Company under this Section 12.5 are in addition to, and shall not otherwise limit, any liabilities which the Company might otherwise have in connection with any warranties or similar obligations of the Company in any other Loan Document.

Section 12.6 Subsidiary Borrowers. (a) Designation. The Company may at any time, and from time to time, upon not less than 15 Business Days’ notice in the case of any Subsidiary so designated after the Effective Date, notify the Administrative Agent that the

-97-

Company intends to designate a Subsidiary as a “Subsidiary Borrower” for purposes of this Agreement. On or after the date that is 15 Business Days after such notice, upon delivery to the Administrative Agent and each Lender of a Designation Letter duly executed by the Company and the respective Subsidiary and substantially in the form of Exhibit H hereto, such Subsidiary shall thereupon become a “Subsidiary Borrower” for purposes of this Agreement and, as such, shall have all of the rights and obligations of a Borrower hereunder. The Administrative Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the Company’s notice of such pending designation by the Company and the identity of the respective Subsidiary. Following the giving of any notice pursuant to this Section 12.6(a), if the designation of such Subsidiary Borrower obligates the Administrative Agent or any Lender to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, the Company shall, promptly upon the request of the Administrative Agent or any Lender, supply such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Administrative Agent or any Lender in order for the Administrative Agent or such Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with the results of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations.

If the Company shall designate as a Subsidiary Borrower hereunder any Subsidiary not organized under the laws of the United States or any State thereof, any Lender may, with notice to the Administrative Agent and the Company, fulfill its Commitment by causing an Affiliate or any foreign or domestic branch of such Lender to act as the Lender in respect of such Subsidiary Borrower.

As soon as practicable after receiving notice from the Company or the Administrative Agent of the Company’s intent to designate a Subsidiary as a Subsidiary Borrower, and in any event no later than five Business Days after the delivery of such notice, for a Subsidiary Borrower that is organized under the laws of a jurisdiction other than of the United States or a political subdivision thereof, any Lender that may not legally lend to, establish credit for the account of and/or do any business whatsoever with such Subsidiary Borrower directly or through an Affiliate of such Lender as provided in the immediately preceding paragraph (a “Protesting Lender”) shall so notify the Company and the Administrative Agent in writing. With respect to each Protesting Lender, the Company shall, effective on or before the date that such Subsidiary Borrower shall have the right to borrow hereunder, either (A) notify the Administrative Agent and such Protesting Lender that the Commitments of such Protesting Lender shall be terminated; provided that such Protesting Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of its Loans and/or Letter of Credit reimbursement obligations, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder, from the assignee (to the extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the Company or the relevant Subsidiary Borrower (in the case of all other amounts), or (B) cancel its request to designate such Subsidiary as a “Subsidiary Borrower” hereunder.

(b) Termination. Upon the payment and performance in full of all of the indebtedness, liabilities and obligations under this Agreement and the Notes of any Subsidiary Borrower then, so long as at the time no Request for Advance in respect of such Subsidiary Borrower is outstanding, such Subsidiary’s status as a “Subsidiary Borrower” shall terminate upon notice to such effect from the Administrative Agent to the Lenders (which notice the Administrative Agent shall give promptly upon its receipt of a request therefor from the

-98-

Company). Thereafter, the Lenders shall be under no further obligation to make any Loan hereunder to such Subsidiary Borrower.

Section 12.7 Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, but all such separate counterparts shall together constitute one and the same instrument.

Section 12.8 Governing Law; Jurisdiction. (a) Governing Law. This Agreement and the Notes shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the internal laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed the State of New York.

(b) Jurisdiction. Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that it will not commence any action, litigation or proceeding of any kind or description, whether in law or equity, whether in contract or in tort or otherwise, against the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank, or any Related Party of the foregoing in any way relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the transactions relating hereto or thereto, in any forum other than the courts of the State of New York sitting in New York County, and of the United States District Court of the Southern District of New York, and any appellate court from any thereof, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally submits to the jurisdiction of such courts and agrees that all claims in respect of any such action, litigation or proceeding may be heard and determined in such New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action, litigation or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other Loan Document shall affect any right that the Administrative Agent, any Lender or any Issuing Bank may otherwise have to bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.

(c) Waiver of Venue. Each Borrower irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document in any court referred to in paragraph (b) of this Section. Each of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or proceeding in any such court.

(d) Service of Process. Each party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for notices in Section 12.1. Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by applicable law. Each Subsidiary Borrower hereby agrees that service of process may be made upon the Company and each Subsidiary Borrower hereby irrevocably appoints the Company its authorized agent to accept such service of process, and agrees that the failure of the Company to give any notice of any such service shall not impair or affect the validity of such service or of any judgment rendered in any action or proceeding based thereon. To the extent that each Subsidiary Borrower has or hereafter may acquire any immunity from jurisdiction of any court or from any legal

-99-

process (whether through service or notice, attachment prior to judgment, attachment in aid of execution, execution or otherwise) with respect to itself or its property, each Subsidiary Borrower hereby irrevocably waives such immunity in respect of its obligations under this Agreement.

Section 12.9 Severability. To the extent permitted by law, any provision of this Agreement which is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof in that jurisdiction or affecting the validity or enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.

Section 12.10 Interest.

(a) In no event shall the amount of interest due or payable hereunder or under the Notes exceed the maximum rate of interest allowed by Applicable Law, and in the event any such payment is inadvertently made by any Borrower or inadvertently received by the Administrative Agent or any Lender, then such excess sum shall be credited as a payment of principal, unless, if no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the relevant Borrower shall notify the Administrative Agent or such Lender, in writing, that it elects to have such excess sum returned forthwith. It is the express intent hereof that the Borrowers not pay and the Administrative Agent and the Lenders not receive, directly or indirectly in any manner whatsoever, interest in excess of that which may legally be paid by the Borrowers under Applicable Law.

(b) Notwithstanding the use by the Lenders of the Base Rate and the Eurocurrency Rate as reference rates for the determination of interest on the Loans, the Lenders shall be under no obligation to obtain funds from any particular source in order to charge interest to the Borrowers at interest rates related to such reference rates.

Section 12.11 Table of Contents and Headings. The Table of Contents and the headings of the various subdivisions used in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not in any way modify or amend any of the terms or provisions hereof, nor be used in connection with the interpretation of any provision hereof.

Section 12.12 Amendment and Waiver.

(a) Neither this Agreement nor any Loan Document nor any term hereof or thereof may be amended orally, nor may any provision hereof or thereof be waived orally but only by an instrument in writing signed by or at the written direction of:

(i) except as set forth in (ii) and (iii) below, the Majority Lenders and, in the case of any amendment, by the Company;

(ii) with respect to (A) any increase in the amount of any Lender’s portion of the Commitments or Commitment Ratios or any extension of any Lender’s Commitments, (B) any reduction in the rate of, or postponement in the payment of any interest or fees due hereunder or the payment thereof to any Lender without a corresponding payment of such interest or fee amount by any Borrower, (C) (1) any

-100-

waiver of any Default due to the failure by any Borrower to pay any sum due to any of the Lenders hereunder or (2) any reduction in the principal amount of the Loans or the L/C Obligations without a corresponding payment, (D) any release of any Borrower from this Agreement, except in connection with a merger, sale or other disposition otherwise permitted hereunder (in which case, such release shall require no further approval by the Lenders) and except, for the avoidance of doubt, in the case of any Subsidiary Borrower, pursuant to Section 12.6(b) above, (E) any amendment to the pro rata treatment of the Lenders set forth in Section 8.3 hereof, (F) any amendment of this Section 12.12, of the definition of Majority Lenders, or of any Section herein to the extent that such Section requires action by all Lenders or the Issuing Banks, (G) any subordination of the Loans in full to any other Indebtedness, (H) any extension of the Maturity Date or any other scheduled maturity of any Loan or the time for payment thereof (other than in accordance with Section 2.18), or (I) a release of any Guaranty provided in Article 11 hereto, the affected Lenders and in the case of an amendment, the Company, and, if applicable, the Swingline Lender or Issuing Banks (it being understood that, for purposes of this Section 12.12(a)(ii), changes to provisions of the Loan Documents that relate only to one or more of the Revolving Loans shall be deemed to “affect” only the Lenders holding such Loans); and

(iii) (x) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Administrative Agent in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or duties of the Administrative Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (y) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by each Swingline Lender, in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, affect the rights or obligations of the Swingline Lender under this Agreement, and (z) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in writing and signed by the Issuing Banks in addition to the Lenders required above to take such action, adversely affect the rights or obligations of the Issuing Banks in their capacities as such under this Agreement.

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent hereunder (and any amendment, waiver or consent which by its terms requires the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender may be effected with the consent of the applicable Lenders other than Defaulting Lenders), except that (x) the Commitment of any Defaulting Lender may not be increased or extended without the consent of such Lender and (y) any waiver, amendment or modification requiring the consent of all Lenders or each affected Lender that by its terms affects any Defaulting Lender more adversely than other affected Lenders shall require the consent of such Defaulting Lender.

(c) In connection with any proposed amendment, modification, waiver or termination (a “Proposed Change”) requiring the consent of all Lenders, if the consent of Majority Lenders is obtained, but the consent of the other Lenders whose consent is required is not obtained (any such Lender whose consent is not obtained being referred to as a “Non-Consenting Lender”), then, at the Company’s request (and at the Company’s sole cost and expense), a Replacement Lender selected by the Company and reasonably acceptable to the Administrative Agent, shall have the right to purchase from such Non-Consenting Lenders, and

-101-

such Non-Consenting Lenders agree that they shall, upon the Company’s request, sell and assign to such Person, all of the Revolving Loan Commitments and all outstanding Loans of such Non-Consenting Lenders for an amount equal to the principal balance of all Loans held by the Non-Consenting Lenders and all accrued interest and fees and other amounts due (including without limitation amounts due to such Non-Consenting Lender pursuant to Section 2.9 hereof) or outstanding to such Non-Consenting Lender through the date of sale, such purchase and sale to be consummated pursuant to an executed Assignment and Assumption substantially in the form on Exhibit F attached hereto. Upon execution of any Assignment and Assumption pursuant to this Section 12.12(c), (i) the Replacement Lender shall be entitled to vote on any pending waiver, amendment or consent in lieu of the Non-Consenting Lender replaced by such Replacement Lender, (ii) such Replacement Lender shall be deemed to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and (iii) such Non-Consenting Lender shall cease to be a “Lender” for purposes of this Agreement and shall no longer have any obligations or rights hereunder (other than any obligations or rights which according to this Agreement shall survive the termination of the Revolving Loan Commitments).

Section 12.13 Power of Attorney. Each Subsidiary of the Company may from time to time authorize and appoint the Company as its attorney-in-fact to execute and deliver (a) any amendment, waiver or consent in accordance with Section 12.1 on behalf of and in the name of such Subsidiary and (b) any notice or other communication hereunder, on behalf of and in the name of such Subsidiary. Such authorization shall become effective as of the date on which such Subsidiary delivers to the Administrative Agent a power of attorney enforceable under applicable law and any additional information to the Administrative Agent as necessary to make such power of attorney the legal, valid and binding obligation of such Subsidiary.

Section 12.14 Entire Agreement. Except as otherwise expressly provided herein, this Agreement, the other Loan Documents and the other documents described or contemplated herein or therein will embody the entire agreement and understanding among the parties hereto and thereto and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof and thereof.

Section 12.15 Other Relationships; No Fiduciary Relationships. No relationship created hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall in any way affect the ability of the Administrative Agent, each Issuing Bank and each Lender to enter into or maintain business relationships with the Company or any Affiliate thereof beyond the relationships specifically contemplated by this Agreement and the other Loan Documents. The Company agrees that in connection with all aspects of the transactions contemplated hereby and any communications in connection therewith, the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Issuing Banks and their respective Affiliates, on the other hand, will have a business relationship that does not create, by implication or otherwise, any fiduciary duty on the part of the Administrative Agent, any Lender, any Issuing Bank or any of their respective Affiliates, and no such duty will be deemed to have arisen in connection with any such transactions or communications.

Section 12.16 Directly or Indirectly. If any provision in this Agreement refers to any action taken or to be taken by any Person, or which such Person is prohibited from taking,

-102-

such provision shall be applicable whether such action is taken directly or indirectly by such Person, whether or not expressly specified in such provision.

Section 12.17 Reliance on and Survival of Various Provisions. All covenants, agreements, statements, representations and warranties made by the Company herein or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall (a) be deemed to have been relied upon by the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and each Issuing Bank notwithstanding any investigation heretofore or hereafter made by them and (b) survive the execution and delivery of this Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect so long as any Loans are outstanding and unpaid. Any right to indemnification hereunder, including, without limitation, rights pursuant to Sections 2.9, 2.11, 10.3, 12.2 and 12.5 hereof, shall survive the termination of this Agreement and the payment and performance of all Obligations.

Section 12.18 Senior Debt. The Obligations are intended by the parties hereto to be senior in right of payment to any Indebtedness of the Company that by its terms is subordinated to any other Indebtedness of the Company.

Section 12.19 Obligations. The obligations of the Administrative Agent, each of the Lenders and each of the Issuing Banks hereunder are several, not joint.

Section 12.20 Confidentiality. The Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks shall hold confidentially all non-public and proprietary information and all other information designated by the Company as confidential, in each case, obtained from the Company or its Affiliates pursuant to the requirements of this Agreement in accordance with their customary procedures for handling confidential information of this nature and in accordance with safe and sound lending practices; provided, however, that the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender and the Issuing Banks may make disclosure of any such information (a) to their examiners, Affiliates, outside auditors, counsel, consultants, appraisers, agents, other professional advisors, any credit insurance provider relating to the Borrowers and their obligations and any direct or indirect contractual counterparty in swap agreements or such counterparty’s professional advisor in connection with this Agreement or as reasonably required by any proposed syndicate member or any proposed transferee or participant in connection with the contemplated transfer of any Note or participation therein (including, without limitation, any pledgee referred to in Section 12.4(e) hereof), in each case, so long as any such Person (other than any examiners) receiving such information is advised of the provisions of this Section 12.20 and agrees to be bound thereby, (b) as required or requested by any governmental authority or self-regulatory body or representative thereof or in connection with the enforcement hereof or of any Loan Document or related document or (c) pursuant to legal process or with respect to any litigation between or among the Company and any of the Administrative Agent, the Lenders, the Swingline Lender or the Issuing Banks. In no event shall the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank be obligated or required to return any materials furnished to it by the Company. The foregoing provisions shall not apply to the Administrative Agent, any Lender, the Swingline Lender or any Issuing Bank with respect to information that (i) is or becomes generally available to the public (other than through the Administrative Agent, such Lender, the Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank), (ii) is already in the possession of the

-103-

Administrative Agent, such Lender, the Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank on a non-confidential basis, or (iii) comes into the possession of the Administrative Agent, such Lender, the Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank from a source other than the Company or its Affiliates in a manner not known to the Administrative Agent, such Lender, the Swingline Lender or such Issuing Bank to involve a breach of a duty of confidentiality owing to the Company or its Affiliates.

Section 12.21 Judgment. (a) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in Dollars into another currency, the parties hereto agree, to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase Dollars with such other currency at the Administrative Agent’s principal office in London at 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.

(b) If for the purposes of obtaining judgment in any court it is necessary to convert a sum due hereunder in a Alternative Currency into Dollars, the parties agree to the fullest extent that they may effectively do so, that the rate of exchange used shall be that at which in accordance with normal banking procedures the Administrative Agent could purchase such Alternative Currency with Dollars at the Administrative Agent’s principal office in London at 11:00 A.M. (London time) on the Business Day preceding that on which final judgment is given.

(c) The obligation of any Borrower in respect of any sum due from it in any currency (the “Primary Currency”) to any Lender or the Administrative Agent hereunder shall, notwithstanding any judgment in any other currency, be discharged only to the extent that on the Business Day following receipt by such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be), of any sum adjudged to be so due in such other currency, such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) may in accordance with normal banking procedures purchase the applicable Primary Currency with such other currency; if the amount of the applicable Primary Currency so purchased is less than such sum due to such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) in the applicable Primary Currency, each Borrower agrees, as a separate obligation and notwithstanding any such judgment, to indemnify such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) against such loss, and if the amount of the applicable Primary Currency so purchased exceeds such sum due to any Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) in the applicable Primary Currency, such Lender or the Administrative Agent (as the case may be) agrees to remit to such Borrower such excess.

Section 12.22 Substitution of Currency. If a change in any Alternative Currency occurs pursuant to any applicable law, rule or regulation of any governmental, monetary or multi-national authority, this Agreement (including, without limitation, the definition of Eurocurrency Rate) will be amended to the extent determined by the Administrative Agent (acting reasonably and in consultation with the Company) to be necessary to reflect the change in currency and to put the Lenders and the Borrowers in the same position, so far as possible, that they would have been in if no change in such Alternative Currency had occurred.

Section 12.23 Right of Set-off. If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each Lender, each Issuing Bank, and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to

-104-

set off and apply any and all deposits (general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held, and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing, by such Lender, such Issuing Bank or any such Affiliate, to or for the credit or the account of the Borrower against any and all of the obligations of the Borrower now or hereafter existing under this Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or such Issuing Bank or their respective Affiliates, irrespective of whether or not such Lender, Issuing Bank or Affiliate shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and although such obligations of the Borrower may be contingent or unmatured or are owed to a branch, office or Affiliate of such Lender or such Issuing Bank different from the branch, office or Affiliate holding such deposit or obligated on such indebtedness; provided that in the event that any Defaulting Lender shall exercise any such right of setoff, (x) all amounts so set off shall be paid over immediately to the Administrative Agent for further application in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.16 and, pending such payment, shall be segregated by such Defaulting Lender from its other funds and deemed held in trust for the benefit of the Administrative Agent, the Issuing Banks, and the Lenders, and (y) the Defaulting Lender shall provide promptly to the Administrative Agent a statement describing in reasonable detail the Advances owing to such Defaulting Lender as to which it exercised such right of setoff. The rights of each Lender, each Issuing Bank and their respective Affiliates under this Section are in addition to other rights and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that such Lender, such Issuing Bank or their respective Affiliates may have. Each Lender and Issuing Bank agrees to notify the Borrower and the Administrative Agent promptly after any such setoff and application; provided that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of such setoff and application.

ARTICLE 13 - WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL

Section 13.1 Waiver of Jury Trial. EACH OF THE COMPANY, EACH SUBSIDIARY BORROWER AND THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE ISSUING BANKS AND THE LENDERS, HEREBY AGREE, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, TO WAIVE AND HEREBY WAIVE THE RIGHT TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY COURT AND IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING OF ANY TYPE IN WHICH THE COMPANY, ANY SUBSIDIARY BORROWER, ANY OF THE LENDERS, THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE SWINGLINE LENDER, ANY OF THE ISSUING BANKS, OR ANY OF THEIR RESPECTIVE SUCCESSORS OR ASSIGNS IS A PARTY, AS TO ALL MATTERS AND THINGS ARISING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, ANY OF THE NOTES OR THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS AND THE RELATIONS AMONG THE PARTIES LISTED IN THIS SECTION 13.1. EXCEPT AS PROHIBITED BY LAW, EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT WAIVES ANY RIGHTS IT MAY HAVE TO CLAIM OR RECOVER IN ANY LITIGATION REFERRED TO IN THIS SECTION, ANY SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES OTHER THAN, OR IN ADDITION TO, ACTUAL DAMAGES. EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, THE SWINGLINE LENDER, ANY ISSUING BANK OR ANY LENDER HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE,

-105-

THAT THE ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT, ANY ISSUING BANK, THE SWINGLINE LENDER OR ANY LENDER WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVERS AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND EACH OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION. THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION HAVE BEEN FULLY DISCLOSED BY AND TO THE PARTIES AND THE PROVISIONS SHALL BE SUBJECT TO NO EXCEPTIONS. NO PARTY HAS IN ANY WAY AGREED WITH OR REPRESENTED TO ANY OTHER PARTY THAT THE PROVISIONS OF THIS SECTION WILL NOT BE FULLY ENFORCED IN ALL INSTANCES.

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

-106-

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement or caused it to be executed by their duly authorized officers, all as of the day and year first above written.

[Signature Page to Loan Agreement]


ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND LENDERS:	TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC, as Administrative Agent

	By:	/s/ ALICE MARE
		Name:	Alice Mare
		Title:	Authorized Signatory

	TORONTO DOMINION (TEXAS) LLC, as a Lender and Swingline Lender

	By:	/s/ ALICE MARE
		Name:	Alice Mare
		Title:	Authorized Signatory

	TORONTO DOMINION BANK, NEW YORK BRANCH, as an Initial Issuing Bank

	By:	/s/ ROBYN ZELLER
		Name:	Robyn Zeller
		Title:	Vice President

	JPMORGAN CHASE BANK, N.A., as a Lender and an Initial Issuing Bank

	By:	/s/ JOHN G. KOWALCZUK
		Name:	John G. Kowalczuk
		Title:	Executive Director

[Signature Page to Loan Agreement]


BANK OF AMERICA, N.A, as a Lender

By:	/s/ JAY D. MARQUIS
	Name:	Jay D. Marquis
	Title:	Director

BARCLAYS BANK PLC, as a Lender

By:	/s/ RONNIE GLENN
	Name:	Ronnie Glenn
	Title:	Vice President

CITIBANK, N.A., as a Lender

By:	/s/ MICHAEL VONDRISKA
	Name:	Michael Vondriska
	Title:	Vice President

[Signature Page to Loan Agreement]


BNP PARIBAS, as a Lender

By:	/s/ GREG PAUL
	Name:	Greg Paul
	Title:	Managing Director

BNP PARIBAS, as a Lender

By:	/s/ BERANGERE ALLEN
	Name:	Berangere Allen
	Title:	Director

[Signature Page to Loan Agreement]


CREDIT AGRICOLE CORPORATE AND INVESTMENT BANK, as a Lender

By:	/s/ TANYA CROSSLEY
	Name:	Tanya Crossley
	Title:	Managing Director

By:	/s/ KESTRINA BUDINA
	Name:	Kestrina Budina
	Title:	Director

[Signature Page to Loan Agreement]


ROYAL BANK OF CANADA, as a Lender

By:	/s/ D.W. SCOTT JOHNSON
	Name:	D.W. Scott Johnson
	Title:	Authorized Signatory

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND PLC, as a Lender

By:	/s/ ALEX DAW
	Name:	Alex Daw
	Title:	Director

SOVEREIGN BANK, N.A., as a Lender

By:	/s/ WILLIAM MAAG
	Name:	William Maag
	Title:	Senior Vice President

HSBC BANK USA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as a Lender

By:	/s/ DAVID A. CARROLL
	Name:	David A. Carroll
	Title:	Senior Vice President

[Signature Page to Loan Agreement]


GOLDMAN SACHS BANK USA, as a Lender

By:	/s/ MARK WALTON
	Name:	Mark Walton
	Title:	Authorized Signatory

MIZUHO CORPORATE BANK, LTD., as a Lender

By:	/s/ RAYMOND VENTURA
	Name:	Raymond Ventura
	Title:	Deputy General Manager

SUMITOMO MITSUI BANKING CORPORATION, as a Lender

By:	/s/ KAZUHISA MATSUDA
	Name:	Kazuhisa Matsuda
	Title:	Managing Director

BANCO BILBAO VIZCAYA ARGENTARIA, S.A.
NEW YORK BRANCH, as a Lender

By:	/s/ VERONICA INCERA
	Name:	Veronica Incera
	Title:	Executive Director

By:	/s/ LUCA SACCHI
	Name:	Lucca Sacchi
	Title:	Executive Director

[Signature Page to Loan Agreement]


MORGAN STANLEY BANK, N.A., as a Lender

By:	/s/ MICHAEL KING
	Name:	Michael King
	Title:	Authorized Signatory

THE BANK OF TOKYO-MITSUBISHI UFJ, LTD., as a Lender

By:	/s/ JOSE CARLOS
	Name:	Jose Carlos
	Title:	Director

COBANK, ACB, as a Lender

By:	/s/ ANDY SMITH
	Name:	Andy Smith
	Title:	Vice President

[Signature Page to Loan Agreement]

SCHEDULE 1

COMMITMENT AMOUNTS


Entity	Revolving Loan Commitment		Commitment Ratio	L/C Commitment
Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC	$	116,250,000		$	133,333,334
Bank of America, N.A.	$	116,250,000
Barclays Bank PLC	$	116,250,000
Citibank, N.A.	$	116,250,000
BNP Paribas	$	95,000,000
Royal Bank of Canada	$	95,000,000
The Royal Bank of Scotland plc	$	95,000,000
Sovereign Bank, N.A.	$	95,000,000
HSBC Bank USA, National Association	$	95,000,000
JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.	$	95,000,000		$	66,666,666
Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank	$	95,000,000
Goldman Sachs Bank USA	$	75,000,000
Mizuho Corporate Bank, Ltd.	$	75,000,000
Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation	$	50,000,000
Banco Bilbao Vizcaya Argentaria, S.A., New York Branch	$	50,000,000
Morgan Stanley Bank, N.A.	$	47,500,000
The Bank of Tokyo-Mitsubishi UFJ, Ltd.	$	47,500,000
CoBank, ACB	$	25,000,000

Total	$	1,500,000,000		$	200,000,000

SCHEDULE 2

EXISTING LETTERS OF CREDIT


Issuer	LC Number	Amount		Issued	Expiration Date
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068074976	$	1,373,800.00	6/7/2012	6/1/2014
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068089623	$	480,000.00	1/29/2013	1/15/2014
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000003029729	$	20,000.00	1/25/2013	9/26/2013
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068089625	$	5,000.00	1/30/2013	1/17/2014
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068088958	$	31,376.00	2/8/2013	12/19/2013
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068088959	$	29,700.00	4/4/2013	12/19/2013
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068088960	$	30,580.00	4/4/2013	12/19/2013
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068088961	$	36,300.00	4/4/2013	12/19/2013
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068088962	$	30,250.00	4/4/2013	12/19/2013
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068096266	$	38,640.00	6/5/2013	4/26/2014
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068096267	$	37,950.00	6/5/2013	4/26/2014
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068096268	$	37,950.00	6/5/2013	4/26/2014
Bank of America, N.A.	T00000068096270	$	34,500.00	6/5/2013	4/26/2014

SCHEDULE 3

SUBSIDIARIES ON THE AGREEMENT DATE

10 Presidential Way Associates, LLC

Adquisiciones y Proyectos Inalámbricos, S. de R. L. de C.V.

American Tower Asset Sub II, LLC

American Tower Asset Sub, LLC

American Tower Corporation

American Tower Corporation De Mexico, S. de R.L. de C.V.

American Tower Delaware Corporation

American Tower Depositor Sub, LLC

American Tower do Brasil Cessão de Infra-Estruturas Ltda.

American Tower Guarantor Sub, LLC

American Tower Holding Sub, LLC

American Tower International Holding I LLC

American Tower International Holding II LLC

American Tower International, Inc.

American Tower Investments LLC

American Tower LLC

American Tower Management, LLC

American Tower Mauritius

American Tower UK Limited

American Tower, L.P.

American Towers LLC

AT Netherlands C.V.

AT Netherlands Coöperatief U.A.

AT Sao Paulo C.V.

AT Sher Netherlands Coöperatief U.A.

AT South America C.V.

ATC Antennas LLC

ATC Asia Holding Company, LLC

ATC Asia Pacific Pte. Ltd.

ATC Backhaul LLC

ATC Brazil Coöperatief U.A.

ATC Brazil Holding LLC

ATC Brazil I LLC

ATC Brazil II LLC

ATC Chile Holding LLC

ATC Colombia B.V.

ATC Colombia Holding I LLC

ATC Colombia Holding LLC

ATC Colombia I LLC

ATC FL Towers, Inc.

ATC Germany Holdings GmbH

ATC Germany Operating 1 GmbH

ATC Germany Operating 2 GmbH

ATC Germany Services GmbH

ATC GP, Inc.

ATC India Infrastructure Private Limited

ATC India Tower Corporation Private Limited

ATC Indoor DAS LLC

ATC International Holding Corp.

ATC IP LLC

ATC Iris I LLC

ATC Latin America S.A. de C.V., SOFOM, E.N.R.

ATC LP, Inc.

ATC Managed Sites LLC

ATC Marketing (Uganda) Limited

ATC MexHold LLC

ATC Mexico Holding LLC

ATC Midwest, LLC

ATC New Mexico LLC

ATC On Air + LLC

ATC Outdoor DAS, LLC

ATC Operations LLC

ATC Peru Holding LLC

ATC Presidential Way, Inc.

ATC Sitios de Chile S.A.

ATC Sitios de Colombia S.A.S.

ATC Sitios del Peru S.R.L.

ATC Sitios Infraco S.A.S.

ATC South Africa Investment Holdings (Proprietary) Limited

SCHEDULE 4

AGENT’S OFFICE;

CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES

BORROWER:

American Tower Corporation

116 Huntington Avenue

Boston, MA 02116

Attention: Thomas A. Bartlett, Chief Financial Officer

With a copy to: General Counsel

Telephone: 617.375.7500

Fax: 617.375.7575

Website: www.americantower.com

US Taxpayer ID: 65-0723837

AGENT:

Administrative Agent’s Office

(for payments and Requests for Credit Extensions):

Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC

Attention: Kevin Unvalla

Telephone: 416 307 0528

Telecopier: 416 982 5535

Electronic Mail: Kevin.Unvalla@tdsecurities.com and Alice.Mare@tdsecurities.com

Wire Instructions for US Dollar Payments:

Bank of America, NT & SA

100 33rd Street

New York, NY 10001

ABA #: 026009593

Credit: Toronto Dominion (TEXAS) LLC.

31 West 52nd Street, 22nd Floor New York, NT 10019

Account #: 6550-6-53000

REF : American Tower Corporation

Wire Instructions for Euro Dollar Payments:

Citibank London

CITIGB2L

ACCT: 8548277

Account Name: TD Toronto

FFC: Toronto Dominion (Texas) LLC

ACCT: 0360-01-2275451

REF : American Tower Corporation

Wire Instructions for GBP Payments:

BARCGB22XXX, Sort Code 203253

Financial Institutions Team

Barclays Corporate Level 11,

1 Churchill Place, London, E14 5HP

A/C TD London (TDOMGB2L)

A/C # 83942627

For Further Credit to TD Texas a/c 0360 01 2275548

REF : American Tower Corporation

Wire Instructions for CDN Payments:

Pay to TD Toronto (TDOMCATTTOR)

A/C 0360-01-2275257

A/C name TD Texas”

Wire Instructions for JPY Payments:

A/C with Institution: SMBC,

SWIFT : SMBCJPJTXXX , A/C 3439

Beneficiary : Toronto Dominion Bank

SWIFT : TDOMCATTTOR

A/C : 0360-01-2275645

Wire Instructions for AUD Payments:

A/C with Institution: Westpac Banking Corporation,

SWIFT : WPACAU2SXXX , A/C TOR9993972

Beneficiary : Toronto Dominion Bank

SWIFT : TDOMCATTTOR

A/C : 0360-01-2275160

ISSUING BANKS:

JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A.


Name:		Sandeep Parihar
Address:		383 Madison Ave Fl 24
		New York, NY 10179
Telephone:		212-270-3279
E-mail address:		Sandeep.S.Parihar@jpmorgan.com

EX-12

Exhibit 12

STATEMENT REGARDING COMPUTATION OF RATIO OF EARNINGS TO FIXED CHARGES

Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges

American Tower Corporation

The following table reflects the computation of the ratio of earnings to fixed charges for the periods presented (in thousands):


	Year Ended December 31,										Six Months Ended June 30,
	2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013
Computation of Earnings:
Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes and income on equity method investments	$	371,920	$	421,487	$	556,025	$	506,895	$	701,294	$	252,836
Add:
Interest expense (1)		255,073		251,291		247,504		313,328		403,150		213,323
Operating leases		79,189		82,522		90,001		109,817		125,706		69,794
Amortization of interest capitalized		2,692		2,751		2,819		2,218		2,315		1,178

Earnings as adjusted		708,874		758,051		896,349		932,258		1,232,465		537,131

Computation of fixed charges:
Interest expense (1)		255,073		251,291		247,504		313,328		403,150		213,323
Interest capitalized		770		495		1,011		2,096		1,926		843
Operating leases		79,189		82,522		90,001		109,817		125,706		69,794

Fixed charges		335,032		334,308		338,516		425,241		530,782		283,960

Excess in earnings required to cover fixed charges	$	373,842	$	423,743	$	557,833	$	507,017	$	701,683	$	253,171

Ratio of earnings to fixed charges (2)		2.12		2.27		2.65		2.19		2.32		1.89

(1)	Interest expense includes amortization of deferred financing costs. Interest expense also includes an amount related to our capital lease with TV Azteca.

(2)

For the purposes of this calculation, “earnings” consists of income from continuing operations before income taxes, income on equity method investments, fixed charges (excluding interest capitalized and amortization of interest capitalized). “Fixed charges” consists of interest expensed and capitalized, amortization of debt discounts and premiums and related issuance costs and the component of rental expense associated with operating leases believed by management to be representative of the interest factor thereon.

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE

SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, James D. Taiclet, Jr., certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Tower Corporation;

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)

Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)

Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)

Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)

Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-
OXLEY ACT OF 2002

I, Thomas A. Bartlett, certify that:

1.	I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Tower Corporation;

2.	Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.	Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

(a)

(b)

(c)

(d)

5.	The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)

(b)

Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

EX-32

Exhibit 32

CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

In connection with this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of American Tower Corporation (the “Company”) for the six months ended June 30, 2013, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), each of the undersigned officers of the Company hereby certifies, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, that:

(1) The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

(2) The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.


Date: July 31, 2013	By:	/S/ JAMES D. TAICLET, JR.
		James D. Taiclet, Jr.
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer

Date: July 31, 2013	By:	/S/ THOMAS A. BARTLETT
		Thomas A. Bartlett
		Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to the Company and will be retained by the Company and furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.